Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Grammar Search
"ye" has 6 results
ye: neuter nominative dual stem: ya
ye: feminine nominative dual stem: ya
ye: masculine nominative plural stem: ya
ye: neuter accusative dual stem: ya
ye: feminine accusative dual stem: ya
ye: neuter locative singular stem: ya
Amarakosha Search
Results for ye
Monier-Williams Search
Results for ye
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
yemanan. equals jemana-, eating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. (instrumental case of 3. ya-) by whom or by which, by means of which, by which way etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. in which direction, whither, where etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. in which manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. on which account, in consequence of which, wherefore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. because, since, as View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. that, so that, in order that (with present tense or fut or Potential) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeṣ cl.1 P. y/eṣati-, to boil up, bubble ; (A1.) yeṣate-, to exert one's self, endeavour (varia lectio for peṣ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeṣṭhamfn. (superl. fr.1. yā-) going best, very swift or rapid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeṣṭiha(?) , Name of particular muhūrta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yevāṣam. Name of a noxious insect (see yavāṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeyajāmaham. Name of the expression ye yajāmahe- (which immediately precedes the yājyā- or formula of consecration) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeyajñenetisūktaName of the hymn (beginning with ye yajñena-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeyāyeyan. (1. yā-) that which is to be gone after and not to be gone after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyeyamfn. deserving attention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyeyamfn. (negative an--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiparye( i-), (said of the time)"to pass round" (accusative) id est to pass away or elapse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipratye( i-) to come back towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisaṃkhyeyamfn. to be enumerated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivye(Imper. 2. sg. A1. -vyayasva-) to wrap one's self into (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhye( i-), -/āyati- ([ ]) or -/aiti- ([ ]), to go near, come to, approach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyeṣaṇan. (only for the explan. of abhiṣṭi-) approaching (either in a friendly or hostile manner) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyeṣaṇan. desiring, wishing for on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyeṣaṇaSee abhīṣ-.
abhyeṣaṇīyamfn. (only for the explan. of abhiṣṭi-) to be desired on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyetya ind.p. having approached, N. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyudayeṣṭif. Name of an expiatory sacrifice (see abhyuditeṣṭi-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhivṛkṣasūryeind. when the sun is (still) shining on the tops of trees (rya--, in compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhivyeto envelop. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyedhto increase, prosper. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeṣaṇaf(ā-)n. solicitation, asking for instruction. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeṣaṇaSee adhīṣṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeṣyamāṇamf(ā-)n. (future p.) intending to study, about to read View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetavya mfn. to be read. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetavyaeyamfn. to be read. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetṛm. a student, reader. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeya1 mfn. (it is) to be studied or learned (Name (also title or epithet) impersonal or used impersonally), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeya2 mfn. not to be thought of, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnijyeṣṭha(n/i-- jy-), mfn. having agni- for a chief, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnyedham. one who kindles the fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahalyeśvaratīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aindriyedhīmfn. one whose mind is fixed upon sensual pleasure only View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyeṣṭhamfn. not the oldest or best View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyeṣṭhamfn. Nominal verb plural of which none is the eldest (the marut-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyeṣṭhamfn. see /a-kaniṣṭha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyeṣṭhavṛttimfn. not behaving as the eldest brother ([ ]) , or (ajyeṣṭha-vṛtti-) behaving like one who has no elder brother. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyeyatāf. state of anything which is not to be hurt or overpowered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākhyeyamfn. to be told or related, to be said or confessed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjyetamfn. black and white coloured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antyeṣṭif. funeral sacrifice. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antyeṣṭikriyāf. funeral ceremonies. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anujyeṣṭhamfn. next eldest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anujyeṣṭhamind. after the eldest, according to seniority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuparye( -ā-i-), -pary-aiti-, to make the whole round of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvagjyeṣṭhamfn. the next eldest, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyukamfn. ([ ]) occurring on another day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyukam. a chronic fever. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyusind. on the other day, on the following day etc.
anyedyusind. the other day, once
anyedyuṣkamfn. ([ ]) occurring on another day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyuṣkam. a chronic fever. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyuṣka(), mfn. relating or belonging to the other day. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyuska (), mfn. relating or belonging to the other day. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparisaṃkhyeyamfn. innumerable, infinitely different, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding, Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparyeṣitamfn. unsought, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparyeṣṭa mfn. unsought, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apasavyenaind. to the left, from the right to the left View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apavyeP. A1. -vyayati- (1. sg. -vyaye-) to uncover : A1. (pr. p. -vyayamāna-) to extricate one's self, deny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apivye(1. plural P. -vyayūmasi-) to cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratyākhyeyamfn. not to be contradicted, undeniable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpyeyam. plural (fr. 1. ap-?) , Name of a class of deities (equals āpeya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpyeyatvan. equals āpeya-tva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇye(in compound for /araṇyn-chiefly used for figurative expressions or as names ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyegeyamfn. to be sung in the forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyenūcyam. "to be recited in a forest", Name of an oblation (so called because of its being offered with a verse which is to be recited in a forest) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyenuvākyamfn. to be recited in the forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyetilakam. plural "wild, sesamum growing in a forest and containing no oil", anything which disappoints expectation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arghāpacayenaind. instrumental case cheaper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asadadhyetṛm. a Brahman who reads heterodox works
asaṃkhyeyamfn. innumerable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyeyam. a Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyeyan. an innumerable multitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyeyam. an exceedingly large number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyeyaguṇamfn. innumerably multiplied, unnumbered. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyeyatāf. innumerableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asavyeind. on the right (see apa-savya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atarapaṇyenaind. without paying toll, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiśayenaind. eminently, very. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātithyeṣṭif. equals ātithyā- before commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyeṣ(subjunctive 2. sg. -eṣas-) to glide over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyetavaisee ati- (parasmE-pada 16). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aukhyeyakamfn. equals ukhyā-jāta- gaRa kattry-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autathyeśvaran. Name of a liṅga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyeyamfn. to be disregarded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarṣatarkyeind. when no rain is to be expected, when the sky is clear, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaśyendriyamfn. one who does not control his senses, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avavye(p. -vy/ayat-) to pull off (as clothes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āviḥsūryeind. when the sun shines, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyākhyeyamfn. inexplicable, unintelligible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyākhyeyamfn. inexpressible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvyeP. (Potential 1. sg. /ā-vyayeyam- ; Aorist 2. plural -/avyata- ) A1. (Aorist 3. sg. -avyata- ) to cover or hide one's self ; to take refuge. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyeṣyatmfn. ( i- fut.p.) not disappearing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayeind. a vocative particle, an interjection (of surprise, recollection, fatigue, fear, passion, especially used in dramas, see ayi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āye equals aye- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhulyenaind. usually, ordinarily, as a rule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhyeind. outside, without, out etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhyenaind. outside, without, out etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhyendriyan. an outer organ of sense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balajyeṣṭhamfn. one whose superiority is dependent on his strength or power View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavatasamuccayesahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgyenaind. bhāgya
bhavadbhūtabhavyeind. in present, past, and future View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvavidyeśvaram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayeḍakam. a wild ram View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūmyekadeśam. one portion of territory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūrijyeṣṭham. Name of a son of king vicakṣus- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtabhavyeśam. the lord of past and future View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmajyeṣṭham. (printed ṭhya-) the elder brother of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmajyeṣṭhamfn. having brahmā- as first or chief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmajyeyan. the act of oppressing Brahmans View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catustridvyekabhāgamfn. plural receiving 4, 3, 2, and 1 part respectively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daityejyam. equals tya-guru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daityendram. " daitya-s-prince", Name of pātāla--ketu View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daityendrapūjyam. equals tyejya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhānyeyan. coriander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dheyeśvaram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhuryetaramfn. "other than the first", the charioteer (as opp. to the hero) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyeyamfn. to be meditated on, fit for meditation, to be pondered or imagined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divaḥśyenīf. Name of particular sacrifices, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divyelakam. a kind of serpent (equals devyaka-?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛśyetaramfn. "other than visible", invisible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛśyetaratāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyeyamfn. difficult to be studied or learnt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyeyatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duratyetumfn. equals -atikrama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvyekāntaramfn. separated by two or by one (degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaikaśyenaind. seriatim, severally View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārhapatyeṣṭakāf. a kind of sacrificial brick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gharmyeṣṭhāmfn. equals harm- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gobalīvardanyāyena instrumental case ind. after the manner of"a bull of cattle", an expression to denote when a pleonasm is allowed on Introd. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmyehoparamam. ceasing from sexual desires View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyeśvarīf. "mystic deity" id est prajñā- (female energy of the ādi-buddha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haihayendrakāvyan. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsaśyetamf(enī-)n. white like a swan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harmyeṣṭhāmfn. (fr. locative case of harmya-+ sthā-) being in a house or stall (see gharmye-ṣṭhā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayeind. an exclamation ("O, ho!") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayeṣṭam. "loved by horses", barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyeśayamfn. (id est locative case of hiraṇya-+ ś-) lying or reposing in gold. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyeṣṭakāf. a golden brick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hradālayeśamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayeśam. "heart's-lord", a husband View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayeśam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayeśāf. a mistress, wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayeśayamfn. (locative case of hṛdaya-+ ś-) lying or being in the heart, inward (as anger) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayeśvaram. equals yeśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ihasamayeind. here, now, on the present occasion, at such a time as this. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indrajyeṣṭha(/indra--) mfn. one whose chief is indra-, led by indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ityetannāmakamfn. having those names (as aforesaid)
ityevamādiind. and so forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaghanyeind. idem or 'ind. behind, after, last ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaigīṣavyeśvaran. Name of a liṅga- in Baranasi View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janmajyeṣṭhamfn. the eldest by birth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
japyeśvaratīrthan. Name of a tīrtha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayendram. Name of a Kashmir king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayendram. of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayendrasenāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayendravihāram. Name of a vihāra- built by the latter, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayeśvaram. a form of śiva- Name of a sanctuary built by jayā-devi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāyeyaSee jāy/ānya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhamfn. () most excellent, pre-eminent, first, chief. best, greatest, (m.) the chief. etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' [ exempli gratia, 'for example' vacana--,"best in speech" ] ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhamfn. more excellent than (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhamfn. (in mathematics with pada-or mūla-) greatest (root [square root] extracted from the quantity operated upon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhamfn. (; ṣṭh/a-) eldest, (m.) the eldest brother etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭham. (scilicet ghaṭa-) the ascending bucket (in a machine for raising water) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭham. for jyaiṣṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhan. what is most excellent (also oxyt.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhan. tin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhan. with puṣkara- See ṣṭha-p- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. (gaRa ajādi-) the 16th (or according to to modern reckoning 18th) lunar mansion (sacred to indra-) (paroxytone) etc. (also plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. the eldest wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. a preferred wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. the 8th year in the Jupiter cycle of 12 years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. a kind of stringed instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. misfortune (personified as the elder sister of lakṣmī-, ; see ṣṭha-lakṣm/ī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. Name of a śakti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. gaṅgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhaf(ā- , ī-). a small house-lizard (also jyaiṣṭhī- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. of ṣṭha- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabalāf. Sida rhomboidea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabandhu(ṣṭh/a--) m. the chief of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabhāryāf. idem or 'f. an elder brother's wife ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabhāryāf. a senior or chief wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabhavikāf. an elder brother's wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabrāhmaṇamfn. having the oldest brāhmaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabrāhmaṇan. the chief brāhmaṇa-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhaghnīf. equals ṣṭh/ā-, the 16th lunar mansion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhagṛhyam. the eldest member of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhajaghanyamfn. plural the elders last View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhakalaśam. Name of bilhaṇa-'s father View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhalakṣman. the principal mark or sign, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhalakṣmīf. a chief mark, congenital mark (see ) ("indigence personified as the elder sister of lakṣmī-"Scholiast or Commentator) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhalalitāf. a particular vow to be observed in month jyaiṣṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhamind. most, extremely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāmalakam. Azadirachta indica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāmbun. the scum of boiled rice or water in which grain has been washed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāṃśam. the eldest brother's share View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāṃśam. the best share View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāmūlam. the month jyaiṣṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāmūlīyam. idem or 'm. the month jyaiṣṭha- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhānujyeṣṭhatāf. regular succession according to seniority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhapālam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhaprathamamfn. plural the elders first View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāpūjāvilāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhapuṣkaran. Name of a renowned place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhapuṣkaran. (ṣṭha puṣk-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭharājm. a sovereign View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmagamfn. idem or 'mfn. a chanter of that sāman- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmakam. one who knows the jyeṣṭha-sāman-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmann. the most excellent sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmann. Name of a sāman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmanmfn. a chanter of that sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāśramamfn. being in the most excellent order of life (viz. in that of a householder) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāśraminmfn. idem or 'mfn. being in the most excellent order of life (viz. in that of a householder) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasthānan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhastomam. Name of an ekāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhaśvaśrūf. a wife's elder sister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatāf. precedence, seniority, primogeniture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatamamfn. (jy/eṣ-) best or first of all View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatamamfn. oldest of all View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhataramfn. an elder one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatarāf. a woman guarding a young girl , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatarikāf. equals rā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatasind. (reckoning) from the eldest, according to seniority
jyeṣṭhatātam. a father's elder brother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatātif. (ṣṭh/a--) () superiority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatātif. equals -r/āj- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatvan. equals -tā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavaram. a chief wooer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavarṇam. "first cast man", a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavarṇam. see View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavarṇinm. idem or 'm. see ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavayasmfn. older than (in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāvratan. a kind of observance in honour of jyeṣṭhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavṛttimfn. behaving like an eldest brother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavṛttif. the duties of seniority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhayajñam. sacrifice of the eldest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhayajñam. the most excellent sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭheśvaran. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhilāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhinīf. a woman who has an elder brother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhinīf. see jyaiṣṭhiney/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeyamfn. to be oppressed or deprived of property (see a-jyey/at/a-, brahma-jy/eya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeyamfn. most excellent, best View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeya jy/eṣṭha-, etc. See jyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaivalyendram. Name of the instructor of rāyaṇendra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākākṣinyāyenaind. in the manner of a crow's eye (said of a word which follows two rules), on this side and that, in such a way as to belong both to the preceding and subsequent commentator or commentary on ; on commentator or commentary on (kṣi-golakanyāyāt-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalyeind. at day-break, in the morning, tomorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālyeind. locative case at day-break
kāmajyeṣṭha(k/āma--) mfn. having the god Desire at the head, led by kāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmyeṣṭif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmyeṣṭif. a sacrifice performed for the obtainment of a particular object, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmyeṣṭitantran. idem or 'f. a sacrifice performed for the obtainment of a particular object, , Scholiast or Commentator ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārtsnyenaind. in full, entirely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryekṣaṇan. superintendence of public affairs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryeśa m. equals kāryādhipa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryeśvaram. equals kāryādhipa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaśyapasūnujyeṣṭham. "eldest of the sons of kaśyapa-", Name of hiraṇyākṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
katipayenaind. with some exertion, with difficulty, narrowly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kausalyeyam. metron. fr. lyā- Name of rāma-candra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavijyeṣṭham. "oldest of poets", Name of vālmīki- (author of the rāmāyaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiyedhāmfn. (for kiyad-dh/ā-) containing or surrounding much (Name of indra-) () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiyedhāSee k/iyat-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kriyendriyan. equals karmend- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣipraśyenam. a species of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūjitavyeind. locative case when answer is to be given View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumudaśyenīf. a woman with a white complexion like a lotus (confer, compare śysnī- under śyeta-, parasmE-pada 1095), Sch. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuvalayeśam. "ruler of the earth", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgajyeṣṭham. (in sāṃkhya-) the great principle or intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokajyeṣṭham. "the most distinguished or excellent among men", Name of buddha-, buddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokajyeṣṭham. a monk of a particular order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeind. in the middle, in the midst, within, between, among, in the presence of (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';sometimes also in the beginning of a compound; see compound below) etc. (with kṛ-[ ind.p. -kṛtya-or -kṛtvā- ],to place in the middle, make an intermediary of. on ;to count among ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeind. madhya
madhyebhabandhanan. a band or rope round an elephant's body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyecchandasn. (prob.) said to mean"the sun"or"the middle of the year" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyegaṅgamind. in or into the Ganges. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyegurumfn. (prob.) having a long syllable in the middle, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyejalātind. from out of the middle of the water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyejaṭharamind. in the middle of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyejyotisf. a kind of Vedic metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyekṛtyaind. with regard to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyemadhyamāṅgulikarpūramind. between middle finger and elbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenaind. madhya
madhyenadiind. in or into the river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenagaramind. in the middle of the city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenareśvarasabhamind. in the middle of the assembly of princes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenidhanamfn. having the passage called nidhana- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyepadmamind. in a lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyepṛṣṭamind. having the sacrificial days called pṛṣṭhya- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyepṛṣṭamn. a particular ajana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeraṇamind. in the battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyerathyamind. in the middle of the street View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyesabhamind. in the assembly, in public View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyesamudramind. in the middle of the sea, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeśmaśānamind. on the burial-place, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevārdhiind. equals -samudram- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevāriind. in or under the water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevindhyāntarind. in the middle of the vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevindhyāṭaviind. in the forests of the vindhya- range View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevyomaind. in the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeyajñamind. in the middle of the sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpuruṣavidyāyāṃviṣṇurahasyekṣetrakāṇḍejagannāthamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvidyeśvarīf. N. (perhaps a form of durgā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahayeVed. infinitive mood for joy, for enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malayendum. (with sūri-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇḍavyeśvaran. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇḍavyeśvaratīrthun. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrajyeṣṭhamfn. one whose superiority is dependent on his knowledge of sacred text View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manujyeṣṭham. a sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manuṣyasākṣyeind. in the presence of men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manuṣyendram. "best of men"(in addressing a good man) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manuṣyeṣum. or f. (?) an arrow thrown by men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manuṣyeśvaram. "lord of men", a prince, king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
martyendramātṛf. Solanum Jacquini View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
martyeṣitamfn. instigated by mortals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matsyendram. Name of a teacher of yoga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matsyendram. of an author ( matsyendramuhūrta -muhūrta- mn.Name of his work )
matsyendramuhūrtamn. matsyendra
matsyeśvaratīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātsyeyam. plural the matsya- people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayeśvaram. Name of the asura- maya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māyeyamfn. (fr. māyā-) gaRa nady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miyedham. equals m/edha-, a sacrificial oblation, sacrifice, offering of food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miyedhasn. equals m/edhas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miyedhyamfn. equals m/edhya-, partaking of the sacrificial food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naipuṇyenaind. naipuṇya
nairantaryeṇaind. nairantarya
nāṭyenaind. nāṭya
navasasyeṣṭif. a sacrifice of first fruits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nepathyeind. behind the scenes (See especially ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niryeṣ -yeṣati-, to boil or bubble forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niścayenaind. niścaya
nivye(ind.p. -vīya-), to put on (round the neck) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛtyekṣaṇan. looking at a dance or pantomime View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyenaind. nyāya
nye( ny-ā-i-,only ind.p. -etya-), to fall into (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyejP. -ejati- tremble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyer( ny-a-īr-,only perfect tense A1. nyerir/e-), to direct or address (a wish or desire) to (locative case) ; to appoint as (accusative) (see nīr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāramparyeṇaind. pāramparya
pārāvaryeṇaind. on all sides, completely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārihāsyenaind. in fun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariṇayenaind. round about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivyeP. A1. -vyayati-, te- (Aorist -avyata-, -vyata- ; ind.p. -vyāya-and -vīya- see ), to wrap or tie round ; (A1.) to wrap one's self up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryāyeṇaind. paryāya
parye( -ā-i-) P. -aiti- (ind.p. /etya-), to roam about ; to go round, circumambulate (accusative) ; to come back, return View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryehim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryehīf. Name of a woman gaRa śārṅgaravādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣaṇan. search, inquiry, investigation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣaṇan. striving after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣaṇāf. equals parīṣṭi- Va1rtt. 3 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣṭavyamfn. to be sought View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣṭavyamfn. to be striven after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣṭif. searching for, inquiry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣṭif. striving after worldly objects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryetṛm. subduer, conqueror View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryetṛ pary-ehi- See 2. parī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathimadhyeind. in the middle of the road View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paunaḥpunyenaind. again and again, repeatedly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācuryeṇaind. in a mass, fully, mostly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācuryeṇaind. in detail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prādhānyenaind. in regard to the highest object or chief matter, chiefly, mainly, summarily etc. ( prādhānyenastuti -stuti- mfn.chiefly praised)
prādhānyenastutimfn. prādhānyena
prādhyeṣaṇan. (fr. pra-adhi--1. iṣ-) incitement, exhortation (to study), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahyeSee under pra-hi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prājāpatyeṣṭif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajotpattyānupūrvyeṇaind. according to seniority, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prājyendhanatṛṇamfn. (a place) abounding in fuel and grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praklinnahṛdayekṣaṇamfn. having the heart and eyes moist (with affection) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramiyamiye(Ved. infinitive mood), to frustrate, annihilate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayenaind. praṇaya
prātaradhyeyamfn. to be recited every morning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyākhyeyamfn. to be declined or refused View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyākhyeyamfn. to be refuted or denied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyākhyeyamfn. to be cured, curable (as a disease) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyātmyenaind. after one's own image View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratye( -ā-i-; P. proper 3. plural -ā-yanti-, parasmE-pada -ā-yat-; Potential -eyāt-; perfect tense -eyāya-; ind.p. -etya-), to come back, return to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekamfn. each one, each single one, every one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekan. a particular sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekan. (in the beginning of a compound or pratyekam am- ind.) one by one, one at a time, singly, for every single one etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekasee parasmE-pada 664, column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabodhif. equals -buddhatva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddham. a buddha- who lives in seclusion and obtains emancipation for himself only (as opp. to those buddha-s who liberate others also) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddhacatuṣṭayan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddhakathāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddhatvan. the state of a pratyeka-buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekamind. pratyeka
pratyekanarakam. a particular hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekaśasind. one by one, singly, severally View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyenas(pr/aty--) m. an officer of justice, punisher of criminals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyenas(pr/aty--) m. a surety, the heir nearest of kin who is responsible for the debts of a deceased person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyenasyan. the nearest heirship to (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyeṣ( ā-īṣ-) A1. -eṣate-, to attach one's self to, enter into (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyetavyamfn. to be acknowledged, or admitted, to be understood as (Nominal verb) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyetavyaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyetṛmfn. believing, trusting, a believer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyeṇaind. mostly, generally, as a rule etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyeṇaind. most probably, likely (see prāyaśas-and 1. prāyas-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyeṇaSee under prāya- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyapriyeṇaind. with pleasure, willingly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punaḥprādhyeṣaṇan. repeated invitation to study, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvayāmyeind. in the south-east View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
putrakāmyeṣṭif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyeṣṭif. (and rahasyeṣṭipaddhati ṭi-paddhati- f.) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyeṣṭipaddhatif. rahasyeṣṭi
rājapratyenasm. (prob.) the nearest heir to the throne View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājasūyeṣṭif. the rāja--sin6ha sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapītāsitaśyetamf(nī-)n. red-yellow-blackish white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapītāsitaśyetam. red-yellow-blackish whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasajyeṣṭham. the first or best taste, sweet taste, sweetness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasajyeṣṭham. the sentiment of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayeṇaind. raya
śabdākhyeyamfn. that which may be said aloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaparicchedarahasyepūrvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhāmadhyeind. in society View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyetaramfn. "other than refined", vulgar, indecorous, opposite to good manners View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhityenaind. sāhitya
sākalyenaind. sākalya
śakalyeṣinmfn. (according to to from śakalya-+ eṣin-) "desiring fragments of wood", devouring or licking (as a flame of fire) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākhādhyetṛ(khādh-) m. the reciter of a śākhā-, follower of any particular text of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhye( -ā-- 5 i-) P. -āiti-, to come up to, approach, go near to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayeind. samaya
saṃkhyātasaṃkhyeyamfn. one who has considered what is to be considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyeyamfn. to be numbered or enumerated, definite in number, calculable, not numerous (see a-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyeyamfn. to be considered (See saṃkhyāta-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudrajyeṣṭha(dr/a--) mf(ā-)n. having the ocean as chief (said of waters) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvyeP. A1. -vyayati-, te- (perfect tense parasmE-pada -vivyāna- q.v), to roll or cover up ; to put on, wrap one's self in (accusative) ; to supply or furnish or provide or equip with : Causal See vāyita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saparyeṇyamfn. to be worshipped or adored View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarasvatīprayegam. a kind of mystical rite peculiar to the tāntrika-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārdūlajyeṣṭha(śārdul/a--) mfn. having a tiger as superior or chief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyeṣṭif. sacrifice offered on the ripening of new grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyepsum. Name of an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyeśasthāpanapūjāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyeṣṭatīrtham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyetaran. untruth, falsehood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyeyum. Name of a son of raudrāśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saubhāgyavidyeśvarastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savye(locative case of savya-), in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyeṣṭham. (equals savya-ṣṭha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyeṣṭhasārathim. dual number two charioteers standing left and right (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyeṣṭhṛm. a charioteer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyetaramfn. "other than left", right etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyetaran. a particular mode of fighting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyetaratasind. left and right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāyāhnasamayeind. at eventide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāyāhnasamayeind. at eventide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhāvalokananyāyenaind. according to to the rule of the lion's look (id est casting a retrospective glance while at the same time proceeding onwards) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śocitavyeind. śocitavya
śrautāntyeṣṭif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
styenam. a thief, robber (see stesa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
styenam. nectar (in this sense prob. fr. styai-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sujyeṣṭham. Name of a king (son of agni-mitra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukanalikānyāyenaind. according to to that rule id est causelessly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuklayajurvedādhyetṛpraśaṃsāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surajyeṣṭham. "oldest of the gods", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryendusaṃgamam. conjunction of sun and moon, the night of new moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryeṣṭiprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svānubhūtyekasāramfn. whose only essence consists in self-enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
syedum. (prob.) phlegm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
syeduSee column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. a hawk, falcon, eagle, any bird of prey (especially the eagle that brings down soma- to man) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. firewood laid in the shape of an eagle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. a kind of array (in battle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. a particular part of the sacrificial victim View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. a particular ekāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. Name of a ṛṣi- (having the patronymic āgneya- and author of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. (with or without indraśya-) Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenāf. a female hawk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenamfn. eagle-like View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenamfn. coming from an eagle (as"eagle's flesh"), (prob. wrong reading for śyaina-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenabhṛtamfn. brought by the eagle (soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenābhṛtamfn. equals śyena-bhṛta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenabṛhatm. Name of a sāman- (see -vṛṣaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenacitmfn. piled in the shape of a hawk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenacitm. a hawk-feeder, falconer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenacitamfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenacitam. a particular agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenacitram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenagāminm. "flying like a hawk", Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenaghaṇṭāf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenahṛta(śyen/a--) mfn. brought by the eagle (soma- or some similar plant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenāhṛtam. equals śyenahṛta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenajidākhyānan. "hawk-story", Name of an episode in the mahā-bhārata-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenajitm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenajīvinm. one who lives by selling or training hawk, a falconer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenajūta(śyen/a--) mfn. swift as an eagle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenakapotīyamfn. (the story) of the hawk and the pigeon (see śibi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenakaraṇan. "acting like a hawk", acting with precipitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenakaraṇan. burning on a separate funeral pile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenākhyam. Ardea Sibirica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenapātam. an eagle's flight (a favourite feat of jugglers) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenapātamfn. flying along like an eagle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenapattran. an eagle's feather View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenapatvan(śyen/a--) mfn. "flying by means of eagles", borne or drawn along by eagles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenāśvaśyainan. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenāśvaśyena n. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenāvapātamind. swooping down like an eagle or hawk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenavṛṣakan. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenayāgam. a kind of sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenīf. a white cow (See śyaineya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenī according to to, and others in -"black, dark". View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenīf. a female hawk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenīf. Name of a daughter of kaśyapa- (regarded as the mother of hawks) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenīf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenīSee śyeta- and śyena- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenikāf. a female hawk or eagle (said to be a Name of two metres) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenopadeśam. injunction to women to burn on a separate funeral pile (see śyena-karaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetamf(śy/enī-,or śyetā-)n. (prob. connected with śveta- q.v) reddish white, white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetam. white (the colour) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetam. a woman with a lily-white complexion (equals kumuda-pattrābhā-)
śyetakolakam. the saphara- fish, Cyprinus Saphore (commonly called Punti) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetākṣamf(ī-)n. having reddish-white eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetīkṛA1. -kurute-, to master, overcome (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tādarthyena instrumental case ind. with this intention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapanatanayeṣṭāf. idem or 'f. equals pasvīṣṭā- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāratamyenaind. instrumental case in different degrees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tathyenaind. according to truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tātparyeṇaind. instrumental case equals -tas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
toyeśam. "water-lord", varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tridvyekabhojanamfn. bhojana
triśyetamf(ā-)n. equals triḥ-śveta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛtīyenaind. instrumental case at the 3rd time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryeṇīf. (the śalal/ī-bristle) being variegated in 3 places (treṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryenīf. idem or 'f. (the śalal/ī-bristle) being variegated in 3 places (treṇī-) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayedyusind. on both days, on two subsequent days View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃkhyeyamfn. to be added or enumerated in addition to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃvyeA1. (imperative 2. sg. -s/am-vyayasva-) to wrap up or envelop one's self in (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavyeA1. -vyayate-, to put on or invest one's self with the sacred thread View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahyeśayamf(/ā-)n. equals vahya-ś/īvan- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyeśvaramāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśvānarajyeṣṭhamfn. having vedānta-s for the first View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vālakhilyeśvaratīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanyebham. a wild elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanyetaramfn. different from wild, tame, civilized View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇajyeṣṭhamf(ā-)n. highest in caste (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇajyeṣṭham. a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varuṇajyeṣṭha(v/a-) m. plural having varuṇa- for chief. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsanāvāsudevasyetipadyavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasujyeṣṭham. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyāviṣayehomavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyendrasarasvatīm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyeśam. "lord of knowledge", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyeśam. equals vidyeśvara- ( vidyeśatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyeśatvan. vidyeśa
vidyeśvaram. (with śaiva-s) Name of a class of emancipated beings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyeśvaram. Name of a magician View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayendraparābhavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayeśam. "lord of victory", Name of the god śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayeśam. of a sacred place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayeśasahasranāmann. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayeśvaram. Name of a sacred place (see prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayeśvaramāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyeśvarīprasādam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparyayayeind. viparyaya
viparyayenaind. viparyaya
vīrasiṃhamitrodayesaṃskāraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyākhyeyamfn. to be explained or expounded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vye cl.1 P. A1. () vy/ayati-, te- (perfect tense P. vivyāya-,2. sg. vivyayitha- grammar;2. dual number vivyathus- ; A1. vivy/e- -vyay/āṃ cakāra- ; Aorist avyat-, avyata- ; avyāsīt-, avyāsta- grammar; preceding vīyāt-, vyāsīṣṭa- ; future vyātā- ; vyāsyati-, te- ; vyayiṣye- ; ind.p. -v/īya- etc.; -vāya- grammar), to cover, clothe, wrap, envelop (A1. also,"one's self") : Pass. vīy/ate- (pr. p. vīy/amāna-), to be covered etc. : Causal vyāyayati- grammar : Desiderative vivyāsati-, te- ; Intensive vevīyate-, vāvyeti-, vāvyāti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyekamf(ā-)n. deficient by one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyeka vy-enas- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyemann. a garment, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyemāna pr.p. of vy-am- on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyenasmfn. guiltless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyenīf. (of vy-eta-) variously-tinted (said of the dawn) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyomamadhyeind. in the middle of the sky, in mid-air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāmyeind. yāmya
yāmyenaind. yāmya
yanmadhyeind. in the centre of which View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaṇvāpatyen. dual number yaṇva
yathājyeṣṭhamind. according to the oldest, by seniority, from the oldest to the youngest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathākāmajyeyamfn. to be oppressed at pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāmukhyenaind. (ena-) accusative to precedence above or before all, chiefly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāsaṃkhyenaind. according to number, number for number (so that in two series composed of similar number, the several number of one correspond to those of the other exempli gratia, 'for example' the first to the first etc.) ( ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathātathyena( ) ind. in accordance with the truth, really, truly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāthātathyenaind. yāthātathya
yaugapadyenaind. simultaneously, together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
Results for ye36 results
yena येन ind. (Strictly instr. sing. of यद् used adverbially) 1 Whereby, by which, wherefore, on which account, by means of which; किं तद् येन मनो हर्तुमलं स्यातां न शृण्वताम् R.15.64;14.74. -2 So that; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहं येन व्यापादयामि Pt.4. -3 Since, because.
yeṣ येष् I. 1 Ā. (येषते) To try, strive, attempt. -II. 1 Ā. Ved. 1 To bubble. -2 To flow.
ajyeṣṭha अज्येष्ठ a. Not the eldest or best, having no elder brothers; ˚वृत्ति not acting like the elder brothers; or acting like one who has no elder brother.
adhyetṛ अध्येतृ m., -त्री f. A student, learner.
adhyeṣaṇam अध्येषणम् [अधि-इष् प्रैरणे-ल्युट्] Causing one to do a thing, especially a preceptor &c. as an honorific duty. -णा [अधिका एषणा प्रार्थना] Solicitation, entreaty.
anarghyeya अनर्घ्येय a. see अनर्घ; अनर्घ्येया महाराज द्विजा वर्णेषु चोत्तमाः Mb.13.51.22.
anujyeṣṭha अनुज्येष्ठ a. [अनुगतो ज्येष्ठम्] Next to the eldest. -ष्ठम् adv. According to seniority.
anudhyeya अनुध्येय a. To be favoured or wished well of; अनु- दध्युरनुध्येयम् R.17.36.
anyedyuḥ अन्येद्युः ind. [अन्य-एद्युस् P.V.3.22] 1 On the other or following day; अन्येद्युरात्मानुचरस्य भावं जिज्ञासमाना R.2.26. -2 one day, once.
anyedyuṣka अन्येद्युष्क a. [अन्येद्युर्भवः, कन्] Occurring every day, daily, diurnal; अन्येद्युष्कमहोरात्रादेककालं प्रवर्तते Suśr. -ष्कः A quotidian fever.
abhyeṣaṇam अभ्येषणम् [इष्-घञ्] 1 Desiring, wishing. -2 Going towards, attack.
aye अये ind. 1 As a vocative particle, or as a kind of gentle address. (= अयि); अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123. -2 An interjection showing (a) 'surprise' or 'wonder' and translated by 'oh', 'ah', अये मातलिः Ś.6; अये कुमारलक्ष्मणः प्राप्तः U.1; अये मय्येव भ्रुकुटीधरः संवृत्तः U.5; (b) 'grief', 'dejection'; अये देवपादपद्मोपजीविनो$वस्थेयम् Mu.2. (alas !); (c) 'anger' अये अश्वमेध इति विश्वविजयिनां क्षत्रियाणां महानुत्कर्षनिकषः U.4; (d) 'fear', 'flurry', 'agitation'; (e) 'recollection'; (f.) 'fear'; (g) 'fatigue'.
araṇye$nūcyaḥ अरण्ये$नूच्यः (scil. पुरोडाश) 1 A kind of oblation (अरण्ये अनूच्याः पठनीयाः मन्त्रा यस्य). -2 N. of a Mantra.
araṇyetilakaḥ अरण्येतिलकः [P.II.1.44] Wild sesamum yielding no oil; (fig. anything which does not answer to one's expectation.)
āye आये ind. An interjection of calling, expressive of affection.
ubhaye उभये (य) द्युस् ind. 1 On both days. -2 On two subsequent days. उभयोरह्वोरुभयेद्युः Mbh. on P.V.3.22.
aindriyedhī ऐन्द्रियेधी a. Thinking only of sensual pleasures. मत्प्राप्तये$जेशसुरासुरादयस्तप्यन्त उग्रं तप ऐन्द्रियेधियः Bhāg. 5.18.22.
jyeya ज्येय a. 1 To be oppressed. -2 First, best.
jyeṣṭha ज्येष्ठ a. (Superl. of प्रशस्य or वृद्ध) 1 Eldest, most senior. -2 Most excellent, best. -3 Pre-eminent, first, chief, highest. -ष्ठः 1 An elder brother; R.12.19,35. -2 An epithet of the Supreme Being. -3 Life. -4 N. a lunar month (= ज्यैष्ठ q. v.). -ष्ठा 1 An eldest sister. -2 N. of the eighteenth lunar mansion (consisting of the three stars). -3 The middle finger. -4 A small house-lizard. -5 An epithet of the Ganges. -6 The goddess of misfortune, elder sister of Lakṣmī; ज्येष्ठा च माया कलहश्च दम्भः Bhāg.1.17.32. -ष्ठी A small houselizard. -ष्ठम् 1 The most excellent, the first or head. -2 Tin. -Comp. -अंशः 1 eldest brother's share. -2 the right of the eldest brother to a larger share of the patrimonial property. -3 the best share. -अम्बु n. 1 water in which grain has been washed. -2 the scum of boiled rice. -आश्रमः 1 the highest or most excellent order in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; i. e. that of a householder; तस्माज्ज्येष्ठाश्रमो गृही Ms.3.78. -2 a householder. -कलशः N. of Bilhaṇa's father. -तातः a father's eldest brother. -तातिः f. Ved. superiority. -राज् m. a Sovereign; ज्येष्ठराजं ब्रह्मणां ब्रह्मणस्पते Rv.2.23.1. -ललिता A particular vow to be observed in the month of Jye&stodṭha. -वर्णः 1 the highest caste (that of Brāhmaṇas). -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -वृत्तिः f. the duties of seniority. -श्वश्रूः f. 1 a wife's eldest sister. -2 the eldest mother-in-law. -सामन् n. N. of a particular Sāman; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. ज्येष्ठामूल jyēṣṭhāmūla मूलीयः mūlīyḥ ज्येष्ठामूल मूलीयः The month ज्यैष्ठ q. v.; ततो मध्याह्न- मारूढे ज्येष्ठामूले दिवाकरे Mb.13.95.9.
nivye निव्ये 1 U. To put on (round the neck); see निवीत.
nyej न्येज् (नि + एज्) 1 To tremble; निशितासिरतो$भीको न्येजते$ मरणा रुचा Ki.15.22. -2 To shine.
nyer न्येर् (नि + आ + ईर्) 1 Direct or address (a wish or desire) to. -2 To appoint.
paryeṣaṇam पर्येषणम् णा 1 Investigation by reasoning. -2 Search, inquiry in general; श्रूयतां यः प्रयत्नो मे सीतापर्येषणे कृतः Mb.3.282.17. -3 Homage, worship. -4 Spending the rainy season (Buddh.).
paryeṣṭiḥ पर्येष्टिः f. Search, inquiry.
pratyākhyeya प्रत्याख्येय a. 1 To be denied, refuted. -2 To be cured, curable (as a disease).
prāyeṇa प्रायेण ind. 1 Mostly, as a general rule; प्रायेणैते रमणविरहेष्वङ्गनानां विनोदाः Me.89; प्रायेण सत्यपि हितार्थकरे विधौ हि श्रेयांसि लब्धुमसुखानि विनान्तरायैः Ki.5.49; Ku.3.28; Ṛs.6.24. -2 Probably. प्रायाणिक prāyāṇika प्रायात्रिक prāyātrika प्रायाणिक प्रायात्रिक a. (-की f.) Necessary or suitable for a journey; सर्वमाज्ञापयामास प्रायात्रिकमरिन्दम Mb.3.253.27.
madhye मध्ये See under मध्य.
miyedhaḥ मियेधः A sacrificial offering.
miyedhya मियेध्य a. Partaking of sacrificial offering.
vye व्ये 1 U. (व्ययति-ते, ऊत; Caus. व्याययति-ते; desid. विव्यासति) 1 To cover. -2 To sew.
vyeka व्येक a. Deficient by one.
śyeta श्येत a. (-ता or -नी f.) White; ज्योत्स्नाशङ्कामिह वितरति हंसश्येनी Ki.5.31 (com. तकारस्य च नकारः-श्येतशब्दान् ङीप्). -तः The white colour.
śyenaḥ श्येनः [श्यै-इनन् Uṇ.2.45] 1 The white colour. -2 Whiteness. -3 A hawk, falcon. -4 Violence. -5 Ved. A horse. -6 A kind of array in battle. -Comp. -अवपातः the swoop of a hawk; श्येनावपातचकिता वनवर्ति- केव Māl.8.8. -कपोतीय a. (from Śibi story) sudden (calamity). -करणम्, -करणिका 1 burning on a separate funeral pile. -2 a hawk-like, i. e. rash and desperate, act. -चित्, -जीविन् m. falconer; Ms.3.164. -पातः the swoop of a hawk or eagle; वडवे इव संयुक्ते श्येनपाते दिवौकसाम् Mb.3.133.26.
saṃvye संव्ये 1 U. 1 To clothe, put on clothes. -2 To surround, enclose.
sausthyena सौस्थ्येन ind. Happily; सौस्थ्येनावासितस्तस्थौ तत्रोच्चैरटवी- तटे Dharmābhyudaya-Mahākāvya 2.38.
styenaḥ स्त्येनः [स्त्यै-इनच्] 1 Nectar. -2 A thief.
Macdonell Vedic Search
27 results
akṣa akṣ-á, m. die for playing, pl. dice, x. 34, 2. 4. 6. 7. 13 [perhaps eye = spot]. [222]
akṣan akṣ-án, n. eye (weak stem of ákṣi), x. 127, 1.
adhyakṣa ádhy-akṣa, m. eye-witness; surveyor, x. 129, 7 [having one’s eye upon].
animiṣā á-nimiṣ-ā, (inst.) adv. with unwinking eye, iii. 59, 1 [ni-mís, f wink].
anya anyá, prn. a. other, ii. 35, 3. 8. 13; x. 34, 4. 10. 11. 14; 129, 2; with ab. = than, ii. 33, 11; anyó-anyáone-another, vii. 103, 3. 4. 5; anyé-anyé, anyá̄ḥ-anyá̄ḥ some-others, x. 14, 3; ii. 35, 3 [cp. Lat.aliu-s, Gk. ἄλλο-ς ‘other’].
cakṣu cákṣ-u, n. eye, x. 90, 13 [cakṣ see].
cakṣus cákṣ-us, n. eye, vii. 61, 1; 63, 1 [cakṣ see].
caturakṣa catur-akṣá, a. (Bv.) four-eyed, x. 14, 10. 11 [akṣá = ákṣi eye].
jyeṣṭha jyé-ṣṭha, spv. highest, ii. 35, 9; chief, vii. 86, 4 [spv. of jyā].
dṛśaye dṛśáye, dat. inf. to see, x. 14, 12.
dhī dhī think, III. dí̄dhye. á̄- think to oneself, ā- dí̄dhye, x. 34, 5.
parivatsariṇa parivatsar-Íṇa, a. yearly, vii. 10, 8 [pári- + vatsará, m. complete year].
brhaspati Bṛ́has-páti, m. Lord of prayer, name of a god, iv. 50, 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 10. 11; x. 14, 3 [bṛ́h-as prob. gen. = bṛhás; cp. bráhmaṇas páti].
brahman bráh-man, n. prayer, ii. 12, 14; vii. 61, 2. 6; 71, 6; 103, 8 [bṛh swell].
manīṣā man-īṣá̄, f. thought, vii. 71, 6; wisdom, x. 129, 4: prayer, v. 11, 5; hymn of praise, v. 83, 10 [manthink].
ya Yá, rel. prn. who, which, that: N. yás, i. 35, 6; 154, 12. 3. 4; 160, 4; ii. 12, 1-7. 9-15; 33, 5. 7; iii. 59, 2. 7; iv. 50, 1. 7. 9; vi. 54, 1. 2. 4; vii. 61, 1; 63, 1. 3; vii. 71, 4; 86, 1; viii. 48, 102. 12; x. 14, 5; 34, 12; 129, 7; f. yá̄, iv. 50, 3; n. yád, i. 1, 6; ii. 35, 15; vii. 61, 2; 63, 2; 103, 5. 7; x. 15, 6; 90, 23. 12; 129, 1. 3. 4; 135, 7; with kíṃ ca whatever, v. 83, 9; A. yám, i. 1, 4; ii. 12, 5. 7. 9; 35, 11; viii. 48, 1; x. 135, 3. 4; I. yéna, i. 160, 5; ii. 12, 4; iv. 51, 4; f. yáyā, iv. 51, 6; Ab. yásmād, ii. 12, 9; G. yásya, i. 154, 2; ii. 12, 1. 74. 142; 35, 7; v. 83, 43; vii. 61, 2; x. 34, 4; f. yásyās, x. 127, 4; L. yásmin, iv. 50, 8; x. 135, 1; du. yáu, x. 14, 11; pl. N. yé, i. 35, 11; 85, 1. 4; iv. 50, 2; x. 14, 3. 10; 15, 1-4. 8-10. 132. 142; 90, 7. 8; with ké whatever, x. 90, 10; f. yá̄s, vii. 49, 1. 2. 3; n. yá̄ni, ii. 33, 13; yá̄, i. 85, 12; ii. 33, 183; iv. 50, 9; vii. 86, 5; A. m. yá̄n, x. 14, 3; 15, 132; G. f. yá̄sām, vii. 49, 3; L. f. yá̄su, iv. 51, 7; vii. 49, 44; 61, 5.
yam yam extend, bestow, I. yácha, iv. 51, 10; v. 83, 5; pf. Ā. yemire submit to (dat.), iii. 59, 8; s ao.bestow on (dat.), ii. 35, 152. ádhi- extend to (dat.), i. 85, 12. á̄- guide to (lc.), root ao. inj. yamat, x. 14, 14. ní- bestow, iv. 50, 10. prá- present a share of (gen.), x. 15, 7. ví- extend to, i. 85, 12.
vatsa vatsá, m. calf, vii. 86, 5 [yearling from *vatas, Gk. ϝέτος year, Lat. vetus in vetus-tas ‘age’].
śyena śyená, m. eagle, vii. 63, 5; m. hawk, x. 127, 5.
saṃvatsara saṃ-vatsará, m. year, vii. 103, 1. 7. 9.
saptaraśmi saptá-raśmi, a. (Bv.) seven-reined, ii. 12, 12; seven-rayed, iv. 50, 4.
samudrajyeṣṭha samudrá-jyeṣṭha, a. (Bv.) having the ocean as their chief, vii. 49, 1 [samudrá, m. collection of waters + jyeṣṭha, spv. chief].
sahasrākṣa sahasrākṣá, a. (Bv.) thousand-eyed, x. 90, 1 [akṣá eye = ákṣi].
hantr han-tṛ́, m. slayer, ii. 12, 10.
hari hár-i, m. bay steed, i. 35, 3 [Av. zairi- ‘yellowish’; Lat. helu-s, Lith. zelù, OG. gělo].
harita hár-ita, a. yellow, vii. 103, 4. 6. 10 [Av. zairita ‘yellowish’].
hiraṇyākṣa hiraṇyākṣá, a. (Bv.) golden-eyed, i. 35, 8 [akṣá = akṣí eye].
Macdonell Search
Results for ye35 results
yena in. (of ya) ad. cj. whither; where; in which manner, as (cor. tena); whereby, wherefore, on account of which; that, as; be cause, since (cor. tena); in order that (w. pr. or pot.); so (tathâ etc.) that (w. pr., ft., or pot.).
yeṣṭha spv. going best, swiftest (RV.).
ajyeṣṭha a. not the eldest: pl. of whom none is the eldest; not the best; -vritti, a. not behaving as an elder brother.
adhyeṣaṇa n. request.
adhyetavya fp. to be studied, -read.
anabhidhyeya fp. not to be thought of.
anākhyeya fp. not to be told.
anyedyus ad. on the following day; one day.
ākhyeya fp. to be told, -related, -admitted.
ityetannāmaka a. having the names just mentioned.
kuvalayeśa m. lord of earth, king: -tâ, f. dominion.
jayendra m. N.: -senâ, f. N.; -½îs- vara, m. lord of victory (Siva); N. of a temple.
jyeṣṭhatara cpv. m. one of the elders; â, f. nurse; -tâ, f., -tva, n. superiority, pre cedence; primogeniture; -pâla, m. N.; -va yas, a. older than (--°ree;); -varnin, m. Brâhman; -vritti, a. behaving like an elder brother; -sâman, n. N. of a Sâman; a. one who chants this Sâman; -sâma-ga, a. id.; -½âsrama, m. most excellent order (that of the householder); a. living in the householder stage.
jyeṣṭha spv. most excellent or beauteous; greatest; highest; best; first; chief; superior to (ab.); eldest: -m, ad. most, greatly; m. elder brother; (sc. ghata) ascending bucket on the water-wheel; N. of a month, May--June (=gyaishtha); &asharp;, f. eldest wife; N. of the 16th (18th) lunar station; misfortune; n. chief thing.
tryeṇī a. f. spotted in three places.
dhyeya fp. to be meditated on; to be thought of as (nm.).
paryeṣṭavya fp. to be sought; -½eshana, n. search.
pratyeka a. each single: °ree;-or -m, ad. singly; at, on, with, or for each singly; in connexion with each; -buddha, m. isolated Buddha (who works out his individual salvation only); -sas, ad. singly, for each single one.
pratyetavya fp. to be recognised, accepted, or regarded as (nm.); -½etos, g. inf. √ i (sc. îsvarah); (práti)-½enas, m. next heir; -½enasya, n. next reversion of (g.).
prātaradhyeya fp. to be recited early in the morning; -anuvâká, m. early recitation (the litany with which the Prâtah savana begins); -anta, a. ending in the morning; -apavarga, a. id.; -abhivâda, m. morning greeting; -avanegá, m. morning ablution; -ahna, m. early part of the day, forenoon; -âsa, m. morning meal, breakfast; -âsita, pp. having taken one's morning meal, having breakfasted; -âhutí, f.morning sacri fice (the second half of the daily Agnihotra sacrifice).
prāyeṇa in. ad. for the most part, mostly, generally, as a rule; in all proba bility.
madhyenagaram ad. within a city; -nadi, ad. in or into the river; -na resvara-sabham, ad. in the midst of the assembly of the princes; -padmam, ad. in a lotus; -prishtham, ad. on the back; -vin dhya½atavi, ad. in the forests of the Vindhya; -vindhya½antar, ad. in the midst of the Vin dhya; -vyoma, ad. in the air; -sabham, ad. in the assembly, in public; -samudram, ad. in the midst of the sea.
manuṣyendra m. best of men; -½îsvara, m. lord of men, king.
yudhaye d. inf. (√ yudh) to fight (RV.).
vanyetara a. reverse of wild, tame: w. nivâsâh, m. dwellings the reverse of syl van; -½ibha, m. wild elephant.
vahyeśayā a. f. lying on a litter or couch (RV.1).
vidyeśa m. lord of knowledge, ep. of Siva; a class of the saved among the mystical Sivaites; -½îsvara, m. id.; N. of a magician.
vyenas a. guiltless (RV.1); (ví)-enî, a. f. various-tinted (dawn; RV.1).
śabdākhyeya fp. that may be said aloud; -½âdambara, m. verbosity; -½âdi mat, a. possessed of sound etc.; -½anurûpa, a. corresponding with one's voice; -½anusâs ana, n. doctrine of words, grammar; -½anu sâra, m. following a sound: in. in the direc tion of the sound (look).
śyena m. eagle (that brings down Soma to man; V.); falcon, hawk; kind of ekâha (S.); kind of battle-array (C.); a. eagle like (breast; Br., S.): -gîvin, m. falconer; (á)-patvan, a. flying with eagles (car; RV.1); -½avapâtam, ad. swooping down like an eagle or hawk.
śyeta a. (énî) reddish white, white.
saṃkhyeya fp. to be numbered, calculable, not numerous.
savyetara a. opposite of left, right.
haye V. ij. O, ho!
harmyeṣṭhā a. remaining in the house or stall (RV.1;=gharmye-shth&asharp;, RV.1).
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
Results for ye35 resultsResults for ye10 results
yevāṣa Is the name of a destructive insect in the Atharvaveda. The form Yavāṣa is found in the Kāthaka Samhitā. Cf. Vrṣa.
ajyeyatā See Brāhmaṇa.
uccaiḥśravas kaupayeya Appears in the Jaiminīya Upani­ṣad Brāhmaṇa as a king of the Kurus and as maternal uncle of Keśin. His connexion with the Kurus is borne out by the fact that Upamaśravas was son of Kuru- śravaṇa, the names being strikingly similar.
kaupayeya Is the patronymic of Uccaihśravas.
kṣipraśyena ‘ swift falcon,’ is the name of a bird in the Maitrāyanī Samhitā and the Satapatha Brāhmana.
jyeṣṭha Ordinarily meaning ‘ greatest,’ has further the specific sense of ‘ eldest ’ brother in the Rigveda. It also means the eldest among sons, which is another side of the same sense.
jyeṣṭhaghnī Slaying the eldest,’ is the name of a Naksatra, or lunar mansion, usually called Jyesthā, in the Atharvaveda and the Taittirīya Brāhmana. It is Antares or Cor Scipioηis.
jyeṣṭha See Naksatra.
pratyenas Is found with Ugra and Sūta-grāmanī in the Brhadāranyaka Upanisad, clearly denoting an officer of police. The sense must be that of the humbler ‘servants’ of the king rather than ‘ magistrates,’ as Max Muller, in his translation, takes it. In the Kāthaka Samhitā and the Sāñkhāyana śrauta Sūtra the word means, according to the St. Petersburg Dictionary, the next heir, who is responsible for the debts of a dead man.
śyena Is the name in the Rigveda of a strong bird of prey, most probably the ‘eagle’; later (as in post-Vedic Sanskrit) it seems to mean the 'falcon' or 'hawk.' It is the swiftest of birds, and a source of terror to smaller birds. It is the strongest of birds, and even attacks herds. It watches over men (nr-caksas), a reference, no doubt, to its lofty flight in air. It brings the Soma from heaven.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
Results for ye35 resultsResults for ye10 resultsResults for ye891 results
ye aṃsatrā ya ṛdhag rodasī ye RV.4.34.9c.
ye aṃsyā ye aṅgyāḥ RV.1.191.7a.
ye agnayaḥ pāñcajanyāḥ (Mś. purīṣiṇaḥ) VS.18.67a; śB.9.5.1.53a; Mś.6.2.6.26a. P: ye agnayaḥ Kś.18.6.23. See ye 'gnayaḥ purīṣyāḥ.
ye agnayaḥ (TS.KSṭB.Apś. 'gnayaḥ) samanasaḥ (Mś. -sāḥ, vḷ. -saḥ; KS. adds sacetasaḥ) VS.13.25a; 14.6a; TS.4.4.11.2a; MS.1.6.2a (bis): 88.1; 89.6; 2.8.12a (bis): 116.6,14; KS.7.14a; 17.10 (bis); śB.8.7.1.6; TB.1.2.1.18a; Apś.5.20.4; Mś.1.5.4.19; 1.5.5.18.
ye agnayo apsv antar ye vṛtre AVś.3.21.1a. P: ye agnayo apsv antaḥ GB.2.2.12; Vait.16.16; ye agnayaḥ Kauś.9.1; 43.16,20; 72.13; 82.25; 123.1. See yo apsv antar.
ye agnayo divo ye pṛthivyāḥ MS.1.6.2a: 88.7; 1.6.7a: 97.6; Apś.5.18.1a; Mś.1.5.4.20. See ye 'gnayo divo.
ye agnayo na śośucann idhānāḥ RV.6.66.2a; MS.4.14.11a: 233.5.
ye agnayo vihṛtā dhiṣṇyāḥ pṛthivīm anu te naḥ pāntu Vait.18.4.
ye agnā dadhire duvaḥ RV.4.8.6c; KS.12.15c.
ye agnijā oṣadhijā ahīnām AVś.10.4.23a.
ye agnijihvā uta vā yajatrāḥ RV.6.52.13c; VS.33.53c; TS.2.4.14.5c; MS.4.12.1c: 179.8; ā.5.1.1.13c; TB.2.8.6.5c.
ye agnijihvā ṛtasāpa āsuḥ RV.6.21.11c.
ye agnidagdhā ye anagnidagdhāḥ (TB. Poona ed. 'nagni-) RV.10.15.14a; AVś.18.2.35a; TB.3.1.1.7a; Aś.2.19.22. P: ye agnidagdhāḥ śG.2.14.18. See next.
ye agniṣvāttā ye 'nagniṣvāttāḥ (VS. anagni-) VS.19.60a; TB.2.6.16.1a; Apś.8.15.17a. See prec.
ye agneḥ pari jajñire RV.10.62.6a.
ye agne candra te giraḥ RV.5.10.4a.
ye agne nerayanti te RV.5.20.2a.
ye agravaḥ śaśamānāḥ pareyuḥ AVś.18.2.47a.
ye aṅgāni madayanti AVś.9.8.19a.
ye añjiṣu ye vāśīṣu svabhānavaḥ RV.5.53.4a.
ye atrayo aṅgiraso navagvāḥ AVś.18.3.20a.
ye atriṇo yātudhānāḥ AVP.4.25.4a.
ye adṛṣṭāḥ pṛthivīkṣitaḥ AVP.9.6.6d.
ye adbhir īśānā marutaś caranti AVś.4.27.4c. See yābhir īśānā etc., and ye 'dbhir etc.
ye adbhir īśānā maruto varṣayanti AVś.4.27.5c. See ya īśānā maruto.
ye adrogham anuṣvadham RV.5.52.1c.
ye adharād āsyandete AVP.1.52.2a.
ye antaḥ krimayo gavi AVś.2.32.1c; AVP.2.14.1c.
ye antarikṣa uta ye divi śritāḥ MG.2.7.4b. See ye antarikṣe ye ca.
ye antarikṣa uta ye samudriyāḥ JG.2.1b.
ye antarikṣa oṣadhīṣu paśuṣv apsv antaḥ (AVP. oṣadhīṣv apsu) AVś.1.30.3b; AVP.1.14.3b. See ya oṣadhīṣu.
ye antarikṣaṃ pṛthivīṃ kṣiyanti TB.3.1.1.6c.
ye antarikṣasyeśate AVP.5.26.8c.
ye antarikṣe divi ye ca pāśāḥ AVP.5.36.2a.
ye antarikṣe ya upa dyavi ṣṭha RV.6.52.13b; VS.33.53b; TS.2.4.14.5b; MS.4.12.1b: 179.7; TB.2.8.6.5b.
ye antarikṣe ye ca divi śritāsaḥ Kauś.135.9d. See ye antarikṣa uta.
ye antarikṣe ye divi RVKh.7.55.10c; AVś.11.10.2c; VS.13.6c; TS.3.5.4.3c; 4.2.8.3c; MS.2.7.15c: 97.2; KS.16.15c; śB.7.4.1.28c; ApMB.2.17.5c; NīlarU.18c.
ye antā yāvatīḥ sicaḥ AVś.14.2.51a. P: ye antāḥ Kauś.79.26.
ye anti dūrād upanāyam eṣām RV.9.91.4d.
ye anti ye ca dūrake AVś.10.4.9b.
ye anneṣu vividhyanti TS.4.5.11.1a; MS.2.9.9a: 129.5; VārG.15.8. See ye 'nneṣu.
ye apīṣan (AVP. 'pīṣan) ye adihan (AVP. 'dihan) AVś.4.6.7a; AVP.5.8.6a.
ye apo 'śnanti ke cana TA.1.31.1d.
ye apturo divyāso na gṛdhrāḥ RV.1.118.4c.
ye aprathetām amitebhir ojobhiḥ TS.4.7.15.6a; MS.3.16.5a: 192.5; KS.22.15a. See next two, and sacetasau ye aprathethām.
ye aprathethām amitam abhi yojanam ArS.4.8b. See under prec.
ye aprathethām amitā yojanāni AVP.4.36.1b. See under prec. but two.
ye apsavam arṇavaṃ citrarādhasaḥ RV.10.65.3c.
ye apsujā vidyuta ābabhūvuḥ AVś.10.4.23b.
ye apsu ṣadāṃsi (KS. 'psu sadāṃsi) cakrire MS.2.7.15c: 97.6; KS.16.15c. See teṣām apsu, and yeṣām apsu.
ye apsv (AVP. 'psv) antar agnayaḥ praviṣṭāḥ AVP.10.9.1; SMB.1.7.1a; GG.3.4.14; PG.2.6.10a. P: ye apsu KhG.3.1.13.
ye amī rocane divaḥ MS.2.7.15a: 97.5. See ye cāmī, ye 'do, ye vādo, and ye vāmī.
ye amṛtaṃ bibhṛtho ye havīṃṣi AVś.4.26.4a; AVP.4.36.3b.
ye amno jātān mārayanti AVś.8.6.19a.
ye arvāṅ (AVś. arvāṅ madhya) uta vā purāṇe (AVś. -ṇam) AVś.10.8.17a; TA.2.15.1a.
ye arvāñcas tāṃ (JB. taṃ) u parāca āhuḥ RV.1.164.19a; AVś.9.9.19a; JB.1.279a.
ye arvāvati sunvire RV.8.93.6b; 9.65.22b; AVś.20.112.3b; SV.2.513b.
ye arvāvatīndavaḥ RV.8.53 (Vāl.5).3d.
ye aśnanti vaṣaṭkṛtam AVś.11.10.14b.
ye aśramāsa uravo vahiṣṭhāḥ RV.6.21.12c.
ye aśvadā uta vā santi godāḥ RV.5.42.8c.
ye aśvadāḥ saha te sūryeṇa RV.10.107.2b.
ye aśvinā ye pitarā ya ūtī RV.4.34.9a.
ye astā ye cāsyāḥ AVś.1.19.2b; AVP.1.20.2b.
ye asmad apacetasaḥ TB.3.3.11.1c; Apś.3.13.6c.
ye asmabhyaṃ dhanadā udbhidaś ca RV.10.116.9d.
ye asmākaṃ tanvam āviviśuḥ (AVP. tanvaṃ sthāma cakrire) AVś.2.31.5c; AVP.2.15.5c.
ye asmākaṃ pitaro goṣu yodhāḥ RV.3.39.4b.
ye asmin kāmaṃ suyujaṃ tatasre RV.4.23.5d.
ye asmin kāmam aśriyan RV.8.2.39c.
ye asmin (KS. 'smin) mahaty arṇave MS.2.9.9a: 128.9; KS.17.16a; Mś.11.7.1.4. See under asmin mahaty.
ye asya kāmaṃ janidhā iva gman RV.10.29.5b; AVś.20.76.5b.
ye asya gopā mahato babhūvuḥ AVś.10.8.9d; N.12.38d.
ye asyā ācaraṇeṣu dadhrire RV.1.48.3c.
ye uttarād āsyandete AVP.1.52.4a.
ye usriyā bibhṛtho ye vanaspatīn AVś.4.26.5a; AVP.4.36.4a.
ye kakṣeṣv aghāyavaḥ AVP.1.42.3c; VS.11.79c; TS.4.1.10.2c; MS.2.7.7c: 83.18; KS.16.7c.
ye karmaṇaḥ kriyamāṇasya mahnā RV.10.55.7c; SV.2.1134c.
ye kīlālena (AVP. kīlālais) tarpayatho (AVś.4.27.5a, and AVP.4.35.5a, tarpayanti) ye ghṛtena AVś.4.26.6a; 4.27.5a; AVP.4.35.5a; 4.36.5a.
ye kukundhāḥ kukūrabhāḥ AVś.8.6.11a.
ye kṛtvano devakṛtāḥ AVś.19.35.5a. Cf. ya ṛṣṇavo.
ye kṛṣṇāḥ śitibāhavaḥ AVś.5.23.5b; AVP.7.2.5b.
ye ke ca jmā mahino ahimāyāḥ RV.6.52.15a; KS.13.15a; Aś.2.9.14; 3.7.10. P: ye ke ca jmā KS.20.15; śś.6.10.6; Rvidh.2.22.6.
ye ke ca pṛthivīm anu (KS. pṛthivyām adhi) RVKh.7.55.10b; VS.13.6b; TS.4.2.8.3b; MS.2.7.15b: 97.1; KS.16.15b; śB.7.4.1.28b; ApMB.2.17.5b; NīlarU.18b.
ye ke ca bhrātaraḥ sthana (śś. sthāḥ) AB.7.17.7c; śś.15.26c.
ye ke ca rājan pratiśatravas te AVś.4.22.6b; AVP.3.21.6b.
ye ke ca viśvarūpāḥ AVś.5.23.5c; AVP.7.2.5c.
ye ke ca stha vyadhvarāḥ AVś.6.50.3d.
ye ke cātmahano janāḥ VS.40.3d; īśāU.3d. See avidvāṃso 'budhā.
ye ke cedam apāsauṣuḥ AVP.13.3.5a.
ye ke cobhayādataḥ (TA. caubha-) RV.10.90.10b; VS.31.8b; TA.3.12.5b. See ye ca ke.
aṃhasaspataye tvā # VS.7.30; 22.31; śB.4.3.1.20; Kś.9.13.18. Cf. aṃhaspatyāya.
akṛṣṭapacye aśane dhānye yaḥ # AVś.5.29.7b; AVP.12.18.8b.
agastyena medinā # AVP.10.12.5c.
agastye nāsatyā madantā # RV.1.184.5d.
agastye brahmaṇā vāvṛdhānā # RV.1.117.11c.
agnaye aṃsalam # TB.3.4.1.17. See agnaye pīvanam.
agnaye 'ṃhomuce 'ṣṭākapālaḥ (MS. 'ṃhomuce puroḍāśam aṣṭākapālaṃ nirvapati) # TS.7.5.21.1; 22.1; MS.3.15.11: 181.1; KSA.5.18,19; Apś.20.23.2. Cf. Mś.9.2.5.
agnaye karmakṛte svāhā # TA.6.2.1.
agnaye kavyavāhanāya manthaḥ # KS.9.6.
agnaye kavyavāhanāya svadhā namaḥ (JG. adds svāhā) # AVś.18.4.71; TB.1.3.10.3; Aś.2.6.12; Apś.1.8.4; Mś.1.1.2.18; 11.9.1.7; MG.2.9.13; JG.2.1; ViDh.21.7. P: agnaye kavyavāhanāya Vait.9.8; Kauś.88.2.
agnaye kavyavāhanāya svadhā svāhā # ApMB.2.19.13 (ApG.8.21.4); ApMB.2.21.9 (ApG.8.22.7).
agnaye kavyavāhanāya svāhā # VS.2.29; śB.2.4.2.13; śś.4.4.1; AuśDh.5.43. P: agnaye Kś.4.1.7. See svāhāgnaye kavyavāhanāya.
agnaye kavyavāhanāya sviṣṭakṛte svadhā namaḥ # HG.2.11.3; 14.6; 15.10; BDh.2.8.14.7.
agnaye kavyavāhanāyānu brūhi # śB.2.6.1.30.
agnaye kāṇḍarṣaye svāhā # HG.2.18.3.
agnaye kāmāya svāhā # TB.3.12.2.2--8. Cf. kāmāya svāhā, and agnīṣomābhyāṃ kāmāya.
agnaye kuṭārūn ālabhate # VS.24.23; MS.3.14.4: 173.5.
agnaye kṣāmavate svāhā # AB.7.6.4.
agnaye gāyatrāya trivṛte rāthaṃtarāyāṣṭākapālaḥ (TS.KSA. rāthaṃtarāya vāsantāyāṣṭākapālaḥ; MS. rāthaṃtarāya vāsantikāya puroḍāśam aṣṭākapālaṃ nirvapati) # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; MS.3.15.10: 180.7; KSA.5.10. P: agnaye gāyatrāya Apś.20.9.2.
agnaye gṛhapataye pāruṣṇān # VS.24.24; MS.3.14.5: 173.8.
agnaye gṛhapataye rayipataye puṣṭipataye kāmāyānnādyāya svāhā # Apś.6.13.2. P: agnaye gṛhapataye Apś.13.24.8.
agnaye gṛhapataye rayimate puṣṭipataye svāhā # VSK.3.2.5; Vait.7.17; Kś.4.14.23. Cf. agnaye rayimate.
agnaye gṛhapataye svāhā # VS.10.23; TS.1.8.15.2; 16.2; MS.2.6.13: 72.8; 4.4.7: 58.2; KS.15.8 (bis); śB.5.4.3.15; TB.1.7.10.6; Aś.2.4.8; śś.2.10.1; Apś.18.17.14; 20.4; Mś.9.1.5.4. P: agnaye gṛhapataye Kś.15.6.23.
agnaye 'gnivate svāhā # AB.7.6.1.
agnaye 'gnīṣomābhyām # JG.1.3.
agnaye ghṛtaṃ bhava # MS.1.1.11: 7.6; 4.1.13: 17.7.
agnaye ca tvā pṛthivyai connayāmi # Apś.6.8.1.
agnaye ca prajāpataye ca rātrau # Kauś.73.2a.
agnaye janavide svāhā # AVP.1.35.1; Kauś.78.10; ApMB.1.4.3 (ApG.2.5.2); MG.1.10.8; VārG.14.10. Cf. agnir janavin.
agnaye jātavedase # RV.5.5.1c; VS.3.2c.
agnaye jātāya # Mś.1.7.1.44. Cf. next, and jātāyānubrūhi.
agnaye jātāyānubrūhi # Mś.5.1.3.2. Cf. prec.
agnaye jyotiṣmate svāhā # Apś.9.9.14.
agnaye tantumate svāhā # AB.7.9.6; śG.5.4.2.
agnaye tapasvate janadvate pāvakavate svāhā # AB.7.8.4; Apś.9.9.14.
agnaye tvā # TS.1.1.8.1; TB.3.2.8.3; Mś.1.2.3.18. Cf. idam agneḥ.
agnaye tvā gāyatrachandasaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.8.47; VSK.8.22.1; śB.11.5.9.7. P: agnaye tvā gāyatrachandasam Kś.12.5.14.
agnaye tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # VS.1.13; 2.1; KS.1.11; 31.10; śB.1.1.3.11; 3.3.1; Kauś.2.15. P: agnaye tvā Kś.2.3.37.
agnaye tvā tejasvate # TS.1.4.29.1 (bis); KS.4.11 (bis). See agnaye tvāyuṣmate.
agnaye tvā pari dadāmi (VārG. paridadāni; ApMB. dadāmy asau) # Kauś.56.13; ApMB.2.3.13 (ApG.4.10.12); JG.1.12; VārG.7.12.
agnaye tvā pavamānāya # Apś.17.9.8. Cf. agnaye pa-.
agnaye tvā pāvakāya # Apś.17.9.8. Cf. agnaye pā-.
agnaye tvā pravṛhāmi gāyatreṇa chandasā # MS.1.3.36: 42.10; 4.7.7: 102.6; KS.30.6,7. P: agnaye tvā pravṛhāmi Mś.7.1.1.21.
agnaye tvā bṛhate nākāya # MS.1.1.3: 2.9. See agnaye bṛhate.
agnaye tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātu (MS. dadāti), so 'mṛtatvam aśīya (VSK. aśyāt), āyur (MS. mayo) dātra edhi (MS. bhūyāt) mayo mahyaṃ pratigrahītre (śś. pratigṛhṇate) # VS.7.47; VSK.9.2.7,8; MS.1.9.4: 134.3; śB.4.3.4.28; śś.7.18.1. P: agnaye tvā Kś.10.2.28; Mś.5.2.14.9; --11.1.4. See rājā tvā varuṇo, and varuṇas tvā nayatu.
agnaye tvāyuṣmate # MS.1.3.31: 41.3 (bis). See agnaye tvā tejasvate.
agnaye tvā rāyaspoṣade (TS. -dāvne) # VS.5.1; 6.32; TS.1.2.10.1; 6.2.1.3; MS.1.2.6: 16.4; 1.3.3: 30.17; 3.7.9: 88.10; 4.5.4: 68.15; KS.2.8; 3.10; 24.8; śB.3.4.1.13.
agnaye tvā varcase # VS.26.9 (bis); 8.38; VSK.8.12.1 (bis); śB.4.5.4.9 (bis).
agnaye tvā vasumate svāhā # MS.4.9.8: 128.10; TA.4.9.1; 5.7.10; KA.2.129; Apś.15.10.9.
agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāya # VS.14.7; TS.1.4.13.1 (bis); 4.3.4.3; MS.2.8.1 (bis): 107.9,13; KS.17.1; śB.8.2.2.8; Apś.12.16.3. See vaiśvānarāya tvā.
agnaye tvā śucaye # Apś.17.9.8. Cf. agnaye śu-.
agnaye tvā svāhā # TS.1.1.11.1; TB.3.3.6.2.
agnaye dāṣṭy avase # RV.1.127.4c.
agnaye devebhyaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ samidhyamānāyānubrūhi # TB.1.6.9.1; Apś.8.14.17 (cf. 8.13.7, comm.).
agnaye devebhyo dhukṣva # śś.2.8.4.
agnaye dhūṅkṣṇā (KSA. dhūṅkṣā) # TS.5.5.19.1; KSA.7.9.
agnaye namaḥ (JG. with namaḥ understood) # KSA.11.1,6; MG.2.12.3; JG.1.6; GopālU.2.97. See namo 'gnaye.
agnaye 'nīkavate prathamajān ālabhate # VS.24.16; MS.3.13.14: 171.6; Apś.20.14.10. P: agnaye 'nīkavate Apś.20.15.5.
agnaye 'nīkavate prātar aṣṭākapālaḥ # MS.1.10.1: 140.13; KS.9.5.
agnaye 'nīkavate rohitāñjir anaḍvān # VS.29.59; TS.5.5.24.1; KSA.8.3.
agnaye 'nubrūhi # śB.2.2.3.21,24; 5.2.31; 3.7,12; 3.4.4.11; Apś.2.19.6; 7.22.13; 12.20.16; Mś.1.3.2.8,14. Cf. Apś.2.18.3.
agnaye 'numataye svāhā # JG.1.4.
agnaye 'nnapataye svāhā # HG.1.7.18.
agnaye 'nnādāya svāhā # HG.1.7.18.
agnaye 'nnādāyānnapataye svāhā # VSK.3.2.5; AB.7.12.5; Vait.7.19; Kś.4.14.25.
agnaye pathikṛte svāhā # AB.7.8.3.
agnaye pavamānāya # Apś.5.21.5. Cf. agnaye tvā pa-.
agnaye pavamānāyānubrūhi # śB.2.2.3.22.
agnaye pavitravate svāhā # AB.7.9.3.
agnaye pāvakāya # Apś.5.21.5. Cf. agnaye tvā pā-.
agnaye pīvanam # VS.30.21. See agnaye aṃsalam.
agnaye puraḥsade (AVP.KS. purassade rakṣoghne) svāhā # AVP.2.54.1; MS.2.6.3: 65.11; KS.15.2; Mś.9.1.1.27. See agninetrebhyo, and ye devāḥ puraḥsado.
agnaye puroḍāśasya preṣya # Mś.1.8.5.7. Cf. Apś.7.22.13.
agnaye puroḍāśasyānubrūhi # Mś.1.8.5.7. Cf. Apś.7.22.13.
agnaye puroḍāśānām anubrūhi # Mś.2.3.7.10.
agnaye puroḍāśān prasthitān preṣya # Mś.2.3.7.10.
agnaye pṛthivīkṣite svāhā # Kś.4.14.28.
agnaye prajanayitave # TB.1.2.1.8d; Apś.5.1.14d.
agnaye praṇīyamānāyānubrūhi # AB.1.28.1; Apś.7.6.4; Mś.1.7.3.38; 5.1.3.13.
agnaye prahriyamāṇāya # Mś.1.7.1.45. See next.
agnaye prahriyamāṇāyānubrūhi # śB.3.5.2.2; 6.3.9; 9.2.3.1; Kś.18.3.17; Mś.5.1.3.3 (erroneously, prahriyamānā-). See prec., and cf. agnibhyaḥ prahriyamāṇebhyo 'nubrūhi, agnibhyāṃ prahriyamāṇābhyām anubrūhi, and prahriyamāṇāya.
agnaye preṣya # Apś.7.22.13; 12.20.16.
agnaye 'psumate svāhā # AB.7.7.2.
agnaye balimate svāhā # TB.3.12.2.7.
agnaye bṛhate nākāya (KS.ApMB. nākāya svāhā) # TS.1.1.3.1; KS.1.3; 31.2; TB.3.2.3.5; ApMB.2.6.9 (ApG.5.11.22). See agnaye tvā bṛhate.
agnaye brahma ṛbhavas tatakṣuḥ # RV.10.80.7a.
agnaye bharatā bṛhat # RV.3.10.5b; SV.1.98b; TS.3.2.11.1b.
agnaye mathyamānāyānubrūhi # TS.6.3.5.3; AB.1.16.1; śB.3.4.1.22; Apś.7.13.1; Mś.1.7.1.42; 5.1.3.1. P: agnaye mathyamānāya śś.3.13.16.
agnaye madhumad vacaḥ # RV.1.78.5b.
agnaye marutvate svāhā # AB.7.9.8.
agnaye yaviṣṭhāya trayo nakulāḥ # TS.5.6.15.1; KSA.9.5.
agnaye rakṣoghne svāhā # TS.1.8.7.2; TB.1.7.1.5; Apś.18.9.12.
agnaye rayimate paśumate puṣṭipataye svāhā # śś.2.10.1. Cf. agnaye gṛhapataye rayimate, and next.
agnaye rayimate svāhā # TA.6.1.2. Cf. prec.
agnaye varuṇāya svāhā # AB.7.9.5. Cf. svāhāgnaye varuṇāya.
agnaye vasumate somāya rudravata indrāya marutvate varuṇāyādityavate 'nubrūhi # Mś.5.1.10.5.
agnaye vivicaye svāhā # AB.7.6.3.
agnaye vītamanyave svāhā # KS.37.13,14.
agnaye vītaye svāhā # AB.7.6.2.
agnaye vaiśvānarāya dvādaśakapālaḥ # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; 22.1; KS.21.10; KSA.5.10,19. Cf. vaiśvānaraṃ dvādaśakapālam.
agnaye vaiśvānarāya dvādaśakapālo mṛgākhare yadi nāgachet # TS.7.5.21.1; KSA.5.18.
agnaye vaiśvānarāya suvargāya lokāyā svāhā # TA.6.2.1; 4.2.
agnaye vaiśvānarāya svāhā # VS.11.66; TS.4.1.9.1; MS.2.7.7: 82.9; KS.16.7; AB.7.9.1; śB.6.6.1.20; Aś.2.4.14; Kś.25.12.10; śG.5.4.2. See svāhāgnaye vaiśvānarāya.
agnaye vaiśvānarāyānubrūhi # Mś.6.2.5.17.
agnaye vo juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # TS.1.1.5.1; TB.3.2.5.4; Apś.1.19.1.
agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmy amuṣmai vo juṣṭān # MS.1.1.5: 3.4. Ps: agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmi MS.4.1.5: 7.1; agnaye vo juṣṭān MS.4.1.5: 7.4.
agnaye vo juṣṭān prokṣāmy amuṣmai vo juṣṭān # MS.1.1.6: 3.10. Ps: agnaye vo juṣṭān prokṣāmi Mś.1.2.2.2; agnaye vo juṣṭān MS.4.1.6: 7.16.
agnaye vratapataye svāhā # AB.7.8.2; Apś.9.9.14; Kauś.56.6.
agnaye vratabhṛte svāhā # AB.7.8.1.
agnaye śucaye # Apś.5.21.5. Cf. agnaye tvā śu-.
agnaye śucaye svāhā # AB.7.7.3; Apś.9.9.14.
agnaye śulkaṃ harāmi tviṣīmate # Kauś.4.1b.
agnaye saṃvargāya svāhā # AB.7.7.1,4.
agnaye saṃveśapataye svāhā # VS.2.20. P: agnaye Kś.3.7.18.
agnaye sam anamat pṛthivyai sam anamad, yathāgniḥ pṛthivyā sam anamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KSA.5.20. P: agnaye sam anamat pṛthivyai sam anamat TB.3.8.18.5; Apś.20.12.8. See next, pṛthivyām agnaye sam anaman, and cf. agniś ca pṛthivī.
agnaye sam anaman tasmai pṛthivyā sam anaman # AVP.5.35.1. See under prec.
agnaye samidham āhārṣam (śG.GG. ahārṣam) # AG.1.21.1a; śG.2.10.3a; SMB.1.6.32a; GG.2.10.46; PG.2.4.3a; HG.1.7.2a; ApMB.2.6.2a (ApG.5.11.22); JG.1.12,12a. P: agnaye samidham KhG.2.4.26. See agne (agre) samidham.
agnaye samidhyamānāya hotar anubrūhi # śB.1.3.5.3; Kś.3.1.2.
agnaye samidhyamānāyānubrūhi # TS.6.3.7.1; MS.1.4.11: 59.9; śB.1.3.5.2,3; 2.5.2.19; 6.1.21; 3.7.4.7; TB.3.3.7.1; Kś.3.1.1; Apś.2.12.1; Mś.1.3.1.1; N.1.15. P: agnaye samidhyamānāya śś.1.4.4.
agnaye surabhimate svāhā # AB.7.9.7.
agnaye svāhā # AVś.19.4.1; 43.1; VS.10.5; 22.6,27; 39.1; TS.1.8.13.3; 7.1.12.1; 14.1; 16.1; 17.1; 20.1; MS.2.6.11: 70.7; 2.6.12: 71.13; 3.12.2: 160.9; 3.12.7: 162.12; 4.4.6: 57.1; KS.15.7; 23.2 (bis); KSA.1.3,5,7,8,11; śB.2.3.1.36; 5.3.5.8; 12.6.1.16; 13.1.3.3; 14.3.2.5; 9.3.8; 4.18; TB.3.1.4.1; 8.6.3; 9.3; 17.1 (bis),2; 12.4.2--6; ṣB.5.7; AdB.7; śś.2.10.1; 6.3.8; Kś.15.5.3; 18.5.3; 20.2.3; Mś.1.5.3.18; 9.1.3.20; 9.1.4.10; 9.2.1.27; 9.2.2.30; Apś.9.9.14; 18.15.8; 20.4.5; 5.9; 11.3,4,7; Tā.10.67.1; MahānU.19.2; BṛhU.6.3.8; 4.18; AG.1.9.7; 10.13; 4.3.26; śG.1.17.8; 2.14.4; Kauś.4.1; 6.11; 72.27; 81.31; 94.14; 95.3; 119.2; 130.2; 131.2; 135.9 (p. 285); GG.1.3.9; 8.4,9; KhG.1.5.13; 2.1.17; PG.1.9.3; 12.3; HG.1.2.16; 7.18; 23.8; ApG.1.2.6; MG.1.5.4; 2.2.18; 3.1; JG.1.3,23; BDh.3.9.4; Svidh.1.8.9,13. Cf. agniṃ svāhā.
agnaye svāhā somāya pavitravate varuṇāya dhanvantaraye manasā prājāpatyaṃ brahmaṇe 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte # Svidh.1.3.7.
agnaye svāhā somāya svāhāgniṣomābhyām indrāgnibhyām indrāya viśvebhyo devebhyo brahmaṇe prajāpataye 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte # GDh.26.16; Svidh.1.2.5.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte (namaḥ) # MG.2.12.3.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhi # śB.2.2.3.24; 5.2.39; 3.10,15; 3.8.3.34; 4.5.2.11; 5.2.2.18; 3.3.15; 4.4.24; Apś.2.21.6; 7.25.17; Mś.1.3.2.24; --8.5.32.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte preṣya # śB.3.8.3.34; 5.3.3.15; Apś.7.25.17; Mś.1.8.5.33.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte suhutahute sarvaprāyaścittāhutīnāṃ (HG. suhutahute sarvahuta āhutīnāṃ; ApMB. suhutahuta āhutīnāṃ) kāmānāṃ samardhayitre sarvān naḥ kāmān samardhaya (the last four words omitted in ApMBḥG.) svāhā # AG.1.10.23; HG.1.3.7; ApMB.2.18.31 (ApG.7.20.4).
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte svāhā # TB.3.12.2.2--8; 4.2--6; Tā.10.67.1; MahānU.19.2; śG.1.17.8; 2.14.4; Kauś.5.12; GG.1.8.14; KhG.2.1.24; PG.1.12.3; HG.1.7.18; 2.8.9; MG.2.2.22. Cf. agnaye sviṣṭakṛte, in GDh.26.16; SaṃnyāsaU.1; Svidh.1.2.5; 3.7, and agnibhyaḥ sviṣṭa-.
agnaye hiraṇyavate svāhā # AB.7.9.4.
agnipataye 'gnaye me mṛḍa # Apś.6.1.8.
agnipataye 'gnaye me viddhi # Apś.6.1.8.
agnihutasyendrapīthasyendor indriyāvataḥ, yo bhakṣo gosanir aśvasanir dhanasaniḥ prajāsanir lokasaniḥ, tasya ta upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi gāyatreṇa chandasā tejasā brāhmaṇavarcasena # Vait.19.16. Cf. Kś.25.12.6.
aghāśvasyedaṃ bheṣajam # AVś.10.4.10a.
aghnye padavīr bhava # AVś.12.5.58a.
aghnye pra śiro jahi brahmajyasya # AVś.12.5.60a.
acyutakṣitaye svāhā # Tā.10.67.1; MahānU.19.2.
ajītaye 'hataye pavasva # RV.9.96.4a.
ajyeṣṭhāso akaniṣṭhāsa ete # RV.5.60.5a.
añjaye svāhā # TS.7.3.17.1; KSA.3.7.
añjyetāya svāhā # TS.7.3.17.1; KSA.3.7; TB.3.8.17.4; Apś.20.6.4; 11.13.
athānyebhyo 'dadad vaśām # AVś.12.4.23b.
athāsyetaram ātmānam # AVś.11.8.31c.
athāsyendro grāvabhyām # AVś.6.138.2c. Cf. ubhābhyām asya.
adābhyena śociṣā # RV.10.118.7a; Rvidh.2.25.5.
aditaye svāhā # śG.2.14.4. See adityai svāhā.
adyūtye 'vase ni hvaye vām # RV.1.112.24c; VS.34.29c.
adyed u prāṇīd amamann imāhā # RV.10.32.8a.
adveṣye # see adveṣe.
adhipataye svāhā # VS.9.20; 18.28; 22.30,32; MS.3.12.11: 163.15; KS.14.1; 35.10; śB.5.2.1.2; TB.3.10.7.1; Apś.14.25.11.
adhodigadhipataye 'nantāya namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
aniṣṭyeṣṭim abhi jāyamānā # AVP.12.10.7c.
anujyeṣṭhaṃ varca āyur vikalpya # AVP.2.23.1b.
anuprāsyemāni pṛthumadhyamāni # AVP.15.12.11c.
anumataye svāhā # śB.14.9.4.18; BṛhU.6.4.18; AG.4.3.26; śG.2.14.4; Kauś.45.16. P: anumataye PG.2.10.9; BDh.3.9.4. Cf. SaṃnyāsaU.1. See anumatyai etc., and asūyantyai.
anuvatsarīyodvatsarīye svastim āśāse # Mś.1.7.8.6. See prec.
antarāditye manasā carantam # TA.3.11.6b.
annādāyānnapataye rudrāya namo agnaye # AVś.19.55.5.
annādyena yaśasā tejasā brāhmaṇavarcasena # AVś.13.4.49,56.
anyasyeveha tanvā viveṣa # RV.2.35.13d; KS.35.3d.
anye jāyāṃ pari mṛśanty asya # RV.10.34.4a.
anyedyukaṃ sadaṃdiṃ tvā tṛtīyaka # AVP.1.45.1c.
anyena mat pramudaḥ kalpayasva # RV.10.10.12c; AVś.18.1.13c.
anyena mad āhano yāhi tūyam # RV.10.10.8c; AVś.18.1.9c; N.5.2.
anyebhyaḥ puruṣebhyo 'nyatra mat # ApMB.2.22.3d; HG.1.14.7.
anyebhyas tvā puruṣebhyaḥ # AVś.12.2.16a. P: anyebhyas tvā Kauś.71.8.
anyebhyo dharmebhyo 'ntaro bhava # ApDh.1.3.8.30.
anyebhyo 'pi kāmebhyaḥ punar api na tūllikhāmi # ā.5.1.4.6.
anyeṣāṃ yā śatakrato # RV.8.33.14d.
anyeṣāṃ vindate (JG. vinda te) vasu (SMB.JG. vasu, or dhanam) # AVś.14.2.8d; SMB.2.4.1d; ApMB.1.6.11d; JG.1.1d.
anyeṣāṃ jāyāṃ sukṛtaṃ ca yonim # RV.10.34.11b.
anyeṣām astam upa naktam eti # RV.10.34.10d.
anyeṣu kṣipradhanvane # AVś.11.4.23c.
anyeṣv ahaṃ sumanāḥ saṃ viśeyam # śG.3.5.3d. See teṣv ahaṃ, and mitreṇa sākaṃ.
anye 'sman # see anyam asman.
apīcyena manasota jihvayā # RV.10.53.11b.
apīcye na vayam asya vidma # RV.10.12.8b; AVś.18.1.36b.
apīcyena sahasā sahante # RV.7.60.10b.
aptūrye maruta āpir eṣaḥ # RV.3.51.9a.
aptūrye vṛtratūrye # śś.8.16.1.
apriye prati muñca tat # AVś.8.6.26d. See dviṣadbhyaḥ prati, and cf. next, apriyaḥ, and priya prati.
apriye prati muñcatam # Kauś.58.1d. Cf. under prec.
apriye saṃ nayāmasi # AVś.19.57.1d; AVP.2.37.3d; 3.30.1d. See āptye, and dviṣate etc.
abhiṣṭaye sadāvṛdham # RV.8.68.5a.
abhyeti na # see abhyaiti.
abhriye didyun nakṣatriye # AVś.2.2.4a; AVP.1.7.4a; KA.1.101Da; 2.101D.
amartyena nāmnāti pra sasre # RV.6.18.7b.
amartye ya ājuhoti havyam # RV.7.1.23b.
amartyeṣu śrava ichamānāḥ # RV.1.110.5d.
amāvāsye na tvad etāny anyaḥ # AVś.7.79.4a. Cf. prajāpate na etc.
amāvāsye saṃvasanto (Mś. saṃviśanto) mahitvā # AVś.7.79.1b; TS.3.5.1.1b; Mś.6.2.3.8b.
amṛtasyeva vā asi # AVP.2.20.5b; 9.11.10c.
ayasmaye drupade bedhiṣa iha # AVś.6.63.3a; 84.4a.
ayasmayena brahmaṇā # Kauś.46.55d.
ayasmayenāṅkena # AVś.7.115.1c.
ayebhyaḥ (TB. avebhyaḥ) kitavam # VS.30.8; TB.3.4.1.5.
ayodhyena duścyavanena dhṛṣṇunā # AVś.19.13.3b; AVP.7.4.3b. See yutkāreṇa.
ayodhyeva etc. # see ayoddheva.
araṇyeyaṃ cārmyeyam # AVP.6.14.5d.
araṇye vodake 'pi vā # RVKh.5.49.1b.
araṇyeṣu jarbhurāṇā caranti # RV.1.163.11d; VS.29.22d; TS.4.6.7.4d; KSA.6.3d.
arāyebhyo jighatsubhyaḥ # AVś.8.2.20c.
arciḥpāṇaye svāhā # ṣB.5.7; AdB.7.
avairahatyāyedam ā papatyāt # AVś.6.29.3a.
avyaye vāre arṣati # RV.9.103.3b. See somaḥ punāno arṣati.
avye jīrāv adhi ṣvani # RV.9.66.9b.
avye punānaṃ pari vāra ūrmiṇā # RV.9.86.25a. Cf. next but one.
avye vadhūyuḥ pavate pari tvaci # RV.9.69.3a.
avye sasāra pavamāna ūrmiṇā # RV.9.86.13b. Cf. prec. but one.
avye harir ny adhāviṣṭa sānavi # RV.9.70.8b.
aśmamayena varmaṇā # Kauś.46.55e.
aśvayeva haritā yāti dhārayā # RV.9.107.8c; SV.1.515c; 2.347c.
aśvasyeva jarato vasnyasya # RV.10.34.3c.
aśvasyeva vṛṣaṇaḥ kranda eti # AVś.11.2.22b.
aśvāyeva tiṣṭhate ghāsam asmai (AVś.19.55.7b, agne) # AVś.19.55.1b,7b; VS.11.75b; TS.4.1.10.1b; MS.2.7.7b: 83.11; KS.16.7b; 19.10; śB.6.6.3.8. See next.
aśvāyeva tiṣṭhate jātavedaḥ # AVś.3.15.8b. See prec.
asaṃkhyeyaṃ svam asmin niviṣṭam # AVś.10.8.24b.
asaṃkhyeyā aparyantā anantāḥ # Kauś.135.9b.
asūrye tamasi vāvṛdhānam # RV.5.32.6b.
asyed indro madeṣv ā # RV.9.1.10a; 106.3a; SV.2.46a.
asyed indro vāvṛdhe vṛṣṇyaṃ śavaḥ # RV.8.3.8a; AVś.20.99.2a; SV.2.924a; VS.33.97a.
asyed u tveṣasā ranta sindhavaḥ # RV.1.61.11a; AVś.20.35.11a.
asyed u pra brūhi pūrvyāṇi # RV.1.61.13a; AVś.20.35.13a.
asyed u bhiyā girayaś ca dṛḍhāḥ # RV.1.61.14a; AVś.20.35.14a.
asyed u mātuḥ savaneṣu sadyaḥ # RV.1.61.7a; AVś.20.35.7a.
asyed eva pra ririce mahitvam # RV.1.61.9a; AVś.20.35.9a; TS.2.4.14.2a; MS.4.12.2a: 181.11; KS.8.17a. P: asyed evā (!) MS.4.12.5: 192.14.
asyed eva śavasā śuṣantam # RV.1.61.10a; AVś.20.35.10a.
asyed eṣā sumatiḥ paprathānā # RV.10.31.6a.
asyendra kumārasya # AVś.5.23.2a; AVP.7.2.2a.
asyeśānā jagato viṣṇupatnī # AVP.15.2.3b; TS.4.4.12.5b; MS.3.16.4b: 190.1; KS.22.14b; Aś.4.12.2b.
asyeśānā sahaso yā manotā # AVP.15.2.4b; TS.4.4.12.5b; MS.3.16.4b: 189.15; KS.22.14b; Aś.4.12.2b.
asyopasadye mā riṣāma # śG.3.7.3c; Kauś.89.13c. See prec.
ahaye budhniyāya mantraṃ śriyam # Apś.5.18.2c.
ahaye budhniyāya svāhā # TB.3.1.5.11.
ahaye vā tān pradadātu somaḥ # RV.7.104.9c; AVś.8.4.9c.
aharpataye svāhā # VS.9.20; 18.28; MS.1.11.3: 163.17; śB.5.2.1.2.
ākarśye karśyo yathā # Apś.21.20.3d. See gīḥ kośvo-, and madhv ity ākarṣaiḥ. Cf. next.
ākūtaye svāhā # Mś.1.5.6.20; VārG.1.26. See ākūtyai svāhā.
āgneyadigadhipataye 'gnaye namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
āgneyena śarmaṇā daivyena # Apś.4.7.2e.
ācārye daśarātraṃ syāt # Kauś.141.27c.
ājyena ghṛtena # AVP.9.3.5a.
ājyena tejasājyasva # Aś.3.14.13b; Apś.9.6.11b.
ājyena dadhnodehi # Apś.7.8.5. Vikāra of ājyenodehi.
ājyena pratyanajmy enat (Mś. -jmi tat) # TB.3.7.5.6c; Apś.2.19.6c; Mś.1.3.2.13c.
ājyenānuṣicyate # AVP.9.28.2b.
ājyenābhighāritaḥ # AVś.5.21.3d.
ājyenābhighāritau # AVś.10.9.25b.
ājyenodehi # śB.1.2.5.21; TB.3.2.9.14; Kś.2.6.34; Apś.2.3.11; 11.3.1; Mś.1.2.4.23; 2.2.1.22; 2.2.2.9. Cf. ājyena dadhno-.
ājye marutvatīye ca # Vait.19.20c.
ātithye raṇann ṛbhavaḥ sasantaḥ # RV.4.33.7b.
āditye ca nṛcakṣasi # AVś.10.3.18b.
āditye candravarṇānām # TA.1.12.1c.
ādityena nāmnā śaṃbhaviṣṭhāḥ # RV.10.77.8b.
ādityena sahīyasā # RVKh.1.50.1b.
ādityebhir aditiṃ viśvajanyām # RV.7.10.4c.
ādityebhir devebhir devatayā jāgatena tvā chandasā yunajmi # TS.7.1.18.1; KSA.1.9.
ādityebhir vasubhir aṅgirobhiḥ # RV.7.44.4d; AVś.2.12.4b; AVP.2.5.4b.
ādityebhir vasubhiḥ saṃvidānaḥ # AVP.5.37.6b.
ādityebhiś ca rājabhiḥ # RV.1.20.5c; KB.26.13.
ādityebhyaḥ # śś.8.1.3. Cf. next but one.
ādityebhyaḥ pañcadaśākṣarāya chandase svāhā # MS.1.11.10: 173.9. Cf. ādityāḥ pa-.
ādityebhyaḥ preṣya (Mś. omits preṣya) priyebhyaḥ priyadhāmabhyaḥ priyavratebhyo mahasvasarasya (Mś. mahaḥ sva-) patibhya uror antarikṣasyādhyakṣebhyaḥ (Mś. adds preṣya) # śB.4.3.5.20; Mś.2.5.1.9; Apś.13.10.1. Short form: ādityebhyaḥ preṣya Kś.10.4.13 (comm.); Apś.13.10.1. Cf. prec. but one.
ādityebhyas tvā # VS.2.16; 8.1--4; TS.1.1.13.1; 4.22.1; 4.4.1.2; 6.2; MS.1.3.26 (bis): 39.3,6; 2.8.13: 117.6; KS.4.10 (ter); 17.7; 22.5; 37.17; PB.1.9.11; śB.1.8.3.8; 4.3.5.6,10,12,15; TB.3.3.9.2; Vait.22.17; Kś.9.9.20; Apś.3.5.7.
ādityebhyas tvā pravṛhāmi jāgatena chandasā # MS.1.3.36: 42.11. Cf. ādityās tvā pra-.
ādityebhyaḥ svāhā # VS.22.28; MS.1.7.1: 110.6; 1.7.5: 114.9; 3.12.7: 162.17; KS.8.14; 9.3.
ādityebhyo aṅgirobhyo madhv idam # AVś.12.3.44a. P: ādityebhyo aṅgirobhyaḥ Kauś.62.18.
ādityebhyo namaḥ # KSA.11.3.
ādityebhyo 'nubrūhi (Mś. ādityebhyaḥ) priyebhyaḥ priyadhāmabhyaḥ priyavratebhyo mahasvasarasya (Mś. mahaḥ sva-) patibhya uror antarikṣasyādhyakṣebhyaḥ (Mś. -bhyo 'nubrūhi) # Kś.10.4.12,13; Apś.13.10.1; Mś.2.5.1.8. Short form: ādityebhyo 'nubrūhi śB.4.3.5.20; Apś.13.10.1.
ādityebhyo nyaṅkūn # VS.24.27; MS.3.14.9: 174.3.
ādityeṣu pra varuṇe dhṛtavrate # RV.8.27.3c.
ādityeṣu marutsu yā # AVP.2.18.5b.
āpataye tvā gṛhṇāmi # VSK.5.2.1; TS.1.2.10.2; 6.2.2.2; MS.1.2.7: 16.12; 3.7.10 (bis): 90.14; 91.1; GB.2.2.3; Vait.13.16; Apś.11.1.1; Mś.2.2.1.2. See next.
āpataye tvā paripataye gṛhṇāmi tanūnaptre śākvarāya śakvana (KS. tanūnaptre śakmane śākvarāya śakmann) ojiṣṭhāya # VS.5.5; KS.2.8; śB.3.4.2.10. P: āpataye Kś.8.1.19. See prec.
āpaye svāhā # VS.9.20; śB.5.2.1.2; Kś.14.5.1.
āptye pari dadmasi # RV.8.47.15d.
āptye saṃ nayāmasi # RV.8.47.17d. See under apriye saṃ.
āyataye tvā gṛhṇāmi # GB.2.2.3. Error for āpataye, q.v.
āyemire rathyo agne aśvāḥ # RV.3.6.8d.
āye vāmasya saṃgathe rayīṇām # RV.2.38.10c; MS.4.14.6c: 224.3; TB.2.8.6.3c.
ārjīkīye madintamaḥ # RV.8.64.11c.
ārjīkīye śṛṇuhy ā suṣomayā # RV.10.75.5d; TA.10.1.13d; MahānU.5.4d; N.9.26d.
ārṣeyeṣu ni dadha odana tvā # AVś.11.1.33a; Kauś.65.12.
āśaye 'nnasya no dhehi # Kauś.106.7c. Cf. annapate.
āśrāvayeti stotriyāḥ # VS.19.24a.
āsye ca na te viṣam # AVP.4.17.2c. See next but one.
āsye juhutā haviḥ # RV.7.15.1b.
āsye na te viṣam # AVś.7.56.8c. See prec. but one.
āheyena ca daṣṭasya # AVP.15.16.5a.
itthādhiye dāśuṣe martyāya # RV.4.11.3d; KS.21.14d.
idāvatsarāyedvatsarāya # PG.3.2.2b. See under idāvatsarāya.
idhmasyeva prakṣāyataḥ (AVP. prakṣāyakaḥ; śś. prakhyāyataḥ) # AVP.12.6.4c; TB.2.4.1.2c; 3.7.6.17c,23c; TA.2.5.2c; śś.4.12.10c; Apś.4.11.5c; 16.1c.
indrajyeṣṭhā abhidyavaḥ # RV.6.51.15b; 8.83.9b.
indrajyeṣṭhā asmāṃ avantu devāḥ # RV.8.63.12d; VS.33.50d.
indrajyeṣṭhāṃ uśato yakṣi devān # RV.10.70.4d.
indrajyeṣṭhān bṛhadbhyaḥ parvatebhyaḥ # RV.4.54.5a.
indrajyeṣṭhā marudgaṇāḥ # RV.1.23.8a; 2.41.15a.
indrajyeṣṭhāsa iha mādayantām # RV.7.11.5b.
indrajyeṣṭhāso amṛtā ṛtāvṛdhaḥ # RV.10.66.1d.
indrajyeṣṭhāḥ sam agachanta sarve # AVś.7.79.2d; AVP.1.103.4d.
indrajyeṣṭhebhyo varuṇarājabhyaḥ # TB.3.7.10.4c; Apś.14.32.5c.
indrasyādhipatye kṣatraṃ me dāḥ # TS.3.3.5.1.
indrasyendo jaṭharam ā pavasva # RV.9.70.10b.
indrasyendo śivaḥ sakhā # RV.10.25.9b.
indrasyendriyam # VS.19.72--79; MS.3.11.6 (octies): 148.11,14,17; 149.3,7,11,14,17; KS.38.1 (octies); TB.2.6.2.1,3.
indrasyendriyāya svāhā # VS.10.23; śB.5.4.3.18. See under indrasya balāya.
indrasyendriyāvato 'haṃ devayajyayendriyāvy annādo bhūyāsam # Apś.4.10.1.
indrasyendriyeṇa balāya śriyai yaśase 'bhi (TB. -yeṇa śriyai yaśase balāyābhi) ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; TB.2.6.5.3. Ps: indrasyendriyeṇa TB.1.7.8.4; indrasya Kś.19.4.14.
indrasyendriyeṇa bṛhaspatis tvā (sc. yunaktu) # Lś.2.1.2. Cf. PB.1.3.5.
indrasyendriyeṇendriyāvān bhūyāsam # AVP.10.10.3d; KS.5.5; 32.5.
indrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaidhi # VS.9.8b; śB.5.1.4.9. See indrasya yāhi prasave.
indrasyeva pra tavasas kṛtāni # RV.7.6.1c; SV.1.78c.
indrasyeva rātim ājohuvānāḥ # RV.10.178.2a; AB.4.20.27.
indrasyeva vagnur ā śṛṇva ājau # RV.9.97.13c; SV.2.156c.
indrābhimātiṣāhye # RV.3.37.3c; AVś.20.19.3c; MS.4.12.3c: 184.8.
indrāyāgnaye pūṣṇe # TS.4.2.5.6; MS.2.7.14c: 95.11. See indrāyāśvibhyāṃ.
indrāyetthā tavase atavyān # RV.5.33.1b.
indrāyenduḥ pavate kāmyaṃ madhu # RV.9.85.4b.
indrāyenduḥ pavate svādur ūrmiḥ # RV.9.110.11b.
indrāyenduṃ sarasvatī # VS.20.57a; MS.3.11.3a: 143.13; TB.2.6.12.1a.
indrāyenduṃ havāmahe # TB.3.1.3.3b.
indrāyenduṃ punītana # RV.9.62.29a.
indrāyendo pari srava # RV.8.91.3d; 9.106.4b; 112.1e--4e; 113.1e--11e; 114.1e--4e; AVP.4.26.4d; SV.1.567b; JB.1.220d; N.6.6e; 9.2e.
indrāyendo pavamāno manīṣī # RV.9.96.8c.
indrāyendo marutvate # RV.9.64.22a; SV.1.472a; 2.426a; JB.1.95; 3.143; ṣB.5.1,3; AdB.1.3; PB.13.9.1; śś.7.15.16.
indrāyendrapuruṣebhyaḥ (sc. namaḥ) # ViDh.67.15. See indrapuruṣebhyaḥ.
indrāyendrāṇyā aśvibhyām āśvayujyai paurṇamāsyai śarade ca # PG.2.16.2.
indrāyendriyāṇi dadhataḥ # VS.19.12d.
indrāyendriyāṇi vīryam # VS.20.58b; MS.3.11.3b: 143.15; KS.38.8b; TB.2.6.12.2b.
indriyeṇa te yaśasā yaśa ādade # śB.14.9.4.7; BṛhU.6.4.7.
indriyeṇa te retasā reta ādade (śB.14.9.4.10; BṛhU.6.4.10, ādadhāmi) # śB.14.9.4.9,10; BṛhU.6.4.9,10.
indriyeṇa yathāmṛtām # AVP.2.62.3b.
iyetha barhir āsadam # RV.4.9.1c; SV.1.23c; KS.40.14c.
iryeva puṣṭyai kiraṇeva bhujyai # RV.10.106.4c.
iṣudhyeva maruto rodasyoḥ # RV.1.122.1d.
iṣṭaye tvam artham iva tvam ityai # RV.1.113.6b.
īrṣyāsūye bubhukṣām # TA.1.28.1c.
ukthyebhya ukthyāyuvam # Apś.12.28.11. Cf. ukthebhyas tvo-.
ugraṃpaśye ugrajitau tad adya # AVś.6.118.1c. See under prec. but one.
ugraṃpaśye (MS. ugraṃ paśyed) rāṣṭrabhṛt kilbiṣāṇi # AVś.6.118.2a; MS.4.14.17a: 245.13; TA.2.4.1a.
ugrasyeva dhanvanaḥ # AVP.8.2.4d.
ucathye vapuṣi yaḥ svarāṭ # RV.8.46.28a.
utātraye śatadureṣu gātuvit # RV.1.51.3b.
utābhaye puruhūta śravobhiḥ # RV.3.30.5a.
utāmṛtatvasyeśānaḥ (AVś.AVP.9.5.4c, -syeśvaraḥ; AVP.8.3.2c, -syeśiṣaḥ) # RV.10.90.2c; AVś.19.6.4c; AVP.8.3.2c; 9.5.4c; ArS.4.6c; VS.31.2c; TA.3.12.1c; śvetU.3.15c. See next.
udakasyedam ayanam # AVP.5.20.2a.
udagdigadhipataye kuberāya namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7. Cf. kuberāya.
ubhayenaivāsmai duhe # AVś.12.4.18c.
ubhayebhiḥ pitṛbhiḥ saṃvidānaḥ # AVP.9.12.3b.
ubhayebhyaḥ pra cikitsā gaviṣṭau (VSK. ga"iṣṭau) # RV.1.91.23d; VS.34.23d; VSK.33.16d.
ubhayeṣāṃ tvā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ priyāṃ (Mś. also priyaṃ) karomi # MS.4.2.13: 37.3; Mś.9.5.6.23.
ubhayehāviṣyavaḥ # AVP.5.3.3b.
urukṣayeṣu dīdyat # RV.10.118.8c; TS.2.5.12.5c; KS.7.16c.
ūtaye vā sutapeyāya vārkaiḥ # RV.4.44.3b; AVś.20.143.3b.
ūrdhvādigadhipataye brahmaṇe namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
ṛṇaṃcaye rājani ruśamānām # RV.5.30.14b.
ṛtajyena kṣipreṇa brahmaṇas patiḥ # RV.2.24.8a.
ṛtaye stenahṛdayam # VS.30.13. See ṛtyai etc.
ṛdhadvārāyāgnaye dadāśa # RV.6.3.2b.
ṛṣaye saptavadhraye # RV.5.78.6b.
kanye putravatī bhava # MG.1.10.17c.
kanyeva tanvā śāśadānā # RV.1.123.10a.
kalaye sabhāsthāṇum # TB.3.4.1.16. See āskandāya.
kavyebhyaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ svāhā # TB.3.7.14.4; Apś.14.32.2.
kasyemāṃ devīm amṛteṣu preṣṭhām # RV.4.43.1c.
kasye mṛjānā ati yanti ripram # AVś.18.3.17a. P: kasye mṛjānāḥ Kauś.84.10.
kāmajyeṣṭhā iha mādayadhvam # AVś.9.2.8b.
kāmasyendrasya varuṇasya rājñaḥ # AVś.9.2.6a. See somasyendrasya.
kāmasyeṣuḥ susaṃnatā # AVś.3.25.3b.
kāmye # MS.4.2.1: 22.2. See prec.
kāvyebhir adābhyā # RV.7.66.17a; Aś.7.5.9; śś.12.2.5,15.
kāvyebhyaḥ # Lś.3.2.12. ūha of avamebhyaḥ etc., q.v. Cf. next.
kiraṇapāṇaye svāhā # ṣB.5.12; AdB.12.
kulāye 'dhi kulāyam # AVś.9.3.20a.
kṛtye kṛtyākṛtaṃ punaḥ (AVP. -kṛtaṃ kṛtā) # AVś.5.14.10d; AVP.7.1.8d.
kṛtye 'mitrebhyo bhava # AVś.11.10.6c.
kruddhasyeva lohinī # TA.1.4.2b.
kṣatriyeṇa samāhitām # AVś.6.76.3b.
kṣipraśyenāya (TS.KSA. -śyenasya) vartikā # VS.24.30; TS.5.5.11.1; MS.3.14.11: 174.8; KSA.7.1.
gaṇapataye svāhā # VS.22.30; MS.3.12.11: 163.15.
gaṇaśriye svāhā # VS.22.30; MS.3.12.11: 163.14; KS.35.10; Apś.14.25.11.
gāye tvā namasā girā # RV.8.46.17e.
gāye sahasravartani (JB. -vartanīm, for -vartani ?) # SV.2.1179b; ṣB.1.4.11; JB.1.74b (bis); Lś.1.8.9b.
gārhapatyena santya # RV.1.15.12a.
gṛhapataye (sc. namaḥ) # VārG.17.9.
ghṛtenājyena vardhayan # AVP.15.21.1b.
cakrapāṇaye svāhā # ṣB.5.10; AdB.10.
caturdaśānye mahimāno asya # RV.10.114.7a.
cittaye svāhā # HG.1.3.9. Cf. cittyai svāhā.
chāyeva viśvaṃ bhuvanaṃ sisakṣi # RV.1.73.8c.
jayema kāre puruhūta kāriṇaḥ # RV.8.21.12a.
jayema taṃ dakṣiṇayā rathena # RV.1.123.5d.
jayema pṛtsu vajrivaḥ # RV.8.68.9c; 92.11c.
jayema saṃ yudhi spṛdhaḥ # RV.1.8.3c; AVś.20.70.19c.
jayema soma mīḍhvaḥ # RV.9.61.23b.
jasuraye staryaṃ pipyathur gām # RV.1.116.22d.
jāmaryeṇa payasā pīpāya # RV.4.3.9d.
jāyed astaṃ maghavan sed u yoniḥ # RV.3.53.4a. P: jāyed astam śś.10.1.11.
jāyemahi pra te vayam # RV.1.97.4b; AVś.4.33.4b; AVP.4.29.4c; TA.6.11.1b.
jāyemahi prathamā vedhaso nṝn # RV.4.2.15b.
jāyeva patya uśatī suvāsāḥ # RV.1.124.7c; 4.3.2b; 10.71.4d; 91.13d; N.1.19d; 3.5c. Cf. jāyā patim iva.
jāyeva patyāv adhi śeva maṃhase # RV.9.82.4a.
jāyeva patye tanvaṃ riricyām # RV.10.10.7c; AVś.18.1.8c.
jāyeva yonāv araṃ viśvasmai # RV.1.66.5b.
jihmaśye caritave maghonī # RV.1.113.5a.
jihmāyete dakṣiṇā saṃ ca paśyataḥ # Vait.10.17b. See nir hvayete.
jīmūtasyeva bhavati pratīkam # RV.6.75.1a; AVP.15.10.1a; VS.29.38a; TS.4.6.6.1a; MS.3.16.3a: 185.10; KSA.6.1a; TB.3.9.4.3; AG.3.12.3. P: jīmūtasyeva Apś.20.16.4; Mś.9.2.3.19 (text, erroneously, jīmu-); VHDh.6.31. Designated as jīmūta-sūkta Rvidh.2.24.3. Cf. BṛhD.5.128.
juguśīrṣasāvaye śaṃ namo astu devāḥ # AVP.1.45.2d.
jaitrāyendra ratham ā tiṣṭha govidam # AVP.7.4.5d. See jaitram indra.
jyeṣṭha āha camasā dvā kareti # RV.4.33.5a. Cf. BṛhD.3.87 (B).
jyeṣṭhaḥ kaniṣṭha uta madhyamo yaḥ # AVP.1.86.1b.
jyeṣṭhaṃ yajñavanasam # RV.4.1.2c.
jyeṣṭhaṃ yan nāma nāmataḥ # Kauś.92.13c.
jyeṣṭhaṃ ye brāhmaṇaṃ viduḥ # AVś.10.7.17e.
jyeṣṭhaṃ yo vṛtrahā gṛṇe # SV.1.273d; 2.283d; JB.3.75d. See jyeṣṭho etc.
jyeṣṭhaṃ vijñānam anv ita # AVP.9.4.10d.
jyeṣṭhaṃ vṛtrahaṃ śavaḥ # RV.6.48.21e.
jyeṣṭhaṃ vo adya maha ā vasūnam # RV.7.43.4c.
jyeṣṭhaṃ ca ratnaṃ vibhajantam āyoḥ # RV.5.49.2d.
jyeṣṭhaṃ ca vṛṣabhāṇām # RV.8.53 (Vāl.5).1b.
jyeṣṭhaṃ codayanmate # RV.8.46.19d.
jyeṣṭhatātiṃ barhiṣadaṃ svarvidam (TS. suvar-) # RV.5.44.1b; VS.7.12b; TS.1.4.9.1b; KS.4.3b; śB.4.2.1.9b. See jyeṣṭharājaṃ barhi-.
jyeṣṭhaṃ tad dadhiṣe sahaḥ # RV.8.4.4d; SV.2.1072d.
jyeṣṭhaṃ namasyatā sahaḥ # RV.1.84.5d; SV.2.301d.
jyeṣṭham agnim ānavam # RV.8.74.4b; SV.1.89b.
jyeṣṭham aṅgirasāṃ vipra manmabhiḥ # RV.1.127.2b; SV.2.1164b; KS.39.5b.
jyeṣṭham amartyaṃ madam # RV.1.84.4b; SV.1.344b; 2.299b; JB.3.82b; PB.12.12.4b; Apś.12.19.5b.
jyeṣṭhaṃ maryādam ahvayan svastaye (AVP. svasti) # AVś.5.1.8b; AVP.6.2.7d.
jyeṣṭhaṃ mātā sūnave bhāgam ādhāt # RV.2.38.5c.
jyeṣṭharājaṃ vṛṣabhaṃ ketum ekam # VaradapU.1.5c. See next but one.
jyeṣṭharājaṃ barhiṣadaṃ svardṛśam # MS.1.3.11b: 34.4. See jyeṣṭhatātiṃ.
jyeṣṭharājaṃ brahmaṇāṃ (VārG. text, erroneously, brahmāṇaṃ) brahmaṇas pate # RV.2.23.1c; TS.2.3.14.3c; KS.10.13c; VārG.5.22c. See prec. but one.
jyeṣṭharājaṃ bhare kṛtnum # RV.8.16.3b; AVś.20.44.3b.
jyeṣṭhaś ca mantro viśvacarṣaṇe # RV.10.50.4d; TS.3.4.11.4d; MS.4.12.6d: 197.7; KS.23.12d.
jyeṣṭhas te śuṣma iha rātir astu # RV.10.180.1b; TS.3.4.11.4b; MS.4.12.3b: 184.15; KS.38.7b; TB.2.6.9.1b; 3.5.7.4b.
jyeṣṭhasya tvāṅgirasasya # AVP.5.30.9a.
jyeṣṭhasya dharmaṃ dyukṣor anīke # SV.1.537b. See next.
jyeṣṭhasya vā dharmaṇi kṣor anīke # RV.9.97.22b. See prec.
jyeṣṭhā nakṣatram # MS.2.13.20: 166.3; KS.39.13.
jyeṣṭhābhir vyaśvavat # RV.8.23.23b.
jyeṣṭhāya namaḥ # TA.10.44.1; MahānU.17.2.
jyeṣṭhāya yad apracetāḥ # AVś.20.128.2c. See jyeṣṭho yad.
jyeṣṭhāya svāhā # śB.14.9.3.4; BṛhU.6.3.4.
jyeṣṭhāyai svāhā # TB.3.1.5.2.
jyeṣṭhā sunakṣatram ariṣṭaṃ mūlam # AVś.19.7.3d.
jyeṣṭhāso na parvatāso vyomani # RV.5.87.9c.
jyeṣṭhena sotar indrāya # RV.8.2.23a.
jyeṣṭhebhir aryamaṇaṃ varūthaiḥ # RV.10.61.17d.
jyeṣṭhebhir yas tejiṣṭhaiḥ krīḍumadbhiḥ # RV.10.3.5c.
jyeṣṭhebhir yo bhānubhir ṛṣūṇām (MS. ṛbhūṇām) # RV.10.6.1c; MS.4.14.15c: 241.3.
jyeṣṭhebhir vā bṛhaddivaiḥ sumāyāḥ # RV.1.167.2b.
jyeṣṭho me tvaṃ putrāṇāṃ syāḥ # AB.7.17.6a; śś.15.25a.
jyeṣṭho yad apracetāḥ # śś.12.20.2.3c. See jyeṣṭhāya yad.
jyeṣṭho yo dameṣv ā # RV.8.102.11b.
jyeṣṭho yo vṛtrahā gṛṇe # RV.8.70.1d; AVś.20.92.16d; 105.4d. See jyeṣṭhaṃ etc.
jyaiṣṭhye śraiṣṭhye ca gāthināḥ # śś.15.27d. See dhṛtyai.
tatrāmṛtasyeśānam # AVP.1.93.3c.
tanaye toke asmad ā # SV.2.854c.
tapasāsyānuvartaye (Mś. -vartaya, mss. -vartaye) # TB.1.5.5.2c,3c,5c,7c; Apś.8.4.2c; Mś.1.7.2.23c.
tapyethām (and vikāra, tapyasva) # Mś.1.2.3.8.
tayendro hantu vṛtrahā # AVś.11.10.27c.
tayemam amum amauktam aṃhasaḥ (KS. amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram aṃhaso 'mauktam) # MS.2.3.1: 28.2; KS.11.11.
tayemam amuṃ muñcatam aṃhasaḥ (KS. amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram aṃhaso muñcatam) # MS.2.3.1 (quater): 27.15,17,18,19; KS.11.11.
tayeha jīvan pra tirasvāyuḥ # AVP.11.5.12d.
tayeha viśvāṃ avase yajatrān # RV.3.57.5c.
tasyāmṛtasyemaṃ balam # AVś.8.7.22a.
tasyedaṃ varcas tejaḥ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi # AVś.16.8.1--27. Cf. under amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ.
tasyedaṃ vihatam ābharantaḥ # TB.1.2.1.3c; Apś.5.1.7c.
tasyedaṃ bhakṣayāmasi # JB.1.89c. See tasyāpi etc.
tasyed arvanto raṃhayanta āśavaḥ # RV.8.19.6a.
tasyed āhuḥ pippalaṃ svādv agre # RV.1.164.22c. See tasya yad āhuḥ.
tasyed indro abhipitveṣu raṇyati # RV.1.83.6d; AVś.20.25.6d.
tasyed ime pravaṇe sapta sindhavaḥ # RV.10.43.3c; AVś.20.17.3c.
tasyed iha stavatha vṛṣṇyāni # RV.4.21.2a.
tasyed u viśvā bhuvanādhi mūrdhani # RV.6.7.6c.
tasyendravajreṇa śiraś chinadmi # TB.3.7.6.5d; Apś.4.5.2d.
tasyendro vamrirūpeṇa # TA.1.5.2c.
tasyeme nava kośāḥ # AVś.13.4.10a.
tasyeme sarve yātavaḥ # AVś.13.4.27a.
tasyeha piba tātṛpur haimahāḥ # Apś.21.19.19c.
tasyehi pra dravā piba # RV.8.4.12d; 64.10c.
tārkṣyāyāriṣṭanemaye 'mṛtaṃ mahyam # Kauś.73.7.
tuchyenābhv apihitaṃ yad āsīt # RV.10.129.3c; TB.2.8.9.4c.
tubhyet so ajyate rayiḥ # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).9d; SV.2.959d; VS.33.82d.
tubhyedam agne madhumattamaṃ vacaḥ # RV.5.11.5a; MS.2.13.7a: 156.6.
tubhyedam indra pari ṣicyate madhu # RV.10.167.1a; śś.18.17.2. Cf. BṛhD.8.70; Rvidh.4.20.3.
tubhyed indra marutvate # RV.8.76.8a.
tubhyed indra sva okye # RV.3.42.8a; AVś.20.24.8a.
tubhyed imā savanā śūra viśvā # RV.7.22.7a; AVś.20.73.1a; Vait.32.7. P: tubhyed imā śś.10.5.19.
tubhyed etā yāsu mandasānaḥ # RV.2.11.3c.
tubhyed ete bahulā adridugdhāḥ # RV.1.54.9a.
tubhyed ete marutaḥ suśevāḥ # RV.5.30.6a.
tubhyemā bhuvanā kave # RV.9.62.27a; SV.2.127a; JB.3.20.
tubhyemā viśvā bhuvanāni yemire # RV.9.86.30d.
turaspeye yo haripā avardhata # RV.10.96.8b; AVś.20.31.3b.
turīyeṇa brahmaṇāvindad atriḥ # RV.5.40.6d.
turīyeṇāmanvata (śś. turīyeṇa manvata) nāma dhenoḥ # AVś.7.1.1d; śś.15.3.7d.
turvītaye gādhaṃ turvaṇiḥ kaḥ # RV.1.61.11d; AVś.20.35.11d.
turvītaye ca vayyāya ca srutim # RV.2.13.12b.
turvītaye vayyāya kṣarantīm # RV.4.19.6b.
tuvigraye vahnaye duṣṭarītave # RV.2.21.2c.
tṛtīye asmin savane dadhāta # RV.4.33.11d.
tṛtīyekaś ca pareparaś ca # AVP.4.24.1c.
tṛtīyekaś ca mauñjigalaś ca # AVP.4.24.6b.
tṛtīye ghā savane mādayadhvai # RV.1.161.8d.
tṛtīye cakre rajasi priyāṇi # RV.10.123.8d; AVś.13.1.11d; SV.2.1198d.
tṛtīye tvā rajasi tasthivāṃsam # RV.10.45.3c; VS.12.20c; TS.4.2.2.1c; MS.2.7.9c: 86.10; KS.16.9c; śB.6.7.4.4; ApMB.2.11.23c.
tṛtīye dhānāḥ savane puruṣṭuta # RV.3.53.6a; Aś.5.4.3. P: tṛtīye dhānāḥ savane śś.8.2.1.
tṛtīye dhāmāny abhy (VS. dhāmann adhy) airayanta # VS.32.10d; TA.10.1.4d; MahānU.2.5d. See samāne dhāmann, and samāne yonāv.
tṛtīyena jyotiṣā saṃ viśasva # RV.10.56.1b; AVś.18.3.7b; SV.1.65b; KS.35.17b; TB.3.7.1.4b; TA.6.3.1b; 4.2b; Apś.9.1.17b; Mś.3.4.1b.
tṛtīyena brahmaṇā vāvṛdhānāḥ (śś. saṃvidānāḥ) # AVś.7.1.1c; śś.15.3.7c.
tṛtīye nāke adhi rocane divaḥ # AVP.5.13.8b. See tṛtīye pṛṣṭhe etc.
tṛtīye nāke adhi vi śrayasva (AVś.9.5.4d, śrayainam) # AVś.9.5.4d,8d; 18.4.3e.
tṛtīye nāke adhi viṣṭapi śritā # AVP.14.6.2d.
tṛtīye nāke sadhamādaṃ madema # AVś.6.122.4d; AVP.2.60.1d.
tṛtīye pṛṣṭhe adhi rocane divaḥ # RV.9.86.27d; VS.15.50d; TS.3.5.4.1d; 4.7.13.3d; MS.1.4.3d: 50.8; 2.12.4d: 147.9; KS.5.6d; 18.18d; śB.8.6.3.19. See tṛtīye nāke etc., and cf. Suparṇ.11.1.
tṛtīyebhyaḥ śaṅkhebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.22.10.
tṛtīye loke anṛṇāḥ syāma # AVś.6.117.3b; TB.3.7.9.8b; TA.2.15.1b; Apś.13.22.5b; Mś.2.5.5.22b.
tṛtīye vidathe manma śaṃsi # RV.2.4.8b.
tṛtīye santu rajasi prajāvatīḥ # RV.9.74.6b.
tenānnādyena tena satyena # JB.1.50d.
tenāmṛtatvasyeśāne # KBU.2.10c.
todasyeva śaraṇa ā mahasya # RV.1.150.1c; SV.1.97c; N.5.7c.
toyena jīvān vi sasarja (TA. text, jīvān vya ca sarja; comm. jīvān vyasasarja) bhūmyām # TA.10.1.1b; MahānU.1.4b.
tvayed indra yujā vayam # RV.8.92.32a. Cf. tvayā ha svid.
tvayed gāḥ puruhūta # AVś.19.55.6c.
tvāyendra somaṃ suṣumā sudakṣa # RV.1.101.9a.
dakṣasyeḍā sahaskṛta # RV.3.27.10b.
dakṣiṇādigadhipataye yamāya namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
daṇḍapāṇaye svāhā # ṣB.5.4; AdB.4.
dabhītaye cumurim indra siṣvap # RV.6.26.6b.
daśapataye-daśapataya ā # JB.1.172.
daśoṇaye kavaye 'rkasātau # RV.6.20.4b.
divyasyeśāthe uta pārthivasya # RV.7.97.10b; AVś.20.17.12b; 87.7b; TB.2.5.6.3b; Apś.22.7.11b.
divye dhāmann (TB.3.5.8.3, dhāmany) upahūtaḥ (TB.3.5.13.3, -hūtā) # TS.2.6.7.5; MS.4.13.5: 206.3; TB.3.5.8.3; 13.3.
divyena payasā saha # AVP.4.2.7b; 8.10.10b; TB.2.7.15.4b. See āpo divyāḥ payasvatīḥ.
divyebhyaḥ sarpebhyaḥ svāhā # śG.4.15.4.
divye yoṣaṇe bṛhatī surukme # RV.10.110.6c; AVś.5.12.6c; VS.29.31c; MS.4.13.3c: 202.6; KS.16.20c; TB.3.6.3.3c; N.8.11c.
divyevāśanir jahi # RV.1.176.3d.
divyeṣu devi dhāmasu # AVś.7.68.1b.
dīkṣayedaṃ havir āgachataṃ naḥ # TB.2.4.3.3d; Aś.4.2.3d. See dīkṣāyedaṃ.
dīkṣāyedaṃ havir āgachataṃ naḥ # KS.4.16d. See dīkṣayedaṃ, probably the correct reading here also.
duratyetū ripave martyāya # RV.7.65.3b.
durādhye martāya # RV.8.71.7c.
duḥṣvapnyena saṃsṛjya # AVP.10.10.7.
devavītaye (MS. -vītyai) tvā (KS. vo) gṛhṇāmi # VS.1.15; TS.1.1.5.2; MS.1.1.11c: 7.4; 1.4.4c: 52.6; 1.4.9c: 57.15; KS.35.3; śB.1.1.4.9; TB.3.2.5.7; Apś.2.7.9. See devatābhyas tvā devavītaye.
devāvye yajamānāya śarma # KS.35.4d.
dvitīyebhyaḥ śaṅkhebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.22.9.
dhanapataye (sc. namaḥ) # śG.2.14.17.
dhanvantaraye (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.3,19; Svidh.1.3.7. See next but one.
dhanvantaraye samudrāyauṣadhivanaspatibhyo dyāvāpṛthivībhyām (sc. namaḥ) # Kauś.74.6.
dhanvantaraye svāhā # JG.1.23. See prec. but one.
dhānyena vibhuḥ prabhuḥ # AVP.8.11.4b.
dhāpayete śiśum ekaṃ samīcī # RV.1.96.5b; VS.12.2b; 17.70b; TS.4.1.10.4b; 6.5.2b; 7.12.3b; MS.2.7.8b: 84.12; 3.2.1: 14.12; KS.16.8b; 18.4b; śB.6.7.2.3.
dhiye pūṣann ayujmahi # RV.6.53.1c; TS.1.1.14.2c.
dhiye vājāya hinvatu # RV.1.27.11c; SV.2.1014c.
dhiyeṣito maghavan dāśuṣo gṛhe # RV.3.60.5c.
dhiye sam aśvinā prāvataṃ naḥ # AVś.6.4.3a.
dhiyehy ā naḥ # AVP.2.7.2e.
dhiṣṇyebhyo namo-namaḥ # Vait.18.11. Cf. GB.2.2.18.
dhyāyed yaś ca sarasvatīm # RVKh.9.67.17b.
dhruvakṣitaye svāhā # Tā.10.67.1; MahānU.19.2.
nakṣatrādhipataye svāhā # ṣB.5.9; AdB.9.
nakṣatriyebhyaḥ svāhā # VS.22.28; MS.3.12.7: 162.14.
nabhyeva na upadhīva pradhīva # RV.2.39.4b.
namasyebhyo nama ebhyaḥ kṛṇomi # AVś.6.93.2c.
navye deṣṇe śaste asmin ta ukthe # RV.4.20.10c; TS.1.7.13.3c.
naśyetaḥ paro mā tvā hiṃsiṣam # AVP.2.63.2d.
naśyetaḥ prāmutaḥ pata # AVś.7.115.1b; AVP.6.8.4b.
naśyeto maraṭāṃ abhi # AVP.5.21.3d; 12.2.1d.
nāsatyeva sugmyo ratheṣṭhāḥ # RV.1.173.4d.
nāsatyeva hava ā śaṃbhaviṣṭhaḥ # RV.9.88.3b.
nitye cin nu yaṃ sadane jaghṛbhre # RV.1.148.3a.
nitye toke dīdivāṃsaṃ sve dame # RV.2.2.11d.
nidhanapataye namaḥ # Tā.10.16.
nimaṅkṣye 'haṃ salilasya madhye # AB.8.21.10c. See upamaṅkṣyati.
nirṛtaye namaḥ # GopālU.2.
nirbādhyena haviṣā # TB.3.3.11.3c; Apś.3.14.2c. See nairbādhyena.
nṛṣāhye sāsahvāṃ amitrān # RV.1.100.5b.
nairṛtyadigadhipataye nirṛtaye namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
nairbādhyena haviṣā # AVś.6.75.1c. See nirbādhyena.
pañcānye paro diva ā kṣiyanti # AVP.5.6.4b.
patye patnīṃ jaradaṣṭiṃ kṛṇotu # AVś.14.1.49d.
patye rakṣantu rakṣasaḥ # AVś.14.2.7d. See pra tve muñcantv.
patye viśvasya bhūmanaḥ # VS.17.78a; śB.9.2.3.42. Cf. patir etc.
patye saṃ śobhayāmasi # AVś.14.1.55d.
padmapriye padmadalāyatākṣi # RVKh.5.87.26b.
parikramyeṣum asyataḥ # AVś.12.4.17d.
paridhaye janaprathanāya svāhā # TS.3.2.8.1.
paripataye tvā gṛhṇāmi # VSK.5.2.1; TS.1.2.10.2; MS.1.2.7: 16.12; Mś.2.2.1.2. Ps: paripataye tvā MS.3.7.10 (bis): 90.15; 91.1; GB.2.2.3; Vait.13.16; paripataye TS.6.2.2.3.
parjanyasyeva vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.9.22.2b.
parjanyasyeva stanayitnur āsoḥ # AVP.15.12.3a.
parjanyena sahīyasā # AVP.2.25.3d.
parjanyenodavāhena # RV.1.38.9b; TS.2.4.8.1b; MS.2.4.7b: 44.16; KS.11.9b.
parjanyemāṃ pṛthivī retasāvata (text -vatāpāṃ etc.) # AVP.11.1.10c. See yat parjanyaḥ pṛthivīṃ.
parjanye vāte varuṇasya śuṣme # AVP.2.18.4b. See vāte parjanye.
paryagnaye # śś.5.16.8. See next but one.
paryagnaye kriyamāṇāyānubrūhi # AB.2.5.1; Apś.7.15.1; Mś.1.8.3.21.
paryagnaye 'nubrūhi # śB.3.8.1.6; Apś.7.15.1. See prec. but one.
paryetā kayasya cit # RV.1.27.8b; SV.2.766b.
paryeti parivīto vibhāvā # RV.10.6.1d; MS.4.14.15d: 241.3.
pavamānāyendave # RV.9.11.1b; SV.2.1b,113b; VS.33.62b; ṣB.1.3.17; Lś.7.10.21; 12.3. Cf. next but three.
pavyeva rājann aghaśaṃsam ajara # RV.6.8.5c.
paśupataye devāya svāhā # HG.2.8.6; ApMB.2.18.17 (ApG.7.20.4). See next two.
paśupataye śivāya śaṃkarāya pṛṣātakāya svāhā # AG.2.2.2. See prec. and next.
paśupataye svāhā # ṣB.5.11; AdB.11; śG.4.16.2. See prec. two.
paścimadigadhipataye varuṇāya namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
paśyec cej jīvato mukham # AB.7.13.4d; śś.15.17d.
paśyed anyā atanvata # Kauś.107.2b. See paśced anyā.
paśyema tad uditau sūryasya # AVś.7.5.3d.
paśyema turvaśaṃ yadum # RV.8.4.7d; SV.2.955d.
paśyema devīm uṣasaṃ vibhātīm # AVP.10.6.2b.
paśyema nu sūryam uccarantam # RV.6.52.5b; 10.59.4b.
paśyema śaradaḥ śatam # RV.7.66.16c; RVKh.1.50.3c; AVś.19.67.1; VS.36.24c; MS.4.9.20c: 136.4; TA.4.42.5c; GG.3.8.5c; PG.1.6.3b; 11.9d; 16.17d; HG.1.7.10c; ApMB.2.5.13; MG.1.22.11c. Cf. paśyāhi etc.
pākasyechanta āsutim # AVP.6.8.6b.
pāñcajanyeṣv apy edhy agne # TS.4.4.7.2; 5.3.11.3.
pātrasyeva harivo matsaro madaḥ # RV.1.175.1b; SV.2.782b.
pādasyehābhavat etc., and pād asyehābhavat # see pādo 'syehābhavat.
pāśapāṇaye svāhā # ṣB.5.5; AdB.5.
pīyūṣasyeha tṛpṇuhi # TB.2.4.8.2b.
putrāyeva pitarā mahyaṃ śikṣatam # RV.10.39.6b.
puṣṭipataye (Aś. -pate) puṣṭiś cakṣuṣe cakṣuḥ prāṇāya prāṇam ātmana ātmānaṃ (Aś. prāṇaṃ tmane tmānaṃ) vāce vācam asmai punar dhehi (Aś. dehi or dhehi) svāhā # Aś.6.9.1; Apś.14.21.7. See puṣṭapate.
puṣyema (ā. puṣyanto) rayiṃ dhīmahe ta (ā. tam) indra # SV.1.444b; ā.5.2.2.12b; śś.18.15.5b.
puṣyema śaradaḥ śatam # AVś.19.67.5.
pṛtanāsāhyeṣu ca # AVP.6.9.12d; TB.2.4.7.5d.
pṛśnaye svāhā # TS.7.3.18.1; KSA.3.8.
pauṃsyenemaṃ varcasā saṃsṛjātha # TB.2.7.17.3d (bis).
pauṃsyenemaṃ saṃsṛjātho vīryeṇa # TB.2.7.17.3d.
pauruṣeyeṇa daivyena # TS.4.7.15.5b; MS.3.16.5b: 191.16. Cf. prec. but one.
pauruṣeye 'dhi kuṇape # AVś.11.9.10c.
paurṇamāsyamāvāsye # GB.1.5.23b.
praketenādityebhya ādityān jinva # VS.15.6. See prec. and next.
prajāpataye (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.3; JG.1.6. Cf. namaḥ prajā-.
prajāpataye kāṇḍarṣaye svāhā # HG.2.18.3.
prajāpataye ca vāyave ca gomṛgaḥ # VS.24.30; MS.3.14.11: 174.7.
prajāpataye tvā # TS.1.7.12.2; 3.2.1.3; 5.10.1; MS.1.11.4 (bis): 166.5,6; KS.14.1,3 (quater); Apś.12.16.11; Mś.5.2.14.11; --11.1.4. P: prajāpataye GG.4.7.36; MG.1.8.9.
prajāpataye tvā grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi mahyaṃ śriye mahyaṃ yaśase mahyam annādyāya # Aś.2.9.9; śG.3.8.2.
prajāpataye tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.23.2,4; TS.1.7.12.2; 3.5.10.1; 7.5.16.1; 17.1; MS.1.11.4: 166.5; 3.12.16: 165.3; 3.12.17: 165.17; KSA.5.11,12,13.
prajāpataye tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # VS.22.5; MS.3.12.1: 160.4; śB.13.1.2.5; 2.7.12; TB.3.8.7.1; Apś.20.5.2; Mś.9.2.1.22. P: prajāpataye tvā Kś.20.1.37.
prajāpataye tvā jyotiṣmate jyotiṣmantaṃ gṛhṇāmi # TS.3.5.8.1; 9.2; MS.1.3.35: 41.15; KS.29.5; Apś.12.7.7. P: prajāpataye tvā Mś.2.3.2.29; 2.3.5.16; 7.2.3.9.
prajāpataye tvā pari dadāmi (VārG. paridadāni; SMB.GG. dadāmy asau) # śB.11.5.4.3; SMB.1.6.23; GG.2.10.31; PG.2.2.21; VārG.7.12. P: prajāpataye tvā KhG.2.4.17.
prajāpataye tvā prajābhyaḥ # KS.30.5 (bis); Mś.7.2.4.21 (bis). Cf. prajābhyas tvā prajāpataye.
prajāpataye tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātu # śś.7.18.5.
prajāpataye devebhya ṛṣibhyaḥ śraddhāyai medhāyai sadasaspataye 'numataye # PG.2.10.9.
prajāpataye puruṣam # TB.2.2.5.3; 3.4.1.18; TA.3.10.2.
prajāpataye puruṣān hastina (MS. hastinā) ālabhate # VS.24.29; MS.3.14.8: 174.1.
prajāpataye prajābhyaḥ # Mś.7.2.4.21.
prajāpataye manave svāhā # VS.11.66; TS.3.2.8.1; 4.1.9.1; MS.2.7.7: 82.9; KS.16.7; śB.6.6.1.19; HG.1.2.13.
prajāpataye 'śvasya tūparasya gomṛgasya vapānāṃ medasām anubrūhi (and preṣya) # Apś.20.19.3. P: prajāpataye Mś.9.2.4.23,24.
prajāpataye 'śvasya tūparasya gomṛgasyāsthi loma ca tiryag asaṃbhindantaḥ sūkaraviśasaṃ viśasata # Apś.20.19.9.
prajāpataye sam anamat # TS.7.5.23.2. See next.
prajāpataye sam anaman tasmai prajābhiḥ sam anaman # AVP.5.35.11. See prec.
prajāpataye svāhā # VS.18.28; 22.32; TS.3.4.2.1; 7.3.15.1; KS.13.11,12; 35.16; KSA.3.5; PB.9.9.9; śB.12.6.1.4; 14.9.3.8; TB.3.1.4.2; 5.3; 8.11.1; 12.2.2--8; 4.2--6; Tā.10.67.2; BṛhU.6.3.8; MahānU.19.2; śś.13.12.8; Lś.1.7.8; Kś.25.11.29; 12.10; Mś.1.3.1.5; 1.6.1.40 (cf. Apś.2.12.7); --3.6.14; 7.1.3.31; śG.2.14.4; Kauś.72.27,28; PG.1.9.3,4; 11.3; 12.3; HG.1.7.18; 23.8; JG.1.3,23; BDh.3.9.4; Svidh.3.3.5. P: prajāpataye MG.1.10.11; 2.3.1,2; VārG.14.12; GDh.26.16; Svidh.1.2.5. Cf. svāhā prajāpataye.
prajāyemahi rudra (AB. also with ūha, rudriya) prajābhiḥ # RV.2.33.1d; TB.2.8.6.9d; AB.3.34.6d. See prec. but one.
pratipāṇāyākraye # AVś.19.52.3b. Cf. pravipāṇāyākṣaye.
pratītyena kṛdhunātṛpāsaḥ # RV.4.5.14b.
pratrāsenājye hute # AVś.5.21.2d.
pra-prānye yanti pary anya āsate # RV.3.9.3c.
pravipāṇāyākṣaye # AVP.1.30.3b. Cf. pratipāṇāyākraye.
praśastaye kam avṛṇīta sukratuḥ # RV.9.70.6d.
praśastaye pavīravasya mahnā # RV.1.174.4b.
praśastaye mahinā rathavate # RV.1.122.11d.
prasthāyendrāgnibhyāṃ somaṃ vocato yo (Aś.śś. vocatopo) asmān brāhmaṇān brāhmaṇā hvayadhvam # KB.28.6; Aś.5.7.3; śś.7.6.3.
prākchāye kuñjarasya ca # ViDh.78.53d; MDh.3.274d.
prāgnaye tavase bharadhvam # RV.7.5.1a. P: prāgnaye Rvidh.2.25.2. Cf. BṛhD.5.161.
prāgnaye bṛhate yajñiyāya # RV.5.12.1a. P: prāgnaye bṛhate Aś.4.13.7.
prāgnaye vācam īraya # RV.10.187.1a; AVś.6.34.1a; AB.5.21.19. Ps: prāgnaye vācam Aś.4.13.7; 8.11.4; śś.4.2.10; 6.4.1; prāgnaye Kauś.31.4; Rvidh.4.23.4.
prāgnaye viśvaśuce dhiyaṃdhe # RV.7.13.1a. Cf. BṛhD.5.161.
prāye-prāye jigīvāṃsaḥ syāma # RV.2.18.8d.
priyeṇa dhāmnā (TSṭB.Apś. nāmnā; VSK. nāma) priyaṃ sada āsīda (VSKṭSṭB.Apś.2.10.3, priye sadasi sīda) # VS.2.6; VSK.2.1.8; TS.1.1.11.2; śB.1.3.4.14; TB.3.7.6.10; Apś.2.10.3; 11.6. P: priyeṇa dhāmnā Kś.2.8.19; 5.4.29. Cf. sedaṃ priyeṇa.
priye devānāṃ parame janitre # TB.3.7.1.4d; Apś.9.1.17d. See priyo devānāṃ etc.
priye dhāmani-dhāmani # AVś.12.1.52e.
priye dhriyadhvam udayānam undatīḥ # AVP.2.40.3a.
priyebhir yāhi priyam annam acha # RV.10.112.4d.
pretādhipataye svāhā # ṣB.5.4; AdB.4.
protaye varuṇaṃ mitram indram # RV.6.21.9a; śś.14.60.3. Cf. BṛhD.5.106.
barhiṣyeṣu nidhiṣu priyeṣu # RV.10.15.5b; AVś.18.3.45b; VS.19.57b; TS.2.6.12.3b; MS.4.10.6b: 156.14; KS.21.14b.
bārhaspatyena (Kauś. -patyeṣṭiḥ) śarmaṇā daivyena # Apś.4.7.2d; Kauś.3.10d.
budhyema śaradaḥ śatam # AVś.19.67.3.
bṛhaspataye antarikṣasade rakṣoghne svāhā # AVP.2.54.5.
bṛhaspataye gavayān # VS.24.28; MS.3.14.10: 174.5.
bṛhaspataye tvā # VS.26.3 (bis).
bṛhaspataye tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātu (MS. -ti) # VS.7.47; MS.1.9.4: 134.9; śB.4.3.4.30; śś.7.18.3. P: bṛhaspataye tvā Kś.10.2.30; Mś.5.2.14.10; --11.1.4.
bṛhaspataye tvā viśvadevyāvate svāhā # VS.38.8; śB.14.2.2.10; TA.4.9.2; 5.7.11.
bṛhaspataye 'nubrūhi # Mś.7.1.2.9.
bṛhaspataye pāṅktāya triṇavāya śākvarāya haimantikāya (omitted in VS.) caruḥ (MS. carum) # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; MS.3.15.10: 180.11; KSA.5.10.
bṛhaspataye pinvasva # TA.4.8.3; 5.7.4; Apś.15.9.8.
bṛhaspataye madhumāṃ adābhyaḥ # RV.9.85.6d.
bṛhaspataye mahiṣa (TS. mahi ṣad) dyuman namaḥ # AVś.2.35.4c; TS.3.2.8.2c. See next, and bṛhaspate mahiṣa.
bṛhaspataye mahiṣāya dive namaḥ # AVP.1.88.4c. The edition puts namaḥ with the following pāda. See under prec.
bṛhaspataye vācaṃ vadata # VS.9.11; śB.5.1.5.8.
bṛhaspataye vācaspataye paiṅgarājaḥ # VS.24.34; MS.3.14.16: 175.12.
bṛhaspataye śitpuṭaḥ (KSA. śiṃyuṭaḥ) # TS.5.5.17.1; KSA.7.7.
bṛhaspataye 'ṣṭākṣarāya chandase svāhā # MS.1.11.10: 173.5.
bṛhaspataye svāhā # VS.10.5; 22.6; TS.1.8.13.3; 7.1.14.1; 16.1; MS.2.6.11: 70.8; 3.12.2: 160.10; KS.15.7; 39.2; KSA.1.5,7; śB.5.3.5.8; 13.1.3.3; TB.3.1.4.6; 8.6.4; Tā.10.67.2; MahānU.19.2; Apś.16.29.2. Cf. bṛhaspataya āṅgirasāya.
bṛhaspataye haviṣā vidhema # VS.4.7c; KS.2.2c; śB.3.1.4.15c.
brahmacaryeṇa kanyā # AVś.11.5.18a.
brahmacaryeṇa tapasā # AVś.11.5.17a,19a.
brahmajāyeyam iti (AVś.AVP. -jāyeti) ced avocan (AVś.AVP. -cat) # RV.10.109.3b; AVś.5.17.3b; AVP.9.15.3b.
brahmajyeyaṃ tad abruvan # AVś.12.4.11c.
brahmajyeṣṭhā saṃbhṛtā vīryāṇi (TB. -jyeṣṭhā vīryā saṃbhṛtāni) # AVś.19.22.21a; 23.30a; AVP.8.9.1a; TB.2.4.7.10a.
brahmavarcasenānnādyena samedhaya (JG. adds svāhā) # AG.1.10.12d; HG.1.2.11d; JG.1.3c.
bhagasyet taṃ prasavaṃ gamema # TB.3.1.1.8c.
bhagasyeva kāriṇo yāmani gman # RV.3.54.14b.
bhagasyeva bhujiṃ huve # RV.8.102.6b; TS.3.1.11.8b; MS.4.11.2b: 167.1; KS.40.14b.
bhaye cit sukṣitiṃ dadhe # RV.1.40.8b.
bhayeḍako vadati vācam etām # TA.4.31.1b; HG.1.17.1b.
bharadvājadhanvantaraye svāhā # śG.2.14.4.
bhavye bhuvanasya goptā # MahānU.5.9b. See bhuvanasya goptā.
bhidurasyeva vartasī # AVP.1.23.3d.
bhuvanapataye namaḥ # Aś.1.4.9.
bhuvanapataye svāhā # VS.2.2; TS.2.6.6.3; MS.3.8.6: 103.7; KS.25.7 (bis); 35.8; JB.2.41; śB.1.3.3.17; Aś.3.13.15; Apś.9.13.6,7; Mś.3.1.32; Kauś.116.2.
bhuvapataye svāhā # VS.2.2; śB.1.3.3.17. P: bhuvapataye Kś.25.2.7. See bhūpataye svāhā.
bhūtaye namaḥ # Aś.1.4.9. See bhūtyai namaḥ.
bhūtaye mahase vṛdhe # AVP.11.14.8d.
bhūtasyeśānā bhuvanasya devī # AVP.11.1.5d.
bhūpataye namaḥ # Aś.1.4.9.
bhūpataye svāhā # VSK.2.1.3; TS.2.6.6.2; MS.3.8.6: 103.7; KS.25.7 (bis); 35.8; JB.2.41; Aś.3.13.15; Apś.9.13.6,7; 14.28.6; Mś.3.1.32. See bhuvapataye.
bhojayet taṃ sakṛd yas tu # śG.1.2.6c.
bhojasyedaṃ puṣkariṇīva veśma # RV.10.107.10c; N.7.3.
madhye khalasya nirmitaḥ # AVP.11.10.4c.
madhye ca viśāṃ sukṛte syāma # AVP.1.27.4d.
madhye chandasaḥ pari yanti bhāsvatīḥ # TS.4.3.11.3d; MS.2.13.10d: 161.9; KS.39.10d; PG.3.3.5d.
madhye jahur durevāsaḥ samudre # RV.7.68.7b.
madhye tasthur maho divaḥ # RV.1.105.10b.
madhye tālpyasya tiṣṭhāt # ApMB.2.15.3c.
madhye divas taraṇiṃ bhrājamānam # AVś.13.2.36b.
madhye divaḥ svadhayā mādayante (RV.1.108.12b, mādayethe) # RV.1.108.12b; 10.15.14b; AVś.18.2.35b; VS.19.60b.
madhye divo (MS.3.4.4, divyo) nihitaḥ pṛśnir aśmā # RV.5.47.3c; VS.17.60c; TS.4.6.3.4c; 5.4.6.5; MS.2.10.5c: 137.15; 3.4.4: 48.16; KS.18.3c; 21.8,12; śB.9.2.3.18.
madhye devānām āsīnā # HG.1.15.7c.
madhyena ghnanto yantu # AVś.8.8.13c.
madhyena yakṣmaṃ bādhate # AVś.19.36.2c; AVP.2.27.2c.
madhye niṣatto raṇvo duroṇe # RV.1.69.4b.
madhye pṛthivyā niṣṭhitaḥ # AVP.1.47.1c.
madhye pṛthivyā yad viṣam # AVP.9.10.2c.
madhye poṣasya tṛmpatām (MG. puṣyatām) # śG.3.3.1c; MG.2.11.12c. See next.
madhye poṣasva tiṣṭhantīm # AG.2.8.16c. See prec.
madhye brahma virājati # JB.3.373e.
madhye yuvājaro visruhā hitaḥ # RV.5.44.3d.
madhye vasiṣva tuvinṛmṇorvoḥ # RV.8.70.10c.
madhye vasor dīdihi jātavedaḥ # TB.1.2.1.21d; Apś.5.14.5d.
madhye śatasya maṣṭiṣkaḥ # AVP.8.12.12e.
madhye sīda # KS.39.6; Apś.16.31.1.
madhye hotā duroṇe barhiṣo rāṭ # RV.6.12.1a.
madhye hradasya no gṛhāḥ # AVś.6.106.2c.
madhye hradasya plavasva # RVKh.7.103.1c; AVś.4.15.14c; AVP.5.7.13c; N.9.7c.
manuṣyebhyo vi bravītu # AVP.6.9.3a.
manuṣyebhyo hantā # Tā.10.67.2; MahānU.19.2.
mandadvīrāyendave # RV.8.69.1b. See vandad-.
manye tvā cyavanam acyutānām # RV.8.96.4b.
manye tvā jātavedasam # RV.5.9.1c; VSK.16.5.12c; KS.39.14c; TB.2.4.1.5c; Apś.19.18.7c.
manye tvā yajñiyaṃ yajñiyānām # RV.8.96.4a.
manye tvā vṛṣabhaṃ carṣaṇīnām # RV.8.96.4d.
manye tvā satvanām indra ketum # RV.8.96.4c.
manye nu babhrūṇām aham # AVP.11.6.1c. See under manai.
manye bhejāno amṛtasya tarhi # AVś.3.13.6c; TS.5.6.1.4c; MS.2.13.1c: 153.3. See mene etc.
manye vāṃ jātavedasā yajadhyai # RV.7.2.7b.
manye vāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī subhojasau # ArS.4.8a. See manve vāṃ etc.
manye 'haṃ māṃ tadvidvāṃsam # KBU.2.8c; AG.1.13.7c.
mayeṣitau vi sṛjatāṃ vadhāya # AVP.8.9.13d.
martyeṣv agnir etc. # see marteṣv etc.
maryāyeva kanyā śaśvacai te # RV.3.33.10d; N.2.27d.
mahadbhūtādhipataye svāhā # ṣB.5.8; AdB.8.
mādayethāṃ tadokasā # RV.4.49.6c.
māndyena dṛpta uta dhairyeṇa # AVP.8.15.3b.
māyet sā te yāni yuddhāny āhuḥ # RV.10.54.2c; śB.11.1.6.10c.
māṣājyena naledhmena # Apś.9.3.22c. Cf. taṃ māṣājyaṃ.
mithaspṛdhyeva taviṣāṇy āhitā # RV.1.166.9b.
mukṣījayeva padim utsināti # RV.1.125.2d; N.5.19d.
mṛgāyāraṇye tiṣṭhate # AVP.1.99.3c.
yakṣādhipataye svāhā # ṣB.5.6; AdB.6.
yajñapataye vasu vāryam āsaṃskarase # śś.10.15.6. See next, and yajamānāya vāryam.
yajñapataye vāryam ā svas kaḥ # MS.1.9.1: 131.4; 1.9.4: 133.5. See prec., and yajamānāya vāryam.
yajñapriye yajamānāya sukrato (KS. sunvate) # RV.10.122.6b; KS.12.14b.
yatharśyasyeyam āriśī (text -śy e-) # AVP.8.12.3c.
yathāgnaye pṛthivyā samanaman # AVP.5.35.1b. See yathāgniḥ pṛthivyā, and yathāgniḥ pṛthivyā.
yamarājye virājasi # TA.6.7.2d.
yayendra tanvāntarikṣaṃ vyāpitha # AVś.17.1.13d.
yavamayena haviṣā # AVP.2.37.2b.
yasyekṣvākur upa vrate # RV.10.60.4a.
yasyedaṃ rādhaḥ sa janāsa indraḥ # RV.2.12.14d; AVś.20.34.15d; AVP.12.15.5d.
yasyedaṃ sarvaṃ tam imaṃ havāmahe # śś.4.18.2a.
yasyedaṃ dūtīr asaraḥ parākāt # RV.10.108.3b.
yasyedaṃ dūtīr asaraṃ parākāt # RV.10.108.4b.
yasyedam apyaṃ haviḥ # RV.10.86.12c; AVś.20.126.12c; TS.1.7.13.2c; KS.8.17c; N.11.39c.
yasyedam ā rajo yujaḥ (ā. omits yujaḥ; śś. -dam oja ārujaḥ) # AVś.6.33.1a; ArS.1.3a; ā.5.2.1.2a; śś.18.3.2a. P: yasyedam ā rajaḥ Kauś.23.17; 59.18. Designated as grīvāḥ ā.5.2.1.1; as graivaṃ tṛcam śś.18.3.1.
yasyedaṃ pradiśi yad virocate # AVś.4.23.7a; 7.25.2a; AVP.4.33.7a. See next.
yasyedaṃ prāṇan nimiṣad yad ejati # TS.4.7.15.1a; MS.3.16.5a: 190.8; KS.22.15a. See prec.
yasyedaṃ bhūmyām adhi # AVP.7.5.10a.
yasyed indraḥ purudineṣu hotā # RV.10.29.1c; AVś.20.76.1c.
yasyendraḥ pītvā vṛtrāṇi jaṅghanat pra sa janyāni tariṣom # AB.2.20.14; Aś.5.1.17.
yasyendrasya sindhavaḥ saścati vratam # RV.1.101.3c.
yasyendro apibac chacībhiḥ # KS.17.19b.
yasyendro vṛtrahatye mamāda # RV.6.47.2b.
yasyemāḥ pradiśo yasya bāhū # RV.10.121.4c; VS.25.12c; TS.4.1.8.5c. See under imāś ca pradiśo.
yasyemā viśvā bhuvanāni sarvā # MS.4.14.14b: 239.9; TB.3.1.1.1b.
yasyeme rodasī ubhe # AVP.15.21.4c.
yasyeme lokāḥ svadhayā samaktāḥ # AVP.6.22.11b.
yasyeme viśve girayo mahitvā # MS.2.13.23a: 168.11; KS.40.1a. P: yasyeme viśve KA.1.198.38. See next, and yasya viśve.
yasyeme himavanto mahitvā # RV.10.121.4a; VS.25.12a; TS.4.1.8.4a. P: yasyeme himavantaḥ śG.1.9.6. See under prec.
yasyeśiṣe pradivi yas te annam # RV.6.41.3d.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"ye" has 67 results
aprayeāga(1)non-employment of a word in spite of the meaning being available: confer, compare संभावनेलमिति चेत्सिद्धाप्रयोगे P.III.3.154; (2) non-employment confer, compare उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः a standard dictum of grammar not allowing superfluous words which is given in M.Bh. on P.I.1.4 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 16 and stated in Cāndra and other grammars as a Paribhāṣā.
pratiyeginnegative counterpart;confer, compare न चान्तरेण प्रतियोगिनं स्पर्धा भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1.69. Vart. 6; also M.Bh.on VIII. 8.4 Vart. 8; corresponding term; ct. प्रथमग्रहणं च तियोग्यपेक्षत्वान्नोपयुज्यते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on V. 3.1.
bhāveprayeāgaimpersonal form of a sentence when there is no activity mentioned on the part of the agent nor resulting upon the object, but there is a mere mention of verb-activity.
bhāṣyeṣṭithe brief pithy assertions or injunctions of the type of Sūtras given by Patañjali in a way to supplement the Sūtras of Pāṇini and the Vārttikas thereon. See the word इष्टि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. and the word भाष्यसूत्र also.
madhyepavādaa rule forming an exception to other general rules being placed between them, one or many of which are placed before and the others afterwards. Such a rule sets aside the previous rules and not the succeeding ones. The statement laying down this dictum is मध्येपवादाः पूर्वान् विधीन् बाधन्ते नोत्तरान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari. 60, also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.4.148 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5.
madhyepavādanyāyathe maxim of the middle rule of exception; see मधेयपवाद.
yenanāprāptanyāyaa term used by grammarians and commentators very frequently for the maxim "येन नाप्राप्ते यो वेधिरारभ्येत स तस्य बाधको भवति " Par. Sek. on Pari. 57. The term अपवादन्याय is used in the Mahabhasya which is the same as येननाप्राप्तन्याय of later grammarians.
vājasaneyeiprātiśākhyathe Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.
saṃkhyeyalit, those that are to be counted; objects of enumeration; confer, compare बहुव्रीहौ संख्येये डजबहुगणात् P. V. 4.73; cf also अथवा संख्या नाम इयं परप्रधाना | संख्येयमनया विशेप्यम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.24 Vart. 9.
akālaka(1)not limited by any time-factors for its study such as certain periods of the day or the year. (2) not characterized by any technical terms expressive of time such as adyatanī, parokṣā occurring in the ancient Prātiśākhya and grammar works. The term akalika is used by the writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti in connection with the grammar of Pāṇini. confer, compare “पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम्” Kās. on P. II.4.21 explained by the writer of the Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. as पूर्वाणि व्याकरणानि अद्यतनादिकालपरिभाषायुक्तानि तद्रहितम् ।
agnaukaravāṇinyāyaanalogy conveyed by the expression अग्नौ करवाणि implying permission to the agent to do certain other things in a sacrificial session when, as a matter of fact, he is only permitted to work as an agent at the sacrificial action ( अग्नौकरण ), by virtue of the reply ' कुरु ' to his request made in the sentence अग्नौ करवाणि. confer, compare अग्नौकरवाणिन्यायेन भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on. II.2.24.
añ(1)taddhita affix. affix a ( अ ) with the mute letter ñ ( ञ्), prescribed (i) after the words उत्स and others in various senses like progeny, dyed in, produced in, come from et cetera, and othersP. IV.1.86, (ii) after the words विद and others in the sense of grandson and other descendents.P. IV.1.104. For other cases see P. IV. I. 141, 161; IV.2.12,14 et cetera, and others IV.3.7 et cetera, and others IV.4.49. The feminine is formed by adding i ( ई ) to words ending with this affix अञ्, which have the vṛddhi vowel substituted for their initial vowel which gets the acute accent also exempli gratia, for example औत्सः, औत्सी,औदपानः, बैदः, बैदी.
aṇ(1)token term ( प्रत्याहार ) for all vowels and semivowels which, when prescribed for an operation, include all such of their sub-divisions as are caused by length, protraction accent or nasalization. cf अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.60;(2) token term for the vowels अ, इ and उ in all Pānini's rules except in the rule I.1.69 given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. e.g see ढ्रलोपे पूर्वस्य दीर्घोणः P.VI.3. 111, केऽणः P.VII.4.13. and अणोऽ प्रगृह्यस्य. P.VIII.4.57: (3) tad, affix. a ( अ ) prescribed generally in the various senses such as 'the offspring', 'dyed in,' 'belonging to' et cetera, and others except in cases where other specific affixes are prescribed cf प्राग्दीव्यतोऽण् P. IV.1.83; (4) kṛ. affix a ( अ ), applied, in the sense of an agent, to a root with an antecedent word (उपपद) standing as its object. e. g. कुम्भकारः, see P.III.2.1: काण्डलावः, see P.III.3.12.
atideśaextended application; transfer or conveyance or application of the character or qualities or attributes of one thing to another. Atideśa in Sanskrit grammar is a very common feature prescribed by Pāṇini generally by affixing the taddhita affix. affix मत् or वत् to the word whose attributes are conveyed to another. e. g. लोटो लङ्वत् P. III. 4.85. In some cases the atideśa is noticed even without the affix मत् or वत्; exempli gratia, for exampleगाङ्कुटादिभ्योऽञ्णिन् ङित् P. 1.2.1 . Atideśa is generally seen in all grammatical terms which end with 'vadbhāva' e. g. स्थानिवद्भाव (P.I.1.56-59), सन्वद्भाव (P.VII.4.93), अन्तादिवद्भाव (P. VI.1.85), अभूततद्भाव (P.IV.60) and others. Out of these atideśas, the स्थानिवद्भाव is the most important one, by virtue of which sometimes there is a full representation id est, that is substitution of the original form called sthānin in the place of the secondary form called ādeśa. This full representation is called रूपातिदेश as different from the usual one which is called कार्यातिदेश, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VIII.1.90 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1 and VIII.1.95. Vart.3. Regarding the use of अतिदेश there is laid down a general dictum सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेशः when an operation depending on the general properties of a thing could be taken by extended application, an operation depending on special properties should not be taken by virtue of the same : e. g. भूतवत् in P. III.3.132 means as in the case of the general past tense and not in the case of any special past tense like the imperfect ( अनद्यतन ) , or the perfect ( परोक्ष ). See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 101, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3. 132. There is also a general dictum अतिदेशिकमनित्यम्whatever is transferred by an extended application, need not, be necessarily taken. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. 93.6 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.123 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4, I.2.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.3.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 et cetera, and others, Kaiyaṭa on II. 1.2 and VI.4.22 and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. I.1.56 and P. I.2.58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8. The dictum अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् is given as a Paribhāṣā by Nāgeśa confer, compare Pari. Śek. 93. 6.
antaddhita affix. affix अ ( अन् ) ( 1) added to the word नीली in the sense of 'dyed in', to form the word नील,confer, compare P. IV.2.2. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; (2) added to the word अषाढा in the sense of 'produced in' cf अषाढाः उपदधाति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.3.34 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; (3) added after the affix तीय in the same sense as तीय exempli gratia, for example द्वितीयो भागः, तृतीयो भागः confer, compare पूरणाद् भागे तीयादन् P.V.3.48.
anabhihitanot conveyed or expressed by another id est, that is by any one of the four factors viz.verbal affix, kṛt affix,taddhita affix and compound. The rule अनभिहिते (P. II.3.I) and the following rules lay down the different case affixes in the sense of the different Kārakas or auxiliaries of the verbal activity, provided they are not shown or indicated in any one of the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned four ways; e. g. see the acc. case in कटं करोति, the inst, case in दात्रेण लुनाति, the dative case case in देवदत्ताय गां ददाति, the ablative case. case in ग्रामादा गच्छति, or the locative casecase in स्थाल्यां पचति.
anuvartyato be observed, to be obeyed; confer, compare न लक्षणेन पदकाराः अनुवर्त्याः । पदकारिर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् M.Bh. on III.1.109.
anyasadṛśādhikaraṇaan object which is different from what is mentioned, yet similar to it confer, compare नञिवयुक्तमन्यसदृशा धिकरणे तथा ह्यर्थगति; । अब्राह्मणमानयेत्युक्ते ब्राह्मणसदृश आनीयते । नासौ लोष्टमानीय कृती भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1.12
anvaya(1)construing, construction: arrangement of words according to their mutual relationship based upon the sense conveyed by them, शब्दानां परस्परमर्थानुगमनम् । (2) continuance, continuation;confer, compare घृतघटतैलवट इति ; निषिक्ते घृते तैले वा अन्वयाद्विशेषणं भवति अयं घृतघटः, अयं तैलघट इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II. 1.1.
anvarthakagiven in accordance with the sense; generally applied to a technical term which is found in accordance with the sense conveyed by the constituent parts of it; e. g. सर्वनामसंज्ञा, confer, compare महत्याः संज्ञायाः करणे एतत् प्रयोजनमन्वर्थसंज्ञा यथा विज्ञायेत Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.23.
appayadīkṣitaअप्पदीक्षित A famous versatile writer of the sixteenth century A. D. (1530-1600 ), son of रङ्गराजाध्वरीन्द्र a Dravid Brāhmaṇa. He wrote more than 60 smaller or greater treatises mainly on Vedānta, Mimāṁsā, Dharma and Alaṁkāra śāstras; many of his works are yet in manuscript form. The Kaumudi-prakāśa and Tiṅantaśeṣasaṁgraha are the two prominent grammatical works written by him. Paṇdit Jagannātha spoke very despisingly of him.
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
arthavadgrahaṇaparibhāṣāa well known maxim or Paribha of grammarians fully stated as अर्थवद्ग्रहणे नानर्थकस्य ग्रहणम्, deduced from the phrase अर्थवद्ग्रहणात् frequently used by the Vārttikakāra. The Paribhāṣā lays down that 'when a combination of letters employed in Grammar, is possessed of a sense, it has to be taken as possessed of sense and not such an one as is devoid of sense.'
asamarthasamāsaa compound of two words, which ordinarily is inadmissible, one of the two words being more closely connected with a third word, but which takes place on the authority of usage, there being no obstacle in the way of understanding the sense to be conveyed; e. g. देवदत्तस्य गुरुकुलम् । देवदत्तस्य दासभार्या । असूर्यंपश्यानि मुखानि, अश्राद्धभोजी ब्राह्मणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1.
aāritaddhita affix. affix applied to the word पूर्वतर when the whole word refers to a year, exempli gratia, for exampleपरारि in the last year; confer, compare B.V.3.22 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217，ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
ekavacanasingular number; affix of the singular numberin Pāṇini's grammar applied to noun-bases ( प्रातिपदिक) and roots when the sense of the singular number is to be conveyed; the singular sense can be of the form of an individual or collection or genus. The word एकवचन in the technical sense of singular number is found used in the Prātiśākhyas and Nirukta also.
aindraname of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.
oṣṭhayaliterally produced upon the lip: a letter ofthe labial class;letters उ,ऊ, ओ, औ, प्, फ्, ब्, भ्, म् and व् are given as ओष्ठय letters in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. See the word ओष्ठ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For the utterance of the letter व् tips of the teeth. are also employed; hence the letter व् is said to have दन्तौष्ठ as its स्थान.. ओस् the case affix ओस् of the genitive case and the loc, dual number
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
ktvākṛt (affix). affix त्वा added to roots (1) in the sense of prohibition conveyed by the word अलं or खलु preceding the root, exempli gratia, for example अलं कृत्वा, खलु कृत्वा; confer, compare P. III.4.18; (2) in the sense of exchange in the case of the root मा, e. g. अपमित्य याचते; confer, compare P. III.4.19; (3) to show an activity of the past time along with a verb or noun of action showing comparatively a later time, provided the agent of the former and the latter activities is the same; exempli gratia, for example भुक्त्वा व्रजति, स्नात्वा पीत्वा भुक्त्वा व्रजति; confer, compare P. III.4. 21. This kṛt affix is always added to roots when they are without any prefix; when there is a prefix the indeclinable, ending in त्वा, is always compounded with the prefix and त्वा is changed into य (ल्यप्), exempli gratia, for example प्रकृत्य, प्रहृत्य; confer, compare समासेऽनञ्पूर्वे क्त्वो ल्यप् P. VII. 1.37. The substitution of य is at will in Vedic Literature; exempli gratia, for example कृष्णं वासो यजमानं परिधापयित्वा ( instead of परिधाप्य ), confer, compare P. VII.1.38, while sometimes, य is added after त्वा as an augment e. g. दत्वाय सविता धियः confer, compare P. VII.l.47, as also sometimes त्वी or त्वीनम् is substituted for त्वा e. g. इष्ट्वीनं देवान्, स्नात्वी मलादिव, confer, compare P. VII.1.48, 49.
gotrinda( चक्रवर्तिन् )writer of Samasavada, a short treatise on the sense conveyed by compound words.
jayādityaone of the famous joint authors ( जयादित्य and वामन ) of the well-known gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini, popularly called काशिकावृत्ति. As the काशिकावृत्ति is mentioned by It-sing, who has also mentioned Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya, as a grammer treatise Written some 40 years before his visit, the time of काशिकावृत्ति is fixed as the middle of the 7th century A.D. Some scholars believe that जयादित्य was the same as जयापीड a king of Kasmira and बामन was his minister. For details, see pp. 386388 of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII published by the D.E. Society, Poona. See काशिका.
ṭhaka very common taddhita affix. affix इक, or क in case it is added to words ending in इस् , उस् , उ, ऋ, ल् and त् according to P. VII. 3. 51, causing the substitution of vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is addedition ठक् is added to (1) रेवती and other words in the sense of descendant ( अपत्य ) e. g. रैवतिकः:, दाण्डग्राहिकः, गार्गिकः, भागवित्तिकः यामुन्दायनिकः, confer, compare P. IV. 1.146-149; (2) to the words लाक्षा,रोचना et cetera, and others in the sense of 'dyed in', e. g. लाक्षिकम्, रौचनिकम् ; confer, compare P. IV. 2.2; (3) to the words दधि and उदश्वित् in the sense of संस्कृत 'made better ', e. g. दाधिकम् , औदश्वित्कम् ( क instead of इक substituted for टक् ), confer, compare P. IV.2. 18, 19; (4) to the words अाग्रहायुणी, अश्वत्थ et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 22, 23; (5) to words expressive of inanimate objects, to the words हस्ति and धेनु, as also to the words केश and अश्व in the sense of 'multitude '; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 47, 48; (6) to the words क्रतु, उक्थ and words ending in सूत्र, वसन्त et cetera, and others, in the sense of 'students of' ( तदधीते तद्वेद ), confer, compare P. IV. 2.59, 60, 63; (7) to the words कुमुद and others as also to शर्करा as a चातुरर्थिक affix; confer, compare P. IV. 2.80, 84; (8) to the words कन्था, भवत् and वर्षा in the Saisika senses; confer, compare P. IV. 2.102, 115, IV. 3.18; (9) to the words उपजानु and others in the sense 'generally present '; confer, compare P. IV. 3. 40; (10) to the words consisting of two syllables, and the words ऋक्, ब्राह्मण et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'explanatory literary work'; confer, compare P. IV.3.72: ( 11) to words meaning 'sources of income ' in the sense of 'accruing from’; confer, compare P. IV. 3.75; (12) to words denoting inanimate things excepting words showing time or place in the sense of ' भक्ति ', cf P. IV. 8.96; and (13) to the words हल् and सीर in the sense of 'belonging to', confer, compare P. IV. 3.124. The taddhita affix. affix ठक् is added as a general termination, excepting in such cases where other affixes are prescribed, in specified senses like 'तेन दीव्यति, ' 'तेन खनति,' 'तेन संस्कृतम्' et cetera, and others; cf P. IV. 4.1-75, as also to words हल, सीर, कथा, विकथा, वितण्डा et cetera, and others in specified senses, confer, compare P. IV.4. 81, 102 ठक् is also added as a general taddhita affix. affix or अधिकारविहितप्रत्यय, in various specified senses, as prescribed by P. V.1.19-63,and to the words उदर, अयःशूल,दण्ड, अजिन, अङ्गुली, मण्डल, et cetera, and others and to the word एकशाला, in the prescribed senses; confer, compare P. V. 2.67,76, V. 3.108,109; while, without making any change in sense it is added to अनुगादिन् , विनय, समय, उपाय ( औपयिक being the word formed), अकस्मात्, कथंचित्; (confer, compareआकस्मिक काथंचित्क), समूह,विशेष, अत्यय and others, and to the word वाक् in the sense of 'expressed'; confer, compare P. V. 4.13, 34, 35. The feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ) is added to words ending in the affix टक् to form feminine. bases.
ṇinikrt affix इन् signifying vrddhi (1) applied to the roots headed by ग्रह् ( i. e. the roots ग्रह्, उद्वस्, स्था et cetera, and others ) in the sense of an agent;e. g. ग्राही, उद्वासी, स्थायी. confer, compare P. III.1.134; (2) applied to the root हन् preceded by the word कुमार or शीर्ष as उपपद: e. g. कुमारघाती, शीर्षघाती, confer, compare P. III.2.51: (3) applied to any root preceded by a substantive as upapada in the sense of habit, or when compari son or vow or frequency of action is conveyed, or to the root मन्, with a substantive as उपपद e. gउष्णभोजी, शीतभोजी, उष्ट्रकोशी, ध्वाङ्क्षरावीः स्थण्डिलशायी, अश्राद्धभोजीः क्षीरपायिण उशीनराः; सौवीरपायिणो वाह्रीकाः: दर्शनीयमानी, शोभनीयमानी, confer, compare P. III.2.78-82; (4) applied to the root यज् preceded by a word referring to the करण of यागफल as also to the root हन् preceded by a word forming the object ( कर्मन् ) of the root हन् , the words so formed referring to the past tense: e. g. अग्निष्टो याजी, पितृव्याघाती, confer, compare P. III 2.85, 86; (5) applied to a root when the word so formed refers to a kind of necessary activity or to a debtor; confer, compare अवश्यंकारी, शतंदायी, सहस्रदायी confer, compare P. III.4. 169-170: (6) tad-affix इन् , causing vrddhi for the first vowel, applied to the words काश्यप and कौशिक referring to ancient sages named so, as also to words which are the names of the pupils of कलापि or of वैशम्पायन, as also to the words शुनक, वाजसनेय et cetera, and others in the sense of 'students learning what has been traditionally spoken by those sages' e. g. काश्यपिनः, ताण्डिनः, हरिद्रविणः शौनकिनः, वाजसनेयिनः et cetera, and others; cf P. IV.3, 103 104, 106; (7) applied to words forming the names of ancient sages who are the speakers of ancient Brahmana works in the sense of 'pupils studying those works' as also to words forming the names of sages who composed old Kalpa works in the sense of those कल्प works; e. g. भाल्लविनः, एतरेयिणः । पैङ्गी कल्पः अरुणपराजी कल्पः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.105: (8) applied to the words पाराशर्य and शिलालिन् in the sense of 'students reading the Bhiksusutras (of पाराशार्य) and the Nata sutras ( of शिलालिन् ) respectively; e. g. पाराशरिणो भिक्षव:, शैलालिनो नटाः: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.110.
ṇyuṭkrt affix अन in the sense of ' skilled agent ' applied (1) to the root गै to singular. exempli gratia, for example गायनः, गायनी, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III 1.147, also गाथकः, गाथिका by P. III. 1.146: (2) to the root हा (III. P. and III.A. also) if ' rice ' or ' time ' be the sense conveyed: e. g. हायना व्रीहयः, हायनः संवत्सरः .confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.148.
ṇvuckrt affix अक seen always with the feminine. affix अा applied to a root when the sense conveyed is ' a turn ' or ' a deserving thing ' or ' debt ' or ' occurrence;' e. g. भवतः शायिका, अर्हति भवान् इक्षुभक्षिकाम्, ओदनभोजिकां धारयसि, इक्षुभक्षिका उदपादि ; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.1 1 1.
tācchabdya(1)use of a word for that word (of which the sense has been conveyed); the expression तादर्थ्या त्ताच्छब्द्यम् is often used by grammarians just like a Paribhasa; confer, compare अस्ति तादर्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यम् । बहुव्रीह्यर्थानि पदानि बहुव्रीहिरिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.29; similarly तृतीयासमास;for तृतीयार्थानि पदानि M.Bh. on P.I.1.30 or समासार्थे शास्त्रं समासः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.43; (2) use of a word for that word of which there is the vicinity; confer, compare अथवा साहचर्यात् ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति। कालसहचरितो वर्णः। वर्णॊपि काल एव; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.27 where the letter उ is taken in the sense of time required for its utterance, the reason being that sound and time go together; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.70, IV.3.48, V.2.79; (3) use of a word for that which resides there; confer, compare तात्स्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति M.Bh. on V.4.50 Vart. 3. At all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. places, the use of one word for another is by Laksana.
dyotya(sense)conveyed by suggestion indirectly and not directly expressed, as in the case of karmapravacaniyas, the krt affixes and the tad, affixes: confer, compare अनुशब्दो लक्षणे द्योत्ये कर्मप्रवचनीयसंज्ञो भवति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 4.84.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
padavākyaratnākaraa disquisition on grammar dealing with the different ways in which the sense of words is conveyedition The work consists of a running commentary on his own verses by the author Gokulanātha Miśra who, from internal evidence, appears to have flourished before Koņdabhațța and after Kaiyața.
parokṣaused as an adjective of the word भूत meaning 'past tense'; literally behind the eyes, unnoticed by the eyes. The word is generally used in the sense of remote or long (past) or 'perfect'. For the alternative explanation of the word परोक्ष, confer, compare कथंजातीयकं पुनः परोक्षं नाम । केचित्तावदाहुः वर्षशतवृत्तं परोक्षमिति । अपर आहुः क्रटान्तरितं परोक्षमिति । अपर आहुर्ह्याहवृत्तं त्र्यहंर्वृत्तं चेति । M.Bh. on परोक्षे लिट् P. III.2.115.
parokṣāliterally behind the eyes; remote; । the term is found used by ancient grammarians and also referred to in the Mahaabhaasya as referring to the perfect tense called लिट् in Paanini's grammar: confer, compare ज्ञापकात्परोक्षायां ( लिटि ) न भविष्यति । M.Bh. on P. I. 2.28: confer, compare also न व्यथते: परोक्षायाम् Kaat. III.4.21.
pratyudāharaṇacounter instance. In order to explain the wording of a grammatical rule clearly, it is customary to give along with the instances of the rule (where the rule has been effectively employed), a few words which would have resulted into other faulty words by the application of the particular rule in case that rule had not been stated or a word or more of it had been omitted; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐच् इति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत् समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1.
prayojyathat which is employed or incited or urged; the word which is the subject in the primitive construction and becomes an object in the causal construction, and as a result, which is put in the accusative case being प्रयोज्यकर्म. As, however, the प्रयोज्यकर्म originally occupies the place of the subject in the primitive construction, the term प्रयोज्यकर्ता ( प्रयोज्यश्चासौ कर्ता च ) is often used in connection with it, as contrasted with the term प्रयोजककर्ता which is used with respect to the subject in the causal construction; confer, compare इह च भेदिका देवदत्तस्य यज्ञदत्तस्य काष्ठानामिति प्रयोज्ये कर्तरि षष्ठी न प्राप्नोति । M.Bh. on P. III. 1.26 Vart. l ; confer, compare also Kaiy. on P. I. 2.65.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prātipadikārthadenoted sense of a Pratipadika or a noun-base. Standard grammarians state that the denotation of a pratipadika is five-fold viz. स्वार्थ, द्रव्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या and कारक. The word स्वार्थ refers to the causal factor of denotation or प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त which is of four kinds जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा as noticed respectively in the words गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्ः. The word द्रव्य refers to the individual object which sometimes is directly denoted as in अश्वमानय, while on some occasions it is indirectly denoted through the genus or the general notion as in ब्राह्मणः पूज्य:, लिङ्ग the gender, संख्या the number and कारक the case-relation are the denotations of the case-terminations, but sometimes as they are conveyed in the absence of a case-affix as in the words पञ्च, दश, and others, they are stated as the denoted senses of the Pratipadika, while the case-affixes are said to indicate them; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युः शब्दादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya.
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
bhrūmadhyaliterallycentre of the brows, or eyebrows which is described as the place of air ( which produces utterance or speech) at the time of the evening soma-pressing or sacrifice: confer, compare प्रात:सवनमाध्यन्दिनसवनतृतीयसवनक्रमेण उर:कण्ठभ्रूमध्यानि त्रीणि स्थानानि वायोर्भर्वान्त Vāj. Prāt. I. 30; confer, compare also भ्रुवोर्मध्ये प्राणमावेश्य सम्यक्.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mātrā(1)measure, quantity ; cf भवति हि तत्र या च यावती च अर्थमात्रा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.45 and II.1.1 ; (2) mora, prosodial unit of one instant id est, that is the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel: confer, compare भूयसी मात्रा इवर्णोवर्णयोः, अल्पीयसी अवर्णस्य, M.Bh. on I.1.48 Vart. 4: confer, compare मात्रा ह्रस्वस्ता वदवग्रहान्तरं, द्वे दीर्धः,तिस्रः प्लुत उच्यते स्वरः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)I.16: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.34, T.Pr.I.37, V.Pr.I.59, R.T.28 also cf अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Par. Sek. Pari. 132. The instant is taken to be equal to the throbbing of the eye, or a flash of lightning, or a note of a wood-cock.
mleccha(1)a word although correct,yet looked upon as incorrect owing to its faulty utterance; (2) a person like the uncultured people, who is not able to pronounce words correctly confer, compare म्लेच्छा मा भूमेत्यध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1, Ahnika 1.
vāsudeva( शास्त्री)surnamed Abhyankar, who lived from 1863 to l942 and did vigorous and active work of teaching pupils and writing essays, articles, commentary works and original works on various Shastras with the same scholarship, zeal and acumen for fifty years in Poona. He wrote गूढार्थप्रकाश a commentary on the LaghuSabdendusekhara and तत्त्वादर्श a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara in 1889. His edition of the Patanjala Mahabhasya with full translation and notes in Marathi can be called his magnum opus. See अभ्यंकर.
vivakṣāintention or desire, generally of the speaker with regard to the sense to be conveyed by his words; the words वक्तुर्विवक्षा are often used by grammarians in this sense: confer, compare विवक्षातः कारकाणि (Paribhāṣā)confer, compare also कथम् । विवक्षातः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.66-67, I.2.64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 53, IV.1.3: confer, compare also विवक्षाधीना शब्दव्युत्पत्तिः Durgh. Vr. II.2.8; confer, compare also इतिकरणो विवक्षार्थ: Kāś. on P.II. 2.27, IV.2.21, IV.2.55,57, et cetera, and others
vṛttidīpikāa treatise on the different ways in which the meaning is conveyed by words according to the conventions of grammarians,written by a grammarian Krisnabhatta surnamed Mauni.
śakyawhich forms the object pointed out by means of the potentiality to the hearer by the word (id est, that is शब्द) which directly communicates the sense, in which case it is termed वाचक as contrasted with भेदक or द्योतक when the sense,which is of the type of संबन्ध is conveyed rather indirectly. This nice division into वाचकता and भेदकता was introduced clearly by भर्तृहरि: confer, compare Vakyapadtya Kanda 2.
śabdatattvaliterally the essence of a word; the ultimate sense conveyed by the word which is termed स्फोट by the Vaiyakaranas. Philosophically this Sabdatattva or Sphota is the philosophical Brahman of the Vedantins, which is named as Sabdabrahma or Nadabrahma by the Vaiykaranas,and which appears as the Phenomenal world of the basis of its own powers such as time factor and the like; confer, compare अनादिनिधनं ब्रह्म शब्दतत्वं यदक्षरम् ! विवर्ततेर्थभावेन प्रक्रिया जगतो यतः ॥ vakyapadiya, I.1: cf। also Vakyapadiya II.31.
śabdarūpāvalia very brief treatise on declension giving the forms of the seven cases of a few choice-words. The work is studied as the first elementary work and is very common without the name of any specific author.There are different works named शब्दरूपावलि giving declensions of different words which are all anonymous, although from the dates of manuscripts mentioned, they appear to be more than five or six hundred years old.
śabdavivaraṇaa grammar work on the meaning of words and how it is conveyed, written by a grammarian named वर्णिकुबेरानन्द The work forms a part of his bigger work दानभागवत. See वर्णिकुबेरानन्द,
śākapārthivādia class of irregular samanadhikarana , Samasas, or Karmadharaya compound formations, where according to the sense conveyed by the compound word, a word after the first word or so, has to be taken as omitted; confer, compare समानाधिकरणाधिकारे शाकपार्थिवादीनामुपसंख्यानमुत्तरपदलेपश्च वक्तव्यः । शाकभेाजी पार्थिवः शाकपार्थिवः । कुतपवासाः सौश्रुतः कुतपसौश्रुतः । यष्टिप्रधानो मौद्गल्य; यष्टिमौद्गल्यः। M.Bh. on P.II.1.69 Vart. 8.
saṃjñāa technical term; a short wording to convey ample sense; a term to know the general nature cf things; convention; confer, compare वृद्धिशब्द; संज्ञा; अादेच: संज्ञिन: M.Bh. on P.1-1.1. There are two main divisions of संज्ञा-कृत्रिमसंज्ञा or an artificial term such as टि, घु, or भ which is merely conventional, and अकृत्रिमसंज्ञा which refers to the literal sense conveyed by the word such as अव्यय, सर्वनाम and the like. Some grammar works such as the Candra avoid purely conventional terms, These samjhas are necessary for every scientific treatise. In Panini's grammar, there are the first two chapters giving and explaining the technical terms whose number exceeds well-nigh a hundredition
samasaṇtaddhita affix. affix समस् applied to the word इदम् to form the word ऐषमः meaning 'this year'; confer, compare इदमः समसण् । इदमः समसण् प्रत्ययेा निपात्यते संवत्सरेभिधेये । अस्मिन्संवत्सरे ऐषमः । M.Bh. on P. V. 3.22 Vart. 3.
sāpekṣawith an expectancy in sense; although in grammar expectancy is at the root of, and forms a sort of a connecting link for, the various kinds of relations which exist between the different words of a sentence which has to give a composite sense, yet, if a word outside a compound is connected with a word inside a compound, especially with a second or further member, the sense becomes ambiguous; and expectancy in such cases is looked upon as a fault; e. g. अप्रविष्टविषयो हि रक्षसाम् Raghu XI. When, however, in spite of the fault of expectancy the sense is clear, the compound is admissible; confer, compare यदि सविशेषणानां वृत्तिर्न वृत्तस्य वा विशेषणं न प्रयुज्यते इत्युच्यते देवदत्तस्य गुरुकुलम् देवदत्तस्य गुरुपुत्रः,अत्र वृत्तिर्न प्राप्नोति। अगुरुकुलपुत्रादीनामिति वक्तव्यम् I Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P II.1.1 ; confer, compare also the expression सापेक्षत्वेपि गमकत्वात्समास: often used by commentators.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
sūtraśāṭakanyāyareference to something as present, when, in fact, it is yet to come into existence,on the analogy of the expression अस्य सूत्रस्य शाटकं वय; confer, compare भाविनी संज्ञा विज्ञास्यते सूत्रशाटकवत्। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 3. 12 Vart. 2.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
Vedabase Search
Results for ye6610 results
ye allCC Adi 7.100
SB 3.11.25
ye all of themCC Madhya 24.176
SB 1.14.32-33
SB 5.22.17
SB 9.21.18
SB 9.3.31
ye all of them whoSB 4.28.1
SB 4.28.26
SB 4.9.20-21
SB 8.16.12
SB 8.16.54
SB 8.8.39-40
SB 9.24.9
ye all of whichSB 5.12.9
SB 8.22.22
ye all of which (duration of life, opulence, etc.)SB 7.9.23
ye all of which personsSB 10.1.61
ye all of whomSB 10.1.61
SB 3.6.29
SB 5.14.40
SB 6.6.14
SB 6.6.37
SB 6.6.9
SB 9.1.5
ye all of whomSB 9.1.5
ye all of whomSB 9.1.5
ye all of youSB 4.6.5
ye all of you whoSB 4.14.23
SB 9.16.35
ye all suchSB 2.3.22
ye all such devotees whoSB 7.10.11
ye all thatSB 2.1.15
ye all theseSB 2.3.20
SB 3.5.30
ye all theySB 1.18.14
ye all thoseBG 11.22
CC Madhya 21.106
SB 2.7.34-35
ye all thoseSB 2.7.34-35
SB 3.10.2
SB 3.2.10
SB 3.3.3
SB 3.6.28
SB 4.22.36
SB 5.20.39
ye all those persons whoCC Madhya 22.22
CC Madhya 24.140
CC Madhya 25.31
ye all those whoBG 7.29
CC Madhya 22.163
CC Madhya 22.30
CC Madhya 24.131
CC Madhya 24.141
CC Madhya 25.32
SB 3.1.35
SB 3.11.16
SB 4.19.6
SB 4.31.21
SB 5.13.23
SB 9.22.43
ye all whichBG 7.12
ye all whichBG 7.12
ye all whoBG 4.11
CC Adi 4.20
SB 9.20.31
ye also others whoSB 9.10.39-40
ye and thoseSB 11.8.36
ye anyoneCC Adi 11.29
CC Madhya 7.152
CC Madhya 8.306
CC Madhya 8.90
Iso 3
ye anyone whoCC Adi 10.82
CC Adi 17.25
CC Adi 17.264
CC Adi 17.96
CC Adi 17.97
CC Adi 4.233
CC Antya 11.91-93
ye anyone whoCC Antya 11.91-93
ye anyone whoCC Antya 11.91-93
ye anyone whoCC Antya 11.91-93
ye anyone whoCC Antya 11.91-93
CC Antya 2.7
CC Antya 3.255
CC Antya 7.135
CC Antya 7.9
CC Madhya 1.29
CC Madhya 11.26
CC Madhya 13.179
CC Madhya 18.123
CC Madhya 2.29
CC Madhya 2.32
CC Madhya 21.134
CC Madhya 22.28
CC Madhya 24.17
CC Madhya 3.65
CC Madhya 6.167
CC Madhya 7.110
CC Madhya 8.204-205
CC Madhya 9.8
SB 6.7.14
ye as also othersSB 2.6.43-45
ye as we areSB 8.6.15
ye both of whomSB 8.13.8
ye certainlyCC Madhya 23.9
ye even thoseSB 2.4.18
ye He whoCC Antya 9.79
ye he whoCC Madhya 25.278
ye hisCC Adi 5.165
ye indeedCC Madhya 13.144
CC Madhya 16.78
CC Madhya 5.55
ye oneCC Madhya 21.119
ye one whoCC Adi 10.116
CC Antya 13.138
CC Antya 16.98
CC Madhya 25.115
CC Madhya 9.308
SB 4.21.49
ye one who isSB 1.4.12
ye othersSB 2.10.37-40
SB 2.6.43-45
SB 8.14.6
SB 8.21.2-3
ye others whoSB 8.6.31
ye persons whoSB 11.26.29
SB 5.26.22
SB 5.26.23
SB 5.26.25
SB 5.26.27
SB 5.26.31
SB 5.26.32
SB 5.26.33
SB 5.26.34
SB 8.1.15
SB 8.7.33
SB 9.5.28
ye sinceCC Madhya 20.90-91
ye so thatCC Madhya 16.188
ye some of the demons whoSB 8.11.46
ye such personsSB 8.19.4
SB 8.23.26-27
ye such persons whoSB 8.11.5
ye thatCC Adi 10.103
CC Adi 12.79
CC Adi 13.76
CC Adi 13.84
CC Adi 17.124
CC Adi 17.126
CC Adi 17.128
CC Adi 17.174
CC Adi 17.204
CC Adi 2.76
CC Adi 3.41
CC Adi 4.14
CC Adi 4.42
CC Adi 6.44
CC Adi 6.45
CC Adi 7.135
CC Adi 7.148
CC Adi 8.57
CC Adi 9.26
CC Adi 9.27
CC Antya 1.46
CC Antya 15.74
CC Antya 19.52
CC Antya 3.269
CC Antya 4.182
CC Antya 6.139
CC Antya 7.127
CC Antya 7.152
CC Antya 7.25
CC Antya 8.26
CC Madhya 10.122
CC Madhya 11.27
CC Madhya 12.142
CC Madhya 13.146
CC Madhya 19.20
CC Madhya 2.19
CC Madhya 2.23
CC Madhya 2.33
CC Madhya 2.46
CC Madhya 20.80
CC Madhya 21.116
CC Madhya 24.152
CC Madhya 4.137
CC Madhya 4.166
CC Madhya 6.173
CC Madhya 9.296
ye thatCC Madhya 9.296
SB 5.1.31
ye that one whoCC Madhya 1.176
ye that whichCC Madhya 6.174
CC Madhya 6.25
CC Madhya 6.61
SB 3.12.30
SB 3.25.39-40
ye the devotees whoCC Madhya 23.113
ye the one whoCC Madhya 1.176
ye the one who isCC Antya 19.50
ye the person whoCC Antya 17.57
CC Madhya 4.146
ye theyCC Madhya 8.91
SB 1.14.28-29
SB 10.40.9
SB 10.87.28
ye they whoSB 10.90.45
SB 11.1.2
SB 11.2.6
SB 3.33.7
SB 4.13.43
ye they whoSB 4.13.43
SB 4.25.27
SB 4.29.39-40
SB 4.9.12
SB 5.5.2
SB 6.2.3
ye thoseBG 3.32
BG 5.22
CC Adi 17.308
CC Madhya 2.3
CC Madhya 24.240
SB 1.2.25
SB 1.7.50
SB 10.12.29
SB 11.12.8
SB 2.2.17
SB 2.2.37
SB 2.6.20
SB 2.6.43-45
ye thoseSB 2.6.43-45
SB 2.7.41
SB 2.7.46
SB 3.2.20
SB 3.2.24
SB 3.2.8
SB 3.20.10
SB 3.22.37
SB 3.5.45
SB 3.9.15
SB 3.9.7
SB 4.22.9
SB 4.23.27
SB 4.3.18
SB 5.6.4
ye those brāhmaṇas whoSB 10.7.13-15
ye those devoteesSB 3.15.48
ye those devotees of Mine whoSB 9.4.65
ye those devotees whoSB 8.3.20-21
ye those personsSB 3.15.24
SB 3.21.14
ye those persons whoSB 10.26.21
SB 10.8.18
SB 4.30.10
SB 9.8.22
SB 9.9.13
ye those Vaikuṇṭha personsSB 3.15.14
ye those whichSB 10.77.31
SB 3.23.7
SB 7.14.30-33
SB 7.9.49
ye those whoBG 12.1
ye those whoBG 12.1
BG 12.2
BG 12.20
BG 12.3-4
BG 12.6-7
BG 13.35
BG 17.1
BG 17.5-6
BG 3.31
BG 7.14
BG 7.30
BG 9.22
BG 9.23
BG 9.29
BG 9.32
CC Adi 4.178
CC Antya 13.75
ye those whoCC Antya 13.75
CC Madhya 11.28
ye those whoCC Madhya 11.28
CC Madhya 14.13
CC Madhya 20.121
CC Madhya 21.13
CC Madhya 22.112
CC Madhya 22.147
CC Madhya 22.23
CC Madhya 22.82
CC Madhya 24.138
CC Madhya 24.142
CC Madhya 24.166
CC Madhya 24.179
CC Madhya 24.209
CC Madhya 24.213
CC Madhya 24.273
CC Madhya 8.67
Iso 12
Iso 9
ye those whoIso 9
SB 1.19.19
SB 10.14.58
SB 10.27.7
SB 10.31.9
SB 10.32.18
SB 10.39.25
SB 10.60.52
SB 10.68.19
SB 10.70.24
SB 10.87.33
SB 11.10.33
SB 11.11.33
SB 11.17.44
SB 11.21.1
SB 11.23.22
SB 11.30.17
SB 11.5.14
SB 11.5.16
SB 11.5.38-40
SB 11.6.17
SB 12.2.25
SB 2.7.43-45
SB 3.15.23
SB 3.15.6
SB 3.18.5
ye those whoSB 3.18.5
SB 3.20.50
SB 3.25.22
SB 3.25.34
SB 3.25.39-40
SB 3.32.10
SB 3.32.16
SB 3.32.19
SB 3.32.5
SB 3.5.45
SB 3.5.46
SB 3.9.5
SB 4.12.36
ye those whoSB 4.12.36
SB 4.18.19
SB 4.30.1
SB 4.9.12
SB 5.19.25
SB 5.26.11
SB 5.26.24
SB 5.5.21-22
ye those whoSB 5.5.21-22
SB 5.5.3
SB 6.14.3
SB 6.16.40
SB 6.18.74
SB 6.2.9-10
SB 7.12.12
SB 8.1.22
SB 8.20.9
SB 8.4.17-24
SB 8.4.25
SB 9.16.33
SB 9.16.9
ye those who (are)SB 9.18.5
ye those who areSB 10.6.24
SB 11.6.47
ye whatCC Adi 7.122
CC Adi 7.141
CC Antya 10.97
CC Antya 14.103
CC Antya 16.132
CC Antya 18.93
CC Antya 3.114-115
CC Antya 3.69
CC Antya 4.181
CC Antya 5.60
CC Antya 6.5
CC Antya 8.73
CC Madhya 10.7
CC Madhya 18.151
CC Madhya 6.244
ye whateverCC Adi 13.108
CC Adi 13.16
CC Adi 17.152
CC Adi 17.169
CC Adi 17.271
CC Adi 4.126
CC Adi 4.181
CC Adi 4.187
CC Adi 4.255
CC Adi 4.257
CC Adi 4.262
CC Adi 4.274
CC Adi 8.79
CC Antya 1.203
CC Antya 1.204
CC Antya 1.210
CC Antya 1.59
CC Antya 11.37
CC Antya 11.38
CC Antya 11.47
CC Antya 16.98
CC Antya 18.116
CC Antya 2.108
CC Antya 20.101
CC Antya 20.73
CC Antya 3.24
CC Antya 3.269
CC Antya 3.88
CC Antya 4.215
CC Antya 4.96
CC Antya 6.205
CC Madhya 1.11-12
CC Madhya 1.15
CC Madhya 10.73
CC Madhya 11.22
CC Madhya 11.25
CC Madhya 13.155
CC Madhya 13.158
CC Madhya 14.219
CC Madhya 16.67
CC Madhya 21.20
CC Madhya 21.82
CC Madhya 23.123
CC Madhya 24.328
CC Madhya 25.111
CC Madhya 25.124
CC Madhya 25.17
CC Madhya 3.165
CC Madhya 3.82
CC Madhya 3.91
CC Madhya 4.68
CC Madhya 5.151
CC Madhya 6.135
CC Madhya 7.34
CC Madhya 7.40
CC Madhya 9.275
ye whatever they areSB 1.2.19
ye whichCC Adi 13.17
CC Adi 13.89
CC Adi 17.292
CC Adi 2.15
CC Adi 2.18
CC Adi 2.69
CC Adi 4.123
CC Adi 4.197
CC Adi 5.42
CC Adi 7.125
CC Adi 7.97
CC Antya 1.116
CC Antya 1.118
CC Antya 1.77
CC Antya 1.98
CC Antya 10.17
CC Antya 15.32
CC Antya 16.144
CC Antya 16.97
CC Antya 17.47
CC Antya 18.116
CC Antya 18.16-17
CC Antya 20.45
CC Antya 3.188
CC Antya 4.202
CC Antya 4.210
CC Antya 5.24
CC Antya 7.52
CC Antya 9.20
CC Madhya 15.172
CC Madhya 16.185
CC Madhya 18.56
CC Madhya 2.31
CC Madhya 20.271
CC Madhya 21.111
CC Madhya 22.6
CC Madhya 23.78
CC Madhya 23.79-81
CC Madhya 24.70
CC Madhya 24.9
CC Madhya 6.107
CC Madhya 6.12
CC Madhya 8.208
CC Madhya 9.145
CC Madhya 9.351
SB 10.24.25
SB 10.27.5
SB 10.40.2
SB 10.60.53
SB 10.86.56
SB 11.2.34
SB 11.23.16
SB 12.12.9
SB 12.7.16
SB 2.2.32
SB 3.20.48
SB 3.7.26
SB 4.20.23
SB 4.30.47
SB 5.5.1
SB 6.1.7
SB 6.8.27-28
SB 7.6.25
ye which desiresSB 3.21.14
ye which othersSB 10.6.24
ye which personalitiesSB 9.9.46
ye which personsSB 3.16.10
SB 3.16.11
SB 8.14.1
ye which thingsSB 10.14.52
ye which two partsSB 9.22.8
ye whoBG 1.23
BG 1.7
BG 11.32
BG 3.13
CC Adi 1.85-86
CC Adi 10.25
CC Adi 13.123
CC Adi 2.36
CC Adi 2.50
CC Adi 5.170
CC Antya 1.200
CC Antya 16.27
CC Antya 4.46
ye whoCC Antya 4.46
CC Antya 9.75
CC Madhya 11.192
CC Madhya 12.30
CC Madhya 13.153
CC Madhya 19.72
CC Madhya 8.199
Iso 10
Iso 12
Iso 13
MM 48
SB 1.19.20
SB 10.14.24
SB 10.14.3
SB 10.14.4
SB 10.15.36
SB 10.21.14
SB 10.23.40
SB 10.25.3
SB 10.27.20
SB 10.30.9
SB 10.32.17
SB 10.35.20-21
SB 10.36.34
SB 10.43.30
SB 10.44.7
SB 10.6.24
SB 10.60.36
SB 10.60.53
SB 10.64.36
SB 10.68.27
SB 10.68.3
SB 10.72.4
SB 10.72.46
SB 10.72.5
SB 10.74.2
SB 10.75.1-2
SB 10.75.25-26
SB 10.75.4-7
SB 10.80.33
SB 10.82.23-26
SB 10.83.3
SB 10.87.16
SB 10.87.18
SB 10.87.25
SB 10.87.27
SB 10.87.35
SB 10.88.1
SB 10.89.45
SB 10.90.43
SB 11.17.13
SB 11.27.1
SB 11.28.29
SB 11.5.16
SB 12.1.10
SB 12.10.24
SB 12.2.25
SB 12.3.2
SB 12.3.9-13
SB 12.8.12
SB 3.14.21
SB 3.15.29
SB 3.16.25
SB 4.13.28
SB 4.19.40
SB 4.2.20
SB 4.2.24
SB 4.2.28
ye whoSB 4.2.28
SB 4.21.21
SB 4.3.24
SB 4.30.41
SB 4.4.16
SB 4.6.41
SB 4.6.7
SB 4.7.4
SB 4.9.9
SB 5.21.8-9
SB 5.24.30
SB 6.11.17
SB 6.15.5
SB 6.16.38
SB 6.17.12
SB 6.2.30
SB 6.3.14-15
SB 6.3.27
SB 6.6.27
SB 6.9.21
SB 7.5.31
SB 7.8.7
SB 8.18.21
SB 8.7.46
ye who (the gopīs, or anyone)SB 10.46.4
ye who areCC Adi 1.37
SB 10.2.28
SB 11.30.38
ye who isCC Adi 7.15
ye who wereSB 8.6.31
ye whoeverCC Adi 4.177
CC Adi 5.209
ye ācaraṇa the behaviorCC Madhya 17.185
ye ācaraṇa the behaviorCC Madhya 17.185
ye āchila whatever there wereCC Madhya 15.10
ye āchila whatever there wereCC Madhya 15.10
ye āchila mane whatever there was in mindCC Madhya 3.107
ye āchila mane whatever there was in mindCC Madhya 3.107
ye āchila mane whatever there was in mindCC Madhya 3.107
ye āise whatever he getsCC Madhya 15.94
ye āise whatever he getsCC Madhya 15.94
ye ājñā whatever orderCC Madhya 7.34
ye ājñā whatever orderCC Madhya 7.34
ye anye anyone, or all othersSB 10.2.32
ye anye anyone, or all othersSB 10.2.32
ye anye as well as othersSB 10.5.14
ye anye as well as othersSB 10.5.14
ye balāya whatever she speaksCC Adi 16.94
ye balāya whatever she speaksCC Adi 16.94
ye bhāva-bhūṣāya with these ecstatic ornamentsCC Madhya 14.170
ye bhāva-bhūṣāya with these ecstatic ornamentsCC Madhya 14.170
ye bhāva-bhūṣāya with these ecstatic ornamentsCC Madhya 14.170
ye cāha whatever You wantCC Madhya 11.178
ye cāha whatever You wantCC Madhya 11.178
ye cāhiye whatever I wantCC Antya 2.57
ye cāhiye whatever I wantCC Antya 2.57
ye cāhiye whatever you wantCC Madhya 11.69
ye cāhiye whatever you wantCC Madhya 11.69
ye daṇḍa the punishmentCC Adi 12.41
ye daṇḍa the punishmentCC Adi 12.41
CC Adi 12.42
ye daṇḍa the punishmentCC Adi 12.42
ye daśā which conditionCC Antya 14.12
ye daśā which conditionCC Antya 14.12
ye dekhe anyone who seesCC Madhya 17.118
ye dekhe anyone who seesCC Madhya 17.118
ye deśa-grāme in which country or villageCC Antya 3.164
ye deśa-grāme in which country or villageCC Antya 3.164
ye deśa-grāme in which country or villageCC Antya 3.164
ye dina every dayCC Madhya 15.94
ye dina every dayCC Madhya 15.94
ye dina on which dayCC Madhya 17.64
ye dina on which dayCC Madhya 17.64
ye divasa the day whenCC Madhya 25.18
ye divasa the day whenCC Madhya 25.18
ye diyāchi whatever I have givenCC Madhya 3.91
ye diyāchi whatever I have givenCC Madhya 3.91
ye gaṇi they countCC Adi 5.110
ye gaṇi they countCC Adi 5.110
ye gopī any gopī whoCC Antya 20.56
ye gopī any gopī whoCC Antya 20.56
ye govinda this Lord GovindaCC Adi 5.227
ye govinda this Lord GovindaCC Adi 5.227
ye ha-uk whatever may beCC Madhya 5.40
ye ha-uk whatever may beCC Madhya 5.40
ye ha-uk whatever may beCC Madhya 5.40
ye hao whatever You areCC Adi 17.114
ye hao whatever You areCC Adi 17.114
ye icchā whatever desireCC Madhya 3.172
ye icchā whatever desireCC Madhya 3.172
ye jāne anyone who knowsCC Adi 5.128
ye jāne anyone who knowsCC Adi 5.128
ye jāniluń whatever I knowCC Antya 10.145
ye jāniluń whatever I knowCC Antya 10.145
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
ye kahe if anyone saysCC Madhya 21.25
ye kahe if anyone saysCC Madhya 21.25
ye kahe whoever saysCC Antya 3.87
ye kahe whoever saysCC Antya 3.87
ye kahilā whatever She saidCC Antya 19.90
ye kahilā whatever She saidCC Antya 19.90
ye kahilā whatever was explainedCC Madhya 25.95
ye kahilā whatever was explainedCC Madhya 25.95
ye kahile what You have saidCC Adi 16.49
ye kahile what You have saidCC Adi 16.49
ye kāle at that time whenCC Madhya 2.53
ye kāle at that time whenCC Madhya 2.53
ye kāle at the timeCC Madhya 2.37
ye kāle at the timeCC Madhya 2.37
ye kāle at those timesCC Madhya 1.53
ye kāle at those timesCC Madhya 1.53
ye kāle wheneverCC Madhya 3.166
ye kāle wheneverCC Madhya 3.166
ye karāha whatever You cause to doCC Madhya 24.327
ye karāha whatever You cause to doCC Madhya 24.327
ye karibena whatever he would doCC Antya 4.207
ye karibena whatever he would doCC Antya 4.207
ye karila whatever I have doneCC Madhya 25.75
ye karila whatever I have doneCC Madhya 25.75
ye kārya whatever businessCC Antya 4.95
ye kārya whatever businessCC Antya 4.95
ye ke whoever elseSB 5.26.17
ye ke whoever elseSB 5.26.17
ye kecit whosoeverSB 5.26.37
ye kecit whosoeverSB 5.26.37
ye keha some whoCC Antya 2.12
ye keha some whoCC Antya 2.12
ye khāibe He who will eatCC Antya 12.134
ye khāibe He who will eatCC Antya 12.134
ye khāila whatever money he tookCC Antya 9.122
ye khāila whatever money he tookCC Antya 9.122
ye khaṇḍila the person who has vanquishedCC Madhya 20.93
ye khaṇḍila the person who has vanquishedCC Madhya 20.93
ye kichu whateverCC Adi 16.109
ye kichu whateverCC Adi 16.109
CC Antya 20.76
ye kichu whateverCC Antya 20.76
CC Madhya 1.9
ye kichu whateverCC Madhya 1.9
CC Madhya 19.21
ye kichu whateverCC Madhya 19.21
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
ye kichu likhibe whatever you writeCC Antya 7.134
ye kichu likhibe whatever you writeCC Antya 7.134
ye kichu likhibe whatever you writeCC Antya 7.134
ye kichu rahila whatever remainedCC Antya 8.59
ye kichu rahila whatever remainedCC Antya 8.59
ye kichu rahila whatever remainedCC Antya 8.59
ye kichu varṇiluń whatever I have describedCC Antya 20.84
ye kichu varṇiluń whatever I have describedCC Antya 20.84
ye kichu varṇiluń whatever I have describedCC Antya 20.84
ye kukkura even a dogCC Madhya 15.284
ye kukkura even a dogCC Madhya 15.284
ye lāgi for the matter of whichCC Adi 4.236
ye lāgi for the matter of whichCC Adi 4.236
ye lāgi' for the matter of whichCC Madhya 8.117
ye lāgi' for the matter of whichCC Madhya 8.117
ye lāgi' for what purposeCC Antya 5.55
ye lāgi' for what purposeCC Antya 5.55
ye madana that CupidCC Madhya 2.22
ye madana that CupidCC Madhya 2.22
ye mādhurīra that sweetnessCC Madhya 21.115
ye mādhurīra that sweetnessCC Madhya 21.115
ye māgila whatever he wantedCC Antya 2.58
ye māgila whatever he wantedCC Antya 2.58
ye nā māne one who does not acceptCC Adi 6.85
ye nā māne one who does not acceptCC Adi 6.85
ye nā māne one who does not acceptCC Adi 6.85
ye nārīre the woman whomCC Antya 20.53
ye nārīre the woman whomCC Antya 20.53
ye paḍe anyone who recitesCC Antya 5.49-50
ye paḍe anyone who recitesCC Antya 5.49-50
ye paḍila as he recitedCC Madhya 14.10
ye paḍila as he recitedCC Madhya 14.10
ye pāñācha whatever You haveCC Madhya 3.87
ye pāñācha whatever You haveCC Madhya 3.87
ye paṇḍita śune any learned person who hearsCC Madhya 25.27
ye paṇḍita śune any learned person who hearsCC Madhya 25.27
ye paṇḍita śune any learned person who hearsCC Madhya 25.27
ye pāya anyone who getsCC Antya 7.8
ye pāya anyone who getsCC Antya 7.8
ye prajeśāḥ those who would generateSB 2.7.39
ye prajeśāḥ those who would generateSB 2.7.39
ye prakāre in what wayCC Adi 4.265
ye prakāre in what wayCC Adi 4.265
ye puruṣa that personality whoCC Adi 6.8
ye puruṣa that personality whoCC Adi 6.8
ye rūpera of which formCC Madhya 21.102
ye rūpera of which formCC Madhya 21.102
ye se whateverCC Adi 14.86
ye se whateverCC Adi 14.86
ye śune anyone who hearsCC Antya 5.49-50
ye śune anyone who hearsCC Antya 5.49-50
ye te all the inhabitants of VrajabhūmiSB 10.12.15
ye te all the inhabitants of VrajabhūmiSB 10.12.15
ye tomāra whatever YourCC Madhya 12.74
ye tomāra whatever YourCC Madhya 12.74
ye tomāra icchā whatever you likeCC Madhya 18.154
ye tomāra icchā whatever you likeCC Madhya 18.154
ye tomāra icchā whatever you likeCC Madhya 18.154
ye tomāra mana as You likeCC Madhya 12.76
ye tomāra mana as You likeCC Madhya 12.76
ye tomāra mana as You likeCC Madhya 12.76
ye upāye by whatever meansCC Antya 9.29
ye upāye by whatever meansCC Antya 9.29
ye vaṃśera which familyCC Antya 4.44
ye vaṃśera which familyCC Antya 4.44
ye vasiyā sittingCC Antya 12.72
ye vasiyā sittingCC Antya 12.72
ye vyākhyā which explanationCC Adi 16.90
ye vyākhyā which explanationCC Adi 16.90
ye ye all thoseCC Adi 10.123
ye ye all thoseCC Adi 10.123
CC Adi 13.53
ye ye all thoseCC Adi 13.53
ye ye anyone whoCC Adi 12.73
ye ye anyone whoCC Adi 12.73
ye ye persons whoCC Adi 9.53
ye ye persons whoCC Adi 9.53
ye ye whateverCC Adi 4.19
ye ye whateverCC Adi 4.19
CC Adi 4.28
ye ye whateverCC Adi 4.28
CC Antya 18.11
ye ye whateverCC Antya 18.11
CC Madhya 1.89
ye ye whateverCC Madhya 1.89
CC Madhya 16.83
ye ye whateverCC Madhya 16.83
CC Madhya 6.179
ye ye whateverCC Madhya 6.179
CC Madhya 7.29
ye ye whateverCC Madhya 7.29
SB 12.2.44
ye ye whateverSB 12.2.44
ye ye who and whoCC Adi 9.54
ye ye who and whoCC Adi 9.54
ye ye sthāna which different placesCC Adi 13.49
ye ye sthāna which different placesCC Adi 13.49
ye ye sthāna which different placesCC Adi 13.49
ye yei whateverCC Madhya 19.26
ye yei whateverCC Madhya 19.26
ye yei aṃśa any part of thisCC Adi 17.332
ye yei aṃśa any part of thisCC Adi 17.332
ye yei aṃśa any part of thisCC Adi 17.332
ye-dehe by which bodyCC Antya 4.83
ye-dehe by which bodyCC Antya 4.83
ye-dine any dayCC Antya 19.8
ye-dine any dayCC Antya 19.8
ye-grāme in whatever villageCC Madhya 17.58
ye-grāme in whatever villageCC Madhya 17.58
ye-jana that person whoCC Antya 19.44
ye-jana that person whoCC Antya 19.44
ye-kāle at which timeCC Madhya 15.51
ye-kāle at which timeCC Madhya 15.51
ye-kāle whenCC Antya 4.208
ye-kāle whenCC Antya 4.208
ye-kāle dvi-bhuja when the Lord appears as two-handedCC Madhya 20.176
ye-kāle dvi-bhuja when the Lord appears as two-handedCC Madhya 20.176
ye-kāle dvi-bhuja when the Lord appears as two-handedCC Madhya 20.176
ye-kāle dvi-bhuja when the Lord appears as two-handedCC Madhya 20.176
ye-kārye for which businessCC Antya 4.143
ye-kārye for which businessCC Antya 4.143
ye-mate in whatever wayCC Antya 6.33
ye-mate in whatever wayCC Antya 6.33
ye-pathe on which pathCC Antya 4.210
ye-pathe on which pathCC Antya 4.210
ye-rase in a particular mellowCC Madhya 23.46
ye-rase in a particular mellowCC Madhya 23.46
ye-rūpe asCC Madhya 7.112
ye-rūpe asCC Madhya 7.112
ye-rūpe by which processCC Antya 20.20
ye-rūpe by which processCC Antya 20.20
ye-saba allCC Madhya 20.226
ye-saba allCC Madhya 20.226
ye-saba all thatCC Antya 5.75
ye-saba all thatCC Antya 5.75
ye-se śāstra anything written as scriptureCC Antya 5.101
ye-se śāstra anything written as scriptureCC Antya 5.101
ye-se śāstra anything written as scriptureCC Antya 5.101
ye-ye whateverCC Antya 4.212
ye-ye whateverCC Antya 4.212
ye-ye-sthāne in whatever placesCC Antya 4.212
ye-ye-sthāne in whatever placesCC Antya 4.212
ye-ye-sthāne in whatever placesCC Antya 4.212
yebā allCC Antya 17.52
yebā anyone whoCC Adi 8.7
CC Antya 2.95
CC Antya 6.224
CC Madhya 11.242
CC Madhya 22.164
CC Madhya 24.323
CC Madhya 25.8
yebā evenCC Antya 17.47
yebā whateverCC Adi 10.47
CC Adi 5.225
CC Antya 16.132
CC Antya 3.139
yeba whateverCC Antya 6.219
yebā whateverCC Antya 6.313
CC Antya 9.122
CC Antya 9.48
CC Madhya 13.157
CC Madhya 15.202
CC Madhya 21.77
CC Madhya 6.188
CC Madhya 8.192
yebā whichCC Adi 7.109
yebā whoeverCC Adi 13.24
CC Adi 4.161
CC Antya 17.46
CC Madhya 2.87
yebā mane what was in my mindCC Antya 4.137
yebā mane what was in my mindCC Antya 4.137
yebā piye anyone who drinksCC Antya 19.36
yebā piye anyone who drinksCC Antya 19.36
yei anyCC Adi 17.190
yei anyoneCC Adi 11.2
CC Adi 12.71
CC Adi 12.72
CC Adi 5.206
CC Adi 7.114
CC Adi 7.23
CC Adi 7.83
CC Adi 8.22
CC Adi 8.6
CC Adi 9.48
yei anyone whoCC Adi 13.122
CC Adi 17.226
CC Adi 17.307
CC Adi 17.310
CC Adi 17.64
CC Adi 3.64
CC Adi 5.206
CC Antya 10.160
CC Antya 14.122
CC Antya 17.48
CC Antya 20.26
CC Antya 20.65
CC Antya 5.163
CC Antya 5.95
CC Antya 6.227
CC Antya 6.328
CC Antya 7.13
CC Antya 7.168
CC Madhya 10.189
CC Madhya 11.23
CC Madhya 11.234
CC Madhya 13.208
CC Madhya 16.201
CC Madhya 17.109
CC Madhya 17.118
CC Madhya 18.10
CC Madhya 18.121-122
CC Madhya 21.148
CC Madhya 24.109
CC Madhya 25.239
CC Madhya 25.277
CC Madhya 25.49
CC Madhya 25.79
CC Madhya 6.264-265
yei anyone whoCC Madhya 6.264-265
CC Madhya 6.285
CC Madhya 8.128
CC Madhya 8.222
CC Madhya 9.131
yei asCC Antya 18.12
yei He whoCC Adi 3.70
yei oneCC Adi 8.12
yei one whoCC Adi 3.79
CC Antya 16.135
CC Antya 17.43
CC Antya 19.38
CC Antya 2.170
CC Antya 8.37
CC Antya 9.152
CC Antya 9.33
CC Madhya 13.200
CC Madhya 3.218
CC Madhya 8.257
CC Madhya 8.305
yei thatCC Adi 11.16
CC Adi 12.45
CC Adi 4.10
CC Adi 4.110
CC Adi 5.51
CC Antya 12.46-47
CC Antya 5.150
CC Antya 6.105
CC Madhya 2.11
CC Madhya 21.138
yei thatCC Madhya 21.138
CC Madhya 3.3
CC Madhya 4.191
CC Madhya 4.212
CC Madhya 6.278
yei that one whoCC Adi 6.95
yei that person whoCC Adi 4.149
yei that whichCC Adi 2.76
CC Adi 4.9
CC Adi 5.73
CC Antya 20.139
CC Madhya 21.142
CC Madhya 7.109
yei the subject matterCC Adi 7.108
yei thoseCC Madhya 7.124
yei those persons whoCC Madhya 24.286
yei those whoCC Adi 4.21-22
CC Madhya 24.13
yei whatCC Madhya 1.180
CC Madhya 13.130
CC Madhya 16.281
CC Madhya 16.283
yei what isCC Adi 12.10
yei whateverCC Adi 17.301
CC Adi 6.115
CC Adi 8.14
CC Antya 1.12
CC Antya 1.211
CC Antya 10.88
CC Antya 17.5
CC Antya 19.12
CC Antya 19.92
CC Antya 20.67-68
CC Antya 3.221
CC Antya 5.15
CC Antya 7.101
CC Antya 7.114
CC Antya 8.95
CC Madhya 1.179
CC Madhya 1.51
CC Madhya 10.37
CC Madhya 10.56
CC Madhya 10.57
CC Madhya 11.177
CC Madhya 12.168
CC Madhya 12.35
CC Madhya 12.75
CC Madhya 13.167
CC Madhya 15.166
CC Madhya 17.57
CC Madhya 2.85
CC Madhya 2.92
CC Madhya 20.343
CC Madhya 24.247
CC Madhya 24.65
CC Madhya 25.29
CC Madhya 25.94
CC Madhya 25.99
CC Madhya 3.148
CC Madhya 3.185
CC Madhya 6.122
CC Madhya 6.127
CC Madhya 6.133
CC Madhya 6.137
CC Madhya 6.141
CC Madhya 7.31
CC Madhya 8.121
CC Madhya 8.132
CC Madhya 8.198
CC Madhya 9.158
CC Madhya 9.274
CC Madhya 9.324
yei whereverCC Madhya 16.46
yei whichCC Adi 12.75
CC Adi 4.19
CC Adi 5.81
CC Antya 12.100
CC Antya 2.31
CC Antya 3.194
CC Antya 4.209
CC Antya 4.210
CC Antya 5.45-46
CC Antya 6.318
CC Antya 8.77
CC Madhya 1.11-12
CC Madhya 1.16
CC Madhya 18.42
CC Madhya 2.33
CC Madhya 23.120
CC Madhya 24.147
CC Madhya 25.139
CC Madhya 5.160
CC Madhya 5.21
CC Madhya 6.153
CC Madhya 7.137
CC Madhya 7.153
CC Madhya 8.250
CC Madhya 9.8
yei whicheverCC Adi 13.103
yei whoCC Adi 17.215
CC Adi 17.314
CC Adi 2.26
CC Adi 2.48
CC Adi 2.85
CC Adi 3.42
CC Adi 4.154
CC Antya 10.161
CC Madhya 16.150
CC Madhya 6.264-265
CC Madhya 8.221
CC Madhya 9.360
yei whoeverCC Antya 14.88
CC Antya 18.23
CC Antya 6.187
yei artha which meaningCC Antya 17.50
yei artha which meaningCC Antya 17.50
yei bhaje anyone who takes to devotional serviceCC Antya 4.67
yei bhaje anyone who takes to devotional serviceCC Antya 4.67
yei bhāla whatever is bestCC Antya 9.29
yei bhāla whatever is bestCC Antya 9.29
yei bhāve by which symptomsCC Madhya 14.183
yei bhāve by which symptomsCC Madhya 14.183
yei bole whatever He saysCC Antya 19.65
yei bole whatever He saysCC Antya 19.65
yei cāha whatever you wantCC Madhya 24.245
yei cāha whatever you wantCC Madhya 24.245
yei dekhe anyone who sawCC Antya 9.7
yei dekhe anyone who sawCC Antya 9.7
yei dekhe anyone who seesCC Madhya 15.297
yei dekhe anyone who seesCC Madhya 15.297
yei dui both of themCC Adi 12.82
yei dui both of themCC Adi 12.82
yei grāma which villagesCC Madhya 17.47
yei grāma which villagesCC Madhya 17.47
yei grāme in any villageCC Madhya 7.131-132
yei grāme in any villageCC Madhya 7.131-132
yei grāme in whatever villageCC Madhya 7.106
yei grāme in whatever villageCC Madhya 7.106
yei grāme to whichever villageCC Madhya 7.120
yei grāme to whichever villageCC Madhya 7.120
yei guṇera by those qualitiesCC Madhya 23.86
yei guṇera by those qualitiesCC Madhya 23.86
yei icchā whatever You desireCC Madhya 17.8
yei icchā whatever You desireCC Madhya 17.8
yei jana any person whoCC Antya 12.154
yei jana any person whoCC Antya 12.154
CC Madhya 16.149
yei jana any person whoCC Madhya 16.149
yei jana anyone whoCC Antya 6.136
yei jana anyone whoCC Antya 6.136
CC Antya 7.115
yei jana anyone whoCC Antya 7.115
CC Madhya 22.168
yei jana anyone whoCC Madhya 22.168
CC Madhya 23.126
yei jana anyone whoCC Madhya 23.126
yei jana that person whoCC Adi 3.105-106
yei jana that person whoCC Adi 3.105-106
CC Madhya 1.65
yei jana that person whoCC Madhya 1.65
yei jana which personCC Antya 18.19
yei jana which personCC Antya 18.19
CC Madhya 9.364
yei jana which personCC Madhya 9.364
yei jana whoeverCC Madhya 15.301
yei jana whoeverCC Madhya 15.301
yei jana śune anyone who hearsCC Antya 20.151
yei jana śune anyone who hearsCC Antya 20.151
yei jana śune anyone who hearsCC Antya 20.151
yei jane any person whoCC Madhya 19.256
yei jane any person whoCC Madhya 19.256
yei jane the person whoCC Madhya 12.194
yei jane the person whoCC Madhya 12.194
yei kaha what You sayCC Madhya 18.199
yei kaha what You sayCC Madhya 18.199
yei kaha whatever you are sayingCC Madhya 24.240
yei kaha whatever you are sayingCC Madhya 24.240
yei kaha whatever you sayCC Madhya 10.172
yei kaha whatever you sayCC Madhya 10.172
CC Madhya 24.256
yei kaha whatever you sayCC Madhya 24.256
yei kahe whatever He has saidCC Madhya 25.45
yei kahe whatever He has saidCC Madhya 25.45
yei kahe whatever He saysCC Antya 7.158
yei kahe whatever He saysCC Antya 7.158
yei kahe whatever he saysCC Madhya 7.21
yei kahe whatever he saysCC Madhya 7.21
yei kahe whatever they sayCC Madhya 25.56
yei kahe whatever they sayCC Madhya 25.56
yei kare whatever He doesCC Antya 19.65
yei kare whatever He doesCC Antya 19.65
yei khābe whoever shall eatCC Madhya 15.232
yei khābe whoever shall eatCC Madhya 15.232
yei kuṇḍe in which lakeCC Madhya 18.9
yei kuṇḍe in which lakeCC Madhya 18.9
yei lāge they applyCC Madhya 24.293
yei lāge they applyCC Madhya 24.293
yei līlā all the pastimesCC Madhya 1.20
yei līlā all the pastimesCC Madhya 1.20
yei līlā whatever pastimes (were performed)CC Madhya 1.17
yei līlā whatever pastimes (were performed)CC Madhya 1.17
yei mūḍha any foolish person whoCC Madhya 18.115
yei mūḍha any foolish person whoCC Madhya 18.115
yei mūrti which form of the LordCC Madhya 20.263
yei mūrti which form of the LordCC Madhya 20.263
yei pābe anyone who smellsCC Antya 12.114
yei pābe anyone who smellsCC Antya 12.114
yei pathe the path by whichCC Madhya 9.336
yei pathe the path by whichCC Madhya 9.336
yei rame anyone who endeavorsCC Madhya 24.174
yei rame anyone who endeavorsCC Madhya 24.174
yei rame one who is satisfied by speculationCC Madhya 24.165
yei rame one who is satisfied by speculationCC Madhya 24.165
yei rame one who takes pleasureCC Madhya 24.200
yei rame one who takes pleasureCC Madhya 24.200
yei rāndhe whatever he cookedCC Antya 13.107
yei rāndhe whatever he cookedCC Antya 13.107
yei rasa whatever the mellow of exchanges of loveCC Madhya 8.83
yei rasa whatever the mellow of exchanges of loveCC Madhya 8.83
yei seve who servesCC Antya 5.49-50
yei seve who servesCC Antya 5.49-50
yei śune anyone who hearsCC Antya 1.222
yei śune anyone who hearsCC Antya 1.222
CC Antya 17.66
yei śune anyone who hearsCC Antya 17.66
CC Antya 18.120
yei śune anyone who hearsCC Antya 18.120
CC Madhya 20.405
yei śune anyone who hearsCC Madhya 20.405
yei śune whoever hearsCC Antya 2.83
yei śune whoever hearsCC Antya 2.83
yei sūtra-kartā the person who has made the Vedānta-sūtraCC Madhya 25.93
yei sūtra-kartā the person who has made the Vedānta-sūtraCC Madhya 25.93
yei sūtra-kartā the person who has made the Vedānta-sūtraCC Madhya 25.93
yei sūtre in the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtraCC Madhya 25.99
yei sūtre in the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtraCC Madhya 25.99
yei tarka kare one who simply arguesCC Madhya 18.227
yei tarka kare one who simply arguesCC Madhya 18.227
yei tarka kare one who simply arguesCC Madhya 18.227
yei ṭhāñi whereverCC Antya 16.31
yei ṭhāñi whereverCC Antya 16.31
yei tina those threeCC Madhya 2.80
yei tina those threeCC Madhya 2.80
yei tomāra mane whatever you likeCC Madhya 24.244
yei tomāra mane whatever you likeCC Madhya 24.244
yei tomāra mane whatever you likeCC Madhya 24.244
yei uṭhe whatever arisesCC Madhya 8.133
yei uṭhe whatever arisesCC Madhya 8.133
yei vāsāya at which placeCC Madhya 10.35
yei vāsāya at which placeCC Madhya 10.35
yei ye māgaye if anyone asks anything from the treeCC Antya 20.24
yei ye māgaye if anyone asks anything from the treeCC Antya 20.24
yei ye māgaye if anyone asks anything from the treeCC Antya 20.24
yei yei anyone whoCC Madhya 18.219
yei yei anyone whoCC Madhya 18.219
yei yei whateverCC Adi 5.132
yei yei whateverCC Adi 5.132
CC Antya 14.82
yei yei whateverCC Antya 14.82
CC Antya 20.67-68
yei yei whateverCC Antya 20.67-68
yei yei whoeverCC Madhya 3.12
yei yei whoeverCC Madhya 3.12
yei yei kahe anyone who was speakingCC Madhya 12.113
yei yei kahe anyone who was speakingCC Madhya 12.113
yei yei kahe anyone who was speakingCC Madhya 12.113
yei yei kahila whatever he spokeCC Madhya 18.188
yei yei kahila whatever he spokeCC Madhya 18.188
yei yei kahila whatever he spokeCC Madhya 18.188
yemana asCC Antya 12.27
yemana as in the mannerCC Adi 2.112
yemana suchCC Madhya 7.67
yemate asCC Madhya 16.207
yena asCC Adi 17.28
CC Adi 4.7
CC Adi 5.135
CC Adi 8.64
CC Antya 11.96
CC Antya 12.85
CC Antya 15.6
CC Antya 19.34
CC Antya 19.69
CC Antya 20.23
CC Antya 3.80
CC Antya 3.81
CC Antya 3.83
CC Antya 4.85
CC Antya 6.104
CC Antya 7.102
CC Antya 7.124
CC Antya 7.128
CC Antya 7.147
CC Antya 8.93
CC Antya 9.131
CC Madhya 11.233
CC Madhya 12.133
CC Madhya 14.107
CC Madhya 17.153
CC Madhya 19.233
CC Madhya 20.118
CC Madhya 20.261
CC Madhya 20.309
CC Madhya 20.387
CC Madhya 8.264
yena as ifCC Adi 13.83
CC Adi 9.25
CC Antya 10.74
yena as ifCC Antya 10.74
CC Antya 14.38
CC Antya 14.94
CC Antya 14.95
CC Antya 16.128
CC Antya 16.148
CC Antya 16.79
CC Antya 17.17
CC Antya 17.59
CC Antya 18.19
CC Antya 18.27
CC Antya 19.95
CC Antya 2.153-154
CC Antya 3.35
CC Antya 4.74
CC Antya 5.138
CC Antya 6.129
CC Antya 6.44
CC Antya 7.8
CC Antya 8.101
CC Antya 8.97
CC Madhya 10.122
CC Madhya 10.155
CC Madhya 12.105
CC Madhya 12.106
CC Madhya 12.115
CC Madhya 12.134
CC Madhya 12.139
CC Madhya 12.196
CC Madhya 12.56
CC Madhya 12.67
CC Madhya 13.102
CC Madhya 13.106
CC Madhya 13.109
CC Madhya 13.173
CC Madhya 13.194
CC Madhya 13.8
CC Madhya 14.133
CC Madhya 14.199
CC Madhya 15.119
CC Madhya 15.176
CC Madhya 17.201
CC Madhya 17.202
CC Madhya 17.206
CC Madhya 18.11
yena as ifCC Madhya 18.11
CC Madhya 18.178
CC Madhya 23.49
CC Madhya 25.225
yena as ifCC Madhya 25.225
CC Madhya 3.166
CC Madhya 3.183
CC Madhya 3.94
CC Madhya 4.86
CC Madhya 5.135
CC Madhya 5.52
CC Madhya 9.254
CC Madhya 9.297
yena as it wereCC Adi 4.77
yena becauseSB 11.8.30
SB 4.14.46
yena by all thisSB 4.22.33
yena by means of whichSB 11.23.25
yena by someoneSB 11.11.15
yena by somethingSB 7.9.20
yena by such activitiesSB 10.2.34
yena by such an incarnationSB 8.12.13
yena by such knowledgeSB 8.24.51
yena by that loveCC Adi 1.6
CC Adi 4.230
yena by the agencySB 1.5.33
yena by the bestowerSB 4.6.50
yena by the chanting of whichSB 6.3.23
yena by the same thunderboltSB 8.11.34
yena by whichBG 10.10
BG 18.20
BG 3.2
BG 4.35
CC Adi 1.49
CC Adi 4.202
CC Madhya 18.38
CC Madhya 19.174
CC Madhya 24.125
CC Madhya 24.173
CC Madhya 24.192
CC Madhya 6.181
SB 1.1.11
SB 1.15.35
SB 1.16.24
SB 1.16.25
SB 1.18.16
SB 1.2.5
SB 1.5.31
yena by whichSB 1.5.31
SB 1.5.40
SB 1.5.8
SB 10.10.1
SB 10.14.30
SB 10.2.35
SB 10.24.18
SB 10.3.26
SB 10.46.46
SB 10.54.22
SB 10.72.7
SB 10.73.15
SB 10.79.31
SB 10.8.5
SB 10.83.15-16
SB 10.85.4
SB 11.12.16
SB 11.13.15
SB 11.21.13
SB 11.26.9
SB 11.28.20
SB 11.3.35
SB 11.3.41
SB 11.9.20
SB 12.11.2-3
SB 12.6.40-41
SB 2.8.14
SB 3.12.36
SB 3.20.41
SB 3.23.11
SB 3.25.7
SB 3.28.1
SB 3.29.1-2
SB 3.29.14
SB 3.29.3
SB 3.32.31
SB 3.33.11
SB 3.5.4
SB 3.5.9
SB 3.6.16
SB 3.6.17
SB 3.6.19
SB 3.6.20
SB 3.6.24
SB 3.6.25
SB 3.6.26
SB 3.7.35
SB 4.10.6
SB 4.11.32
SB 4.11.7
SB 4.18.9-10
SB 4.23.11
SB 4.23.12
SB 4.25.5
SB 4.29.21
SB 4.29.58
SB 4.29.60
SB 4.29.62
SB 4.31.7
SB 4.31.9
SB 4.9.11
SB 5.19.15
SB 5.2.11
SB 5.5.1
SB 5.5.5
SB 6.11.6
SB 6.13.3
SB 6.18.26
SB 6.19.1
SB 6.2.26
SB 6.2.32
SB 6.7.36
SB 6.8.1-2
SB 6.8.35
SB 6.9.54
SB 7.1.48
SB 7.10.45
SB 7.11.8-12
SB 7.14.1
SB 7.15.74
SB 7.3.33
SB 7.3.34
SB 7.8.15
SB 7.8.43
SB 8.11.35
SB 8.19.36
SB 9.10.27
SB 9.15.16
SB 9.21.12
yena by which (annihilation)SB 12.8.2-5
yena by which (as a result of the yajña)SB 9.23.6
yena by which (code)SB 10.54.40
yena by which (devotional service)SB 11.14.2
yena by which (lust)SB 12.3.2
yena by which (mind)SB 10.47.32
yena by which (religious principle)SB 7.11.7
yena by which (spiritual consciousness)SB 9.4.17
yena by which (the glory of the Lord)SB 7.9.12
yena by which detachmentSB 11.8.38
yena by which knowledgeSB 11.19.14
yena by which meansSB 7.15.66
yena by which modeSB 11.25.1
yena by which personSB 6.1.45
SB 7.8.47
yena by which processSB 4.30.29
SB 8.16.61
yena by which pseudo religious systemSB 5.6.10
yena by which soundSB 7.8.16
yena by which wayCC Madhya 17.186
CC Madhya 25.57
yena by whomBG 18.46
BG 2.17
BG 6.6
BG 8.22
Bs 5.43
CC Madhya 13.1
CC Madhya 21.49
CC Madhya 22.1
SB 1.15.5
SB 10.43.30
SB 10.43.39
SB 10.46.26
SB 10.46.48
SB 10.59.1
SB 10.60.17
SB 10.71.44-45
SB 10.8.41
SB 11.19.15
SB 11.23.28
SB 11.25.32
SB 11.28.35
SB 12.10.16
SB 12.13.19
SB 2.4.22
SB 2.5.11
SB 2.7.9
SB 2.8.9
SB 3.1.41
SB 3.26.3
SB 3.31.11
SB 3.31.12
SB 4.13.3
SB 4.17.30
SB 4.25.34
SB 4.7.37
SB 5.1.40
SB 5.24.16
SB 5.24.27
SB 5.4.9
SB 5.5.24
SB 6.18.37
SB 6.4.49-50
SB 6.6.16
SB 6.9.18
SB 6.9.44
SB 7.2.33
SB 7.7.25
SB 7.8.46
SB 7.8.50
SB 7.8.7
SB 8.1.30
SB 8.12.45
SB 8.13.20
SB 8.14.1
SB 8.3.3
SB 8.5.10
SB 8.5.5
SB 9.14.14
SB 9.20.21
SB 9.22.20
SB 9.6.21
yena by whom (Bali)SB 10.62.2
yena by whom (everything is enacted)SB 6.4.30
yena by whom (Hiraṇyakaśipu)SB 7.8.49
yena by whom (Janaka)SB 9.13.13
yena by whom (Kārtavīryārjuna)SB 9.15.22
yena by whom (Lord Kṛṣṇa)SB 10.68.35
yena by whom (Lord Rāmacandra)SB 9.10.5
yena by whom (Nārāyaṇa)SB 6.1.41
yena by whom (Śiva)SB 4.2.10
yena by whom (the Lord)SB 3.31.18
SB 6.9.24
yena by whom (the personality of Godhead)SB 8.1.9
yena by whom (the Supreme Brahman)SB 6.16.55
yena by whom (through whose mercy)SB 6.9.25
yena by whom, ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.6.15
yena exactly likeCC Antya 1.173
CC Madhya 2.48
yena if possibleCC Madhya 8.50
yena is likeCC Adi 7.116
yena just asCC Adi 3.86
CC Antya 19.108
CC Madhya 22.43
CC Madhya 8.87
yena just likeCC Antya 19.39
CC Antya 20.41
CC Antya 20.81
CC Madhya 2.4
yena likeCC Adi 11.30
CC Adi 13.104
CC Adi 16.100
CC Adi 2.25
CC Adi 4.209
CC Adi 5.190
CC Adi 5.34
CC Adi 5.70
CC Adi 8.78
CC Adi 8.79
CC Antya 1.97
CC Antya 10.72
CC Antya 14.91
CC Antya 18.30
CC Antya 19.40
CC Antya 20.62
CC Antya 5.73
CC Antya 6.309
CC Madhya 13.25
CC Madhya 19.217
CC Madhya 2.24
CC Madhya 2.34
CC Madhya 2.43
CC Madhya 20.383
CC Madhya 21.69
CC Madhya 6.105
CC Madhya 8.108
CC Madhya 8.122
yena mustCC Antya 12.53
yena pulled by such timeSB 1.13.20
yena soCC Antya 12.109
CC Antya 13.40
CC Antya 4.88
yena so thatCC Adi 17.220
CC Adi 4.33
CC Antya 1.199
CC Antya 12.117
CC Antya 14.4
CC Antya 19.46
CC Antya 3.107
CC Antya 9.119
CC Madhya 12.117
CC Madhya 17.6
CC Madhya 3.178
CC Madhya 5.81
CC Madhya 7.69
yena thatCC Antya 10.108
CC Antya 16.43
CC Antya 6.165
yena thereCC Madhya 3.21
yena whichSB 11.6.2-4
SB 5.5.27
yena whom (Kṛṣṇa)SB 10.19.16
yena whom (my husband)SB 9.9.32
yena whom (the Supersoul)SB 3.26.71
yena with which (eyes)SB 10.39.21
yena with whomSB 4.28.52
yena kena vā somehow or otherSB 4.31.19
yena kena vā somehow or otherSB 4.31.19
yena kena vā somehow or otherSB 4.31.19
yena kena-api by anythingCC Antya 10.1
yena kena-api by anythingCC Antya 10.1
yena kena-api by anythingCC Antya 10.1
yena kenacit by whatever comesCC Madhya 23.111-112
yena kenacit by whatever comesCC Madhya 23.111-112
yena kenacit with anythingBG 12.18-19
yena kenacit with anythingBG 12.18-19
SB 11.3.25
yena kenacit with anythingSB 11.3.25
yena kenacit with whateverSB 10.52.31
yena kenacit with whateverSB 10.52.31
yena mari let me dieCC Madhya 16.114-115
yena mari let me dieCC Madhya 16.114-115
yena vṛndāvana exactly resembling VṛndāvanaCC Antya 19.80
yena vṛndāvana exactly resembling VṛndāvanaCC Antya 19.80
yena yama daṇḍa-dhara exactly like the superintendent of death, YamarājaCC Madhya 24.235
yena yama daṇḍa-dhara exactly like the superintendent of death, YamarājaCC Madhya 24.235
yena yama daṇḍa-dhara exactly like the superintendent of death, YamarājaCC Madhya 24.235
yena yama daṇḍa-dhara exactly like the superintendent of death, YamarājaCC Madhya 24.235
yena yena avatāreṇa the pastimes exhibited by different varieties of incarnationsSB 10.7.1-2
yena yena avatāreṇa the pastimes exhibited by different varieties of incarnationsSB 10.7.1-2
yena yena avatāreṇa the pastimes exhibited by different varieties of incarnationsSB 10.7.1-2
yeńha one whoCC Adi 10.53
yeńha whoCC Antya 11.99
CC Antya 8.3
yeńho he whoCC Adi 10.31
yeńho one whoCC Adi 6.78
CC Madhya 1.26
yeńho whoCC Adi 10.146
CC Adi 10.21
CC Adi 11.54
CC Adi 5.148
CC Madhya 14.251
CC Madhya 20.161
CC Madhya 20.334
CC Madhya 21.115
yeṣām for whomBG 2.35
SB 12.6.33
yeṣām from whomSB 10.22.33
yeṣām from whoseCC Adi 9.46
yeṣām in whoseSB 10.82.29-30
yeṣām of all of themSB 5.24.31
yeṣām of the brāhmaṇasSB 3.16.9
yeṣām of themBG 10.6
SB 3.13.4
yeṣām of thoseSB 1.13.24
SB 3.7.35
yeṣām of those passengersSB 3.15.20
yeṣām of those with whomSB 3.13.13
yeṣām of whichSB 5.12.9
yeṣām of whomBG 1.32-35
CC Adi 10.1
CC Antya 7.1
CC Antya 7.10
CC Madhya 22.162
SB 1.19.33
SB 1.8.37
SB 12.10.19
SB 3.25.38
SB 3.29.44
SB 3.3.12
SB 3.30.10
SB 3.5.14
SB 5.4.9
SB 5.5.25
SB 7.10.48
SB 7.15.75
SB 9.4.64
yeṣām thoseSB 1.17.17
yeṣām those whoseCC Madhya 20.106
CC Madhya 24.170
yeṣām unto those onlySB 2.7.42
yeṣām unto those who are fully surrendered soulsCC Madhya 6.235
yeṣām whoseBG 5.16
BG 5.19
BG 7.28
SB 10.69.33
SB 10.80.44
yeṣām with whomSB 4.30.30
yeṣu in those lower planetary systemsSB 5.24.9
yeṣu in whichSB 3.6.27
SB 5.16.15
yeṣu unto whomSB 4.26.21
yeṣu whichSB 8.16.7
yeṣu yeṣu in which variousSB 11.16.3
yeṣu yeṣu in which variousSB 11.16.3
a-nitye temporary youthSB 9.18.41
abhāgye by misfortuneCC Antya 17.45
abhaye and fearlessnessBG 18.30
abhidhāsye I shall explainSB 2.10.51
abhidhāsye I shall describeSB 5.18.7
abhidhyāyet meditate uponSB 4.8.44
abhidhyāyet one should meditate upon HimSB 4.8.51
abhidhyāyet one should meditateSB 11.14.36-42
abhidhyeyaḥ meditated uponSB 12.3.50
abhidyetām appearedSB 3.26.55
abhiguptaye for the protectionSB 10.84.18
ābhijātye because of his aristocracyCC Antya 7.97
abhijayena by controllingSB 5.5.10-13
abhijayet he should conquerSB 11.25.34
abhijayet he should conquerSB 11.25.35
abhikāmaye I desireSB 4.3.9
jyeṣṭha-kaniṣṭha-abhimāna considering Themselves the elder or youngerCC Adi 5.154
abhimantrayet he should perform purification by chantingSB 11.27.22
abhimanyeta may acceptSB 7.14.8
abhiniveśayet one should endowSB 7.12.26-28
abhipadyeta is developedSB 7.5.30
abhipattaye for their protectionSB 4.6.44
kon abhiprāye by what intentionCC Madhya 21.65
kartṛ-abhiprāye is meant for the agentCC Madhya 24.26
abhyarcayet one should worshipSB 6.19.16
na abhyasūyeran will not feel inimicalSB 10.23.31
abhyeti he undergoesSB 3.27.3
abhyeti approachesSB 3.29.19
abhyeti approachesSB 10.40.26
abhyeti is attractedSB 10.60.48
abhyetya after entering intoSB 1.18.38
abhyetya having begunSB 4.19.29
abhyetya approachingSB 6.13.18
abhyetya coming to the homeSB 8.16.6
abhyetya comingSB 9.4.6
abhyetya having come backSB 9.6.11
abhyetya coming before himSB 9.7.19
abhyetya again coming before himSB 9.7.19
abhyetya after approaching himSB 10.1.64
abhyetya after reaching thereSB 10.13.32
abhyetya comingSB 10.34.8
abhyetya coming towardSB 10.34.31
abhyetya comingSB 10.43.10
abhyetya having learnedSB 10.47.16
abhyetya going up toSB 10.49.16
abhyetya approachingSB 10.55.17
abhyetya approachingSB 10.67.17
abhyetya coming forwardSB 10.80.18
abhyudaye ca karmaṇi and in a sacrificial ceremony in which oblations are offered to the forefathers and demigodsSB 6.19.26-28
abhyudaye for furtheranceSB 7.14.26
abhyudaye happy eventSB 10.61.26
abrahmaṇye persons against the brahminical cultureSB 1.16.21
abrahmaṇye against one who is inimical to brāhmaṇasSB 10.66.30-31
dharma-ācāri-madhye among persons who actually follow the Vedic principles or religious systemCC Madhya 19.147
ācariye we practiceCC Madhya 9.275
ācārye Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.213
madhva-ācārye unto MadhvācāryaCC Madhya 9.246
gopīnātha-ācārye unto Gopīnātha ĀcāryaCC Madhya 14.83
ācārye pūjila worshiped Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 15.10
ācārye puchilā inquired from Bhagavān ĀcāryaCC Antya 2.109
ācārye miliyā meeting Advaita ĀcāryaCC Antya 3.215
ācāryeṇa by the spiritual master, BṛhaspatiSB 6.7.1
kula-ācāryeṇa by the family ācārya or guideSB 8.20.1
advaita-ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 6.3
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 12.8
ācāryera of the spiritual master (Advaita Prabhu)CC Adi 12.10
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 12.19
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 12.24
ācāryera of Śrīla Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 12.27
ācāryera of Śrī Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 12.49
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 12.54
ācāryera gaṇa descendants of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 12.73
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 12.74
advaita-ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 13.63
ācāryera ājñā pāñā taking the order of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 13.111
ācāryera of Śrī Candraśekhara ĀcāryaCC Adi 17.241
ācāryera of the teacherCC Adi 17.246
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 1.94
ācāryera ghare at the house of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 1.232
advaita-ācāryera ṭhāñi to the place of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.20
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.66
ācāryera icchā the wish of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.92
ācāryera ańge the body of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.95
ācāryera prīti the loving affairs of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.161
ācāryera vākya the words of Śrī Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.199
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.203
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.211
advaita-ācāryera of Śrī Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 4.110
ācāryera of Gopīnātha ĀcāryaCC Madhya 6.30
ācāryera of Gopīnātha ĀcāryaCC Madhya 6.113
ācāryera of ŚańkarācāryaCC Madhya 6.180
bauddha-ācāryera of the teacher of the BuddhistsCC Madhya 9.55
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 10.86
ācāryera ṭhāñi to Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 10.90
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 13.45
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 14.92
ācāryera nimantraṇa the invitation of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 15.13
ācāryera of the leader of NavadvīpaCC Madhya 16.13
ācāryera of ŚańkarācāryaCC Madhya 25.47
ācāryera of ŚańkarācāryaCC Madhya 25.88
ācāryera ghare at the house of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 25.245
ācāryera of Bhagavān ĀcāryaCC Antya 2.107
balarāma-ācāryera ghare at the residence of Balarāma ĀcāryaCC Antya 3.165
ācāryera ghare at the house of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Antya 3.217
advaita-ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Antya 6.162
ācāryera ghara the house of Yadunandana ĀcāryaCC Antya 6.167
ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Antya 10.118
ācāryera ṭhāñi to Advaita ĀcāryaCC Antya 19.17
ācāryere unto Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 12.31
ācāryere unto Śrī Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 12.34
gopīnātha ācāryere to Gopīnātha ĀcāryaCC Madhya 6.50
ācāryere unto Śrī Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 10.79
ācāryere unto Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 11.79
ācāryere unto Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 11.127
ācāryere Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 15.11
ācāryere unto Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 15.41
puchila ācāryere inquired from Advaita ĀcāryaCC Antya 7.103
āchaye isCC Adi 4.238
āchaye there areCC Adi 16.84
āchaye isCC Madhya 5.130
āchaye there isCC Madhya 8.97
āchaye there isCC Madhya 8.267
āchaye there are stillCC Madhya 11.60
āchaye niyama it is the customCC Madhya 13.196
āchaye there isCC Madhya 16.83
āchaye isCC Antya 9.81
śeṣa ye āchila whatever remainedCC Antya 6.98
acintya-śaktye by inconceivable potencyCC Adi 7.125
īśvara-acintya-śaktye by the inconceivable potency of the Supreme LordCC Adi 16.81
acintya-śaktye by inconceivable energyCC Madhya 16.67
adaṇḍye unto one not punishableSB 5.26.16
adaṇḍyeṣu upon persons not to be punishedSB 6.2.2
śyena-ādayaḥ birds such as the big eagleSB 5.23.3
sthiti-ādaye for the matter of creation, maintenance and destruction, etc.SB 1.2.23
adhigata-śriye under whose control is mother Lakṣmī, the goddess of fortuneSB 8.16.35
guṇa-ādhikye by the increase of transcendental qualitiesCC Madhya 8.86
mamatā-adhikye on account of greater intimacyCC Madhya 19.227
āsvāda-adhikye from the increase of tasting by the devoteesCC Madhya 19.234
adhipataye unto the masterSB 5.18.18
ātmārāma-adhipataye the best of self-realized personsSB 5.19.11
sarva-vidyā-adhipataye the reservoir of all knowledgeSB 8.16.32
ādhipatye as the chiefSB 4.3.2
adhisainye in the midst of the fighting soldiers of both sidesSB 2.7.25
adhīyetām they learnedSB 12.7.3
adhyedhitam unnecessarily increased in powerSB 5.11.17
adhyeṣyate will studyBG 18.70
ādi-kavaye unto the original created beingSB 1.1.1
ādi-kavaye unto Lord BrahmāCC Madhya 8.266
ādi-kavaye unto Lord BrahmāCC Madhya 20.359
bhāva-ādi-mādhurye the sweetness of the loving moods (namely śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vātsalya-rasa and mādhurya-rasa) of the inhabitants of VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 22.155
ādi-kavaye unto Lord BrahmāCC Madhya 25.148
ādriyet one should acceptSB 11.10.4
na ādriyeta would not adoreSB 3.22.16
na ādriyeta will not honorSB 10.63.41
ādriyeta one must honourNoI 5
vyeńkaṭa-adrye to the holy place Veńkaṭa HillCC Madhya 9.64
advaita-ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 6.3
advaita-ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 13.63
advaita-ācāryera ṭhāñi to the place of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.20
advaita-ācāryera of Śrī Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 4.110
advaita-ācāryera of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Antya 6.162
advitīye without a secondSB 4.7.52
advitīye who has no secondSB 10.59.30
ādye before the beginning ofSB 1.6.2
vayasi ādye before this lifeSB 1.6.5
ādye the original source of everything, the cause of all causesSB 7.6.25
nave anna-ādye newly produced food grainsSB 7.12.19
ādye the primevalSB 10.14.9
ādye original, eternalSB 11.11.3
vaikuṇṭha-ādye in the Vaikuṇṭha planets, etc.CC Adi 4.28
darpaṇa-ādye beginning in a mirrorCC Adi 4.144
pāṇḍitya-ādye simply by scholarship, etc.CC Madhya 6.87
śrīvāsa-ādye unto Śrīvāsa and his three brothersCC Madhya 11.144
vaikuṇṭha-ādye in the Vaikuṇṭha planetsCC Madhya 19.193
sanaka-ādye in the four KumārasCC Madhya 20.371
anna-adyena by distributing prasādaSB 8.16.55
govinda-ādyera of Govinda and othersCC Madhya 2.78
pallava-ādyera of the twigs, flowers and leavesCC Madhya 8.210
lakṣmī-ādyera of the goddess of fortune and her followersCC Madhya 9.142
śravaṇa-ādyera of hearing, chanting and so forthCC Madhya 24.62
sanaka-ādyera of the four Kumāras, headed by SanakaCC Madhya 24.114
agnaye unto the fire-godSB 1.15.8
agnaye to AgniSB 4.1.48
agnaye to Agni, the demigod of fireSB 10.58.25
agni-śaktye by the energy of fireCC Adi 5.60
agni-śaktye by the power of fireCC Madhya 20.261
āgnīdhrīye in the wife of Nābhi, the son of ĀgnīdhraSB 5.3.18
hasta-agrāhye when the destination is out of the reach of His handsSB 10.8.30
dukūla-agrye dressed with a dhotīSB 4.21.17
agrye excellentSB 10.83.28
agrye in the bestSB 11.11.43-45
agryebhyaḥ excellentSB 10.82.10
eka-agryeṇa with full attentionSB 5.2.2
vimāna-agryeṣu in the best of airplanesSB 3.16.34
agryeṣu excellentSB 10.86.27-29
aguṇa-maye who is not affected by the material qualitiesSB 6.16.39
āhariṣye must I bringSB 1.7.38
nārāyaṇa-āhvaye whose name was NārāyaṇaSB 6.1.27
vyāja-āhvayena by the false namesSB 2.7.34-35
naimiṣāraṇye āilā came to Naimiṣāraṇya (a place near Lucknow)CC Madhya 25.201
aindriye dhiyaḥ whose minds are absorbed in thoughts of superior sense gratificationSB 5.18.22
aiśvarya-jñāna-prādhānye in the predominance of awe and venerationCC Madhya 19.194
gūḍha-aiśvarye hiding His opulenceSB 11.5.49
pūrṇa-aiśvarye endowed with full opulenceCC Adi 1.8
pūrṇa-aiśvarye endowed with full opulenceCC Adi 5.13
aiśvarye opulenceCC Adi 7.139
ṣaṭ-aiśvarye with the six opulencesCC Madhya 21.48
aiśvarye and by opulenceCC Madhya 24.22
yoga-aiśvaryeṇa by mystic powerSB 9.8.17
rūpa-guṇa-aiśvaryera of forms, qualities and opulenceCC Madhya 9.160
āji rātrye this nightCC Madhya 15.146
āji rātrye this nightCC Madhya 18.28
ājikāra rātrye on this nightCC Madhya 20.30
ācāryera ājñā pāñā taking the order of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 13.111
prabhura ye ājñā whatever was ordered by Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 4.217
tāńra yei ājñā that is His orderCC Antya 19.23
ājyena with the help of butterSB 1.14.18
ākarṣaye attractsCC Adi 4.148
ākarṣaye I attractCC Adi 4.244
ākarṣaye attractsCC Madhya 13.174
ākarṣaye attractCC Madhya 17.139
ākarṣaye it attractsCC Madhya 21.106
ākarṣaye attractCC Madhya 24.58
ākarṣaye attractsCC Antya 15.21
akārye and what ought not to be doneBG 18.30
ākhyāsye I shall describe nowSB 8.1.6
vāsudeva-ākhye known as Bhagavān VāsudevaSB 5.16.3
dandaśūka-ākhye named DandaśūkaSB 5.26.33
śoṇita-ākhye known as ŚoṇitaSB 10.62.2
turīya-ākhye known as the fourth, beyond the three modes of material natureSB 11.15.16
saṃsāra-ākhye called saṃsāraMM 13
jambū-ākhyena by the island named JambūSB 5.20.2
plakṣa-ākhyena by the island named PlakṣaSB 5.20.2
hāṭaka-ākhyena made from an intoxicating herb known as hāṭakaSB 5.24.16
sat-sańgama-ākhyena known as association with devoteesCC Madhya 24.125
ākhyeyam is to be disclosedSB 8.17.20
ākṛtaye whose formSB 5.18.37
ākṛtye in bodily featuresCC Madhya 8.43
ākṛtye by bodily featuresCC Madhya 18.118
akṣa-viṣaye when He was before their eyesSB 10.55.40
ālakṣaye you lookSB 1.16.19
karṇikā-ālaye on the surface of the whorlSB 2.2.10
yama-ālaye in the province of YamarājaSB 5.26.37
naimiṣa-ālaye in the forest of NaimiṣaSB 12.4.43
āmāra ālaye at my houseCC Adi 5.162
deva-ālaye in the templeCC Madhya 4.157
saurabha-ālaye in the abode of aromaCC Madhya 8.178
saba śiva-ālaye in all the temples of Lord ŚivaCC Madhya 9.76
deva-ālaye in the templeCC Madhya 9.93
ālaye the residential placeCC Madhya 11.109
nakha-ālaye whose fingernailsCC Antya 16.52
ālayena the reservoirSB 10.81.36
ālayeṣu in the residence ofSB 2.7.38
alpa-vīryeṇa he is not at all powerful (having no power to fight with you)SB 10.4.36
amala-jala-āśayeṣu in lakes with clear waterSB 5.17.13
amara-tūryeṣu beating of the drums of the demigodsSB 4.23.24
āmāra ālaye at my houseCC Adi 5.162
āmāra bhāgye in my fortuneCC Madhya 13.97
āmātei laye were all existing in MeCC Madhya 25.110
amātyebhyaḥ from ministersSB 4.14.17
āmaye the diseaseSB 10.39.5
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.9
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.50
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
amedhye abominableSB 11.26.19-20
āmi praveśiye I enter as Lord ViṣṇuCC Madhya 25.111
āmi ha-iye I amCC Madhya 25.111
prema-amṛta-vṛṣṭye by the pouring of the nectar of transcendental love for GodCC Madhya 13.174
bāpa-jyeṭhāre āna bring your father and his elder brotherCC Antya 6.21
anadhigata-anya-upāyena who is not perceived by other meansSB 5.24.23
parama-ānanda-mūrtaye full of transcendental blissSB 6.16.18-19
ānanda-araṇye at the place known as ĀnandāraṇyaCC Madhya 20.216
ananta-śaktaye with unlimited potencySB 8.3.8-9
ananta-śaktaye whose potencies are unlimitedSB 10.16.40
ananyena without divisionBG 12.6-7
ananyena without deviationSB 3.15.6
ananyena bhāvena with undeviated mindSB 3.25.22
ānapatyena due to being without sonsSB 6.14.39
anāśraye without shelterSB 3.29.5
uparata-anātmye wherein identification with material things was stoppedSB 5.15.7
anātmye having no attachmentSB 5.19.20
anavadyena without flawSB 3.3.20
ānaye bringsCC Antya 6.22
ānayiṣye I will bring hereSB 10.53.3
āneṣye I shall bring backSB 10.13.13
āneṣye I will bringSB 10.62.16
āneṣye I will bring backSB 10.89.33
viracita-ańga-kriyeṣu in which the supplementary rites were performedSB 5.7.6
ańga-kāntye by the beauty of the bodyCC Antya 3.232
ācāryera ańge the body of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.95
pańkaja-ańghraye unto You, the soles of whose feet are engraved with lotus flowers (and who are therefore said to possess lotus feet)SB 1.8.22
ańghraye unto the lotus feetSB 8.21.2-3
nyasta-daṇḍa-arpita-ańghraye whose lotus feet are worshiped by sages beyond the jurisdiction of punishmentSB 9.11.7
pańkaja-ańghraye unto You, the soles of whose feet are engraved with lotus flowers (and who are therefore said to possess lotus feet)SB 10.59.26
āni diye I shall bring and deliverCC Madhya 12.77
āninye brought toSB 4.1.5
āninye broughtSB 8.8.10
āninye caused to be broughtSB 8.20.17
āninye He broughtSB 10.14.42
anirdeśye who is not perceivable by the sensesSB 7.5.41
anirdeśye which cannot be described in wordsSB 10.87.1
anirdeśye which cannot be described in wordsSB 10.87.49
anityena temporarySB 10.72.20
āniye I can bringCC Madhya 10.152
nave anna-ādye newly produced food grainsSB 7.12.19
anna-adyena by distributing prasādaSB 8.16.55
tat antaḥ-hṛdaye in the heartSB 3.8.22
antaḥ-hṛdaye in the core of the heartSB 4.30.29
antaḥ-hṛdayeṣu in the cores of the heartsSB 6.9.42
antaḥ-hṛdayeṣu within the recesses of their heartsSB 12.6.67
sphuraye antare manifests withinCC Madhya 19.236
bāḍaye antare increases withinCC Madhya 24.243
parama-aṇu-maye in the form of atomsSB 11.15.12
na anubadhyeta will not become boundSB 10.47.41
anubadhyeta should become boundSB 11.17.54
anubhāvayet meditate uponSB 2.2.13
anubhūtaye unto Him whose spiritual potency brings about realization of HimSB 6.4.23
anubhūtaye perceptionSB 10.16.42-43
anubudhyeyam I may properly understandSB 11.22.60
caitanyera anucara a follower of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.93
anucintaye I considerSB 4.7.2
anudhyāyet one should even think ofSB 9.19.20
anudhyāyet should constantly observeSB 11.20.22
anudhyeya to be constantly meditated uponSB 6.17.13
anudhyeyam must be meditated uponSB 4.24.53
anugṛhyeta may be favoredSB 3.16.19
anukīrtayet should narrateSB 4.7.61
anukīrtayet may chant or repeatSB 5.25.11
anukīrtayet repeatsSB 6.2.47-48
anukīrtyeta is describedSB 8.23.31
anukramiṣye shall state one after anotherSB 2.6.46
ānukūlye favorablyCC Madhya 19.168
ānukūlyena favorableCC Madhya 19.167
anumanye I guess like thatSB 5.10.21
na anumanyeta would not welcomeSB 3.22.18
anumanyeta he should obeySB 3.24.13
anuninye began to flatterSB 4.26.20
anupālaye I sustainSB 10.47.30
anuparyeti passes throughSB 5.22.16
anupaśye do I seeSB 7.9.44
anupūjayet one should worship one after anotherSB 11.27.27
ānupūrvyeṇa the beginning to the endSB 2.8.29
ānupūrvyeṇa from beginning to endSB 3.10.2
ānupūrvyeṇa according to acts performed previouslySB 5.19.19
mat-anusmṛtaye for the sake of remembrance of MeSB 10.27.15
anutarkaye I considerSB 8.18.32
na anutṛpye I am not yet satiatedSB 11.3.2
anuvṛttaye for the loving propensitySB 10.32.21
anuvṛttaye to increase regard forCC Adi 4.176
anvācaye in connecting one with anotherCC Madhya 24.67
anvācaye in presenting an action of secondary importanceCC Madhya 24.223
anvatapyetām felt remorseSB 10.44.18
anvavāye in the family ofSB 1.8.32
anvavāye in the familySB 4.13.2
kuśika-anvaye in the family of ViśvāmitraSB 9.20.15
anvaye when the dynasty of Mahārāja BharataSB 9.20.39
tat-anvaye in the dynasty of him (Mahābhoja)SB 9.24.9
anvaye in the dynastySB 10.38.13
puruṣa-anveṣaṇa-samaye at the time of searching for a manSB 5.10.1
anadhigata-anya-upāyena who is not perceived by other meansSB 5.24.23
anya-apanuttaye for avoiding miserySB 7.13.26
anyāyena illegallyBG 16.11-12
anye othersBG 1.9
anye othersBG 4.26
anye othersBG 4.26
anye othersBG 9.15
anye othersBG 13.25
anye othersBG 13.26
anye othersBG 17.4
anye othersSB 1.1.7
anye othersSB 1.7.50
anye othersSB 1.8.34
anye many othersSB 1.9.8
anye othersSB 1.14.31
anye othersSB 1.14.32-33
anye api so also othersSB 1.15.12
ca anye also many othersSB 1.16.26-30
anye othersSB 1.17.19
anye many othersSB 1.19.11
anye othersSB 2.4.18
anye many othersSB 2.6.13-16
anye besides themSB 2.6.43-45
anye othersSB 2.7.34-35
anye othersSB 2.7.43-45
anye allSB 2.10.37-40
anye othersSB 3.1.35
anye othersSB 3.2.20
anye otherSB 3.6.40
anye in the otherSB 3.11.41
anye othersSB 3.14.21
anye others (the ominous planets)SB 3.17.14
anye othersSB 3.23.8
tvat anye other than youSB 4.4.16
anye othersSB 4.5.16
anye othersSB 4.6.7
anye othersSB 4.7.5
anye othersSB 4.14.26-27
anye othersSB 4.18.13
anye othersSB 4.18.20
anye othersSB 4.30.41
anye another debaucheeSB 5.13.10
anye many othersSB 5.17.10
anye othersSB 5.19.16
anye the othersSB 5.21.11
anye othersSB 5.21.18
anye othersSB 6.3.14-15
anye othersSB 6.3.14-15
anye otherSB 6.6.17-18
anye othersSB 6.6.27
anye othersSB 6.11.17
anye othersSB 7.4.35
anye othersSB 7.15.1
anye othersSB 8.6.31
anye othersSB 8.10.10-12
anye othersSB 8.10.10-12
anye othersSB 8.10.10-12
anye othersSB 8.10.19-24
anye othersSB 8.11.35
anye othersSB 8.11.42
anye othersSB 8.12.9
anye othersSB 8.12.43
apare anye othersSB 8.23.6
anye othersSB 8.24.49
anye othersSB 9.4.56
anye othersSB 9.4.57-59
anye othersSB 9.16.36
anye othersSB 10.15.18
anye other peopleSB 10.23.30
anye othersSB 10.24.9
anye othersSB 10.30.9
anye othersSB 10.36.34
anye othersSB 10.40.7
anye othersSB 10.40.8
anye othersSB 10.43.25
anye otherSB 10.45.14
anye other personsSB 10.49.22
anye othersSB 10.52.40
anye the othersSB 10.58.6
anye othersSB 10.60.39
anye othersSB 10.61.38
anye other personsSB 10.72.4
anye othersSB 10.74.10-11
anye othersSB 10.85.41-43
anye othersSB 10.86.20
anye othersSB 11.6.17
anye othersSB 11.9.2
anye othersSB 11.12.8
anye othersSB 11.14.10
anye othersSB 11.14.10
anye othersSB 11.23.47
anye othersSB 11.30.17
anye othersSB 12.3.9-13
anye the other twoSB 12.8.45
anye anotherCC Adi 3.26
anye othersCC Adi 4.213
anye in the otherCC Adi 5.176
anye otherCC Adi 8.82
anye unto othersCC Adi 17.26
anye othersCC Madhya 2.23
anye othersCC Madhya 4.79
anye othersCC Madhya 4.107
anye to anotherCC Madhya 12.102
anye other personCC Madhya 16.65
anye still othersCC Madhya 19.96
anye different personsCC Madhya 20.173
anye others (nondevotees)CC Madhya 22.30
anye others (nondevotees)CC Madhya 24.131
anye others (nondevotees)CC Madhya 24.141
anye similar othersCC Madhya 24.179
anye similar othersCC Madhya 24.209
anye others (nondevotees)CC Madhya 25.32
anye othersCC Antya 2.149
anye othersCC Antya 15.32
anye othersCC Antya 16.126
anyebhyaḥ from othersBG 13.26
anyebhyaḥ from othersSB 5.14.26
anyebhyaḥ unto the othersSB 9.16.20
anyebhyaḥ to the othersSB 10.24.28
tvat anyena besides youBG 11.47
anyena by anotherBG 11.48
anyena anotherSB 4.29.58
anyena with anything elseSB 10.54.46
anyena with anotherSB 10.67.19-21
anyena anotherSB 10.77.3
anyera of othersCC Adi 2.88
anyera othersCC Adi 4.258
anyera of othersCC Adi 6.55-56
anyera of othersCC Adi 6.107
anyera of othersCC Adi 8.20
anyera of othersCC Madhya 2.23
anyera of othersCC Madhya 8.45
anyera of othersCC Madhya 8.204-205
anyera of othersCC Madhya 13.137
anyera ki kāya apart from the actions of othersCC Madhya 13.178
anyera kā kathā what to speak of othersCC Antya 3.265
anyera of othersCC Antya 8.39
anyera nimantraṇa for others' invitationsCC Antya 10.154-155
anyera for othersCC Antya 16.49
anyera by othersCC Antya 16.142
anyera of othersCC Antya 19.49
anyere anotherCC Madhya 10.157
śikhāha anyere teach othersCC Madhya 12.117
anyeṣām for othersSB 3.4.34
anyeṣām of othersSB 3.19.34
anyeṣām of the others (in the party of Dakṣa)SB 4.5.25
anyeṣām of othersSB 4.21.28-29
anyeṣām of othersSB 6.14.35
anyeṣām of one's relatives, etc.SB 7.15.65
anyeṣām of the othersSB 10.24.12
anyeṣām of others (the nonsaintly)SB 10.50.9
anyeṣām othersSB 10.71.5
anyeṣām of othersSB 11.13.31
anyeṣām to othersCC Madhya 8.6
anyeṣu in otherSB 3.11.21
anyeṣu unto the othersSB 6.14.38
anyeṣu othersSB 10.18.13
anyeṣu toward othersSB 10.47.6
anyeṣu toward people in generalSB 11.2.47
ca anyeṣu and to othersCC Madhya 22.74
anyo-'nye mutualCC Antya 7.143
anyo'nye at one anotherCC Antya 18.85
anyonye one anotherCC Adi 4.56
anyonye mutuallyCC Madhya 1.50
anyonye among themselvesCC Madhya 6.15
anyonye among themselvesCC Madhya 6.25
anyonye by one anotherCC Madhya 8.214
anyonye each otherCC Madhya 8.243
anyonye to one anotherCC Madhya 15.12
anyonye one anotherCC Madhya 17.42
anyonye cumbana kissing one anotherCC Madhya 17.42
anyonye otherCC Madhya 18.220
anyonye one anotherCC Antya 13.63
apacaye in effecting the diminutionSB 11.6.15
āpane gāyena personally singsCC Madhya 13.63
anya-apanuttaye for avoiding miserySB 7.13.26
apanuttaye for counteractingSB 10.22.19
apanuttaye in order to alleviateSB 10.27.21
apanuttaye in order to dispelSB 10.82.3-6
apanuttaye in order to dispelSB 10.85.50
apanuttaye for the cessationSB 12.2.17
aparādha-bhaye out of fear of offensesCC Antya 4.148
apare anye othersSB 8.23.6
aparihārye of that which is unavoidableBG 2.27
paurva-aparyeṇa in the form of parents and childrenSB 11.24.20
apatya-guptaye giving protection to your sonsSB 8.17.18
apatye childrenSB 4.20.6
apatye for a sonSB 9.18.32
apatyeṣu in regard to those calvesSB 10.13.35
kalpa-apāye at the devastation of the kalpaSB 4.7.42
pralaya-apāye at the end of the inundationSB 8.24.57
nidrā-apāye at the end of sound sleepSB 9.16.8
apāye when they subsideSB 10.28.15
apāye upon the ceasingSB 12.10.5
anye api so also othersSB 1.15.12
apīcyena most handsomeSB 3.23.45
apratarkyeṇa inconceivableSB 9.7.25-26
aprītye due to some unfriendlinessCC Antya 9.124
apriye and unpleasantSB 4.28.37
apyaye during the annihilationSB 11.4.18
apyayeṣu and annihilationSB 11.31.13
apyeti dissolvesSB 6.16.22
apyeti disappears (that difference of opinion)SB 11.22.6
apyeti becomes mergedSB 11.24.22-27
apyeti are removedSB 11.26.31
āra sampradāye in another sampradāya, or groupCC Madhya 11.228
āra dravyera of the balanceCC Antya 9.54
araṇye in the forestSB 1.6.15
araṇye in the woodsSB 3.17.12
śūnya-araṇye in the isolated forestSB 5.14.20
araṇye in the forestSB 5.26.32
araṇye in the forestSB 9.7.18
araṇye in the forestSB 11.7.53
kuṇḍa-araṇye in the forest on the bank of Rādhā-kuṇḍaCC Adi 4.125
araṇye in the forestCC Madhya 9.182
daṇḍaka-araṇye in the forest known as DaṇḍakāraṇyaCC Madhya 9.311
ānanda-araṇye at the place known as ĀnandāraṇyaCC Madhya 20.216
vṛndā-araṇye in the forest of VṛndāvanaCC Antya 1.146
araṇye in the wildernessCC Antya 3.246
arcayet may worshipSB 3.29.9
arcayet one should worshipSB 3.29.25
arcayet worshipSB 4.8.56
arcayet must worshipSB 5.20.33
arcayet one should worshipSB 6.19.15
arcayet one should worshipSB 8.16.25
arcayet one should worshipSB 8.16.38
arcayet one should worshipSB 11.3.49
arcayet one should offer worshipSB 11.3.50-51
arcayet he should worshipSB 11.27.48
ardha-bāhye in half-external consciousnessCC Antya 18.76
ardha-bāhye in half-external consciousnessCC Antya 18.79
arhaṇīye worshipableSB 4.7.29
arhayet one should propitiateSB 3.29.27
arhayet one should presentSB 11.27.43
prema-arṇava-madhye in the ocean of love of GodheadCC Adi 11.28
nyasta-daṇḍa-arpita-ańghraye whose lotus feet are worshiped by sages beyond the jurisdiction of punishmentSB 9.11.7
artha-gataye to understand the meaningCC Antya 1.186
yathā-artha mūlye for the proper priceCC Antya 9.48
yathā-artha-mūlye at a proper priceCC Antya 9.52
caitanyera ārya respected by the LordCC Antya 11.7
āryera of forefathersCC Antya 16.148
asamaye at odd timesSB 10.8.29
asańkhyeya innumerableSB 5.18.33
asańkhyeyāḥ innumerableSB 1.3.26
asańkhyeyāḥ beyond countingCC Madhya 20.249
asańkhyeyaiḥ which are innumerableSB 7.4.36
asatye untruthCC Madhya 18.98
savya-asavye left and rightSB 10.12.21
āśaya-maye and that filled with desires (the mind)SB 7.9.35
āśaye in the mindSB 3.14.48
salila-āśaye on the Garbhodaka OceanSB 3.20.17
sarva-guhā-āśaye residing in everyone's heartSB 3.29.11-12
āśaye material desiresSB 4.22.28
jala-āśaye with a lakeSB 4.25.17
jala-āśaye in the reservoir of waterSB 8.24.23
māyā-āśaye on the bed of māyāSB 10.13.41
uda-āśaye in the reservoir of waterSB 10.31.2
āśaye who am situatedCC Adi 4.205
āśaye who am situatedCC Madhya 19.171
āśaye endowed with a desireCC Madhya 22.131
amala-jala-āśayeṣu in lakes with clear waterSB 5.17.13
āścarya-maye in the all-mysteriousSB 1.8.16
āścarye in opulenceSB 4.22.59
āśrāvaye I shall tellSB 10.70.40
āśraye the sourceSB 2.10.29
āśraye I shall resort toSB 4.17.30
bhit-āśraye in the existence of varieties of differenceSB 10.13.39
āśraye I surrenderCC Adi 1.13
āśraye I surrenderCC Adi 6.5
āśraye I take shelterCC Adi 9.6
āśraye I surrenderCC Antya 5.1
āśraye I take shelterCC Antya 13.1
āśrayema shelterSB 3.5.40
āśrayera of the abodeCC Adi 4.133
āśrayera of the abode of that loveCC Adi 4.200-201
āśrayeṣu with those who are His devoteesSB 1.19.16
āśrayet must come uponBG 1.36
āśrayet should take shelter ofSB 5.25.11
āśrayet would take shelter ofNoI 10
āśrayeta may take shelter ofSB 7.5.5
āśrayeta he should take shelter ofSB 11.29.10
aśucaye impureSB 4.2.13
asura-varyeṇa by the most exalted demon (Hiraṇyakaśipu)SB 7.4.3
āsuraye unto the brāhmaṇa named ĀsuriSB 1.3.10
asūyeta one should be enviousSB 11.17.27
asūyeta one should be enviousCC Adi 1.46
asūyethāḥ feel inimicalSB 10.54.38
asūyethāḥ be displeasedSB 10.60.29
asūyethāḥ be angrySB 10.82.20
āsvāda-adhikye from the increase of tasting by the devoteesCC Madhya 19.234
āsvādaye tastesCC Adi 5.11
āsvādaye tasteCC Madhya 8.259
āsvādaye tastesCC Antya 15.88
āsvādaye tastesCC Antya 20.6
āsvādaye tastesCC Antya 20.61
āsvādaye He tastesCC Antya 20.69
āsvādayet should tasteCC Antya 20.154
asvastaye for defeatSB 3.18.12
asvāsthyera of not being wellCC Madhya 19.15
āsye unto the faceSB 1.9.34
āsye in the mouthSB 3.13.36
asye in the mouthSB 5.26.29
vidārita-āsye within the wide-open mouthSB 10.8.37-39
haya-āsye in the horse-headed incarnationSB 11.4.17
āsyena with his mouthSB 4.9.3
atarkye beyondSB 10.13.57
ati-dainye in great humilityCC Antya 20.31
atipāraye I take to the other sideSB 3.25.39-40
rātrye atiśaya especially at nightCC Antya 11.14
atiśayena by greatnessSB 2.4.14
atiśayena eminentlyCC Adi 4.51
atiśayeṣu and superioritySB 10.59.43
atithaye to become a guestSB 1.19.29
atithaye his guestSB 6.18.15
atithaye to the guestSB 10.38.39
ātithyena with the reception of a guestSB 9.4.45
ātithyena by your hospitalitySB 9.5.20
ātithyena as a guestSB 10.86.5
ātithyena to be their guestSB 10.86.25
ātithyena by respectfully receiving them as guests even when uninvitedSB 11.11.43-45
ātma-prajñaptaye to disseminate transcendental knowledgeSB 3.25.1
ātma-tulyeṣu to persons who are equalsSB 3.29.17
ātma-indriya-jayena by controlling the mind and sensesSB 3.32.34-36
ātma-saṃśraye residing in all living entitiesSB 3.33.26
ātma-vīryeṇa by his progenySB 4.30.12
ātma-pratyayena by assuming me to be like himselfSB 5.8.16
ātma-gataye whose own positionSB 6.16.47
ātma-labdhaye for self-realizationSB 7.7.40
ātma-aupamyena just as one's own selfSB 7.7.53
sańkṣipta-ātma-vibhūtaye unto the Lord, who had expanded His personal opulence but had now reduced His size to the Vāmana formSB 8.21.5
ātma-aupamyena with comparison to himselfSB 10.10.13
ātma-priye which He likedSB 10.41.39
ātma-labdhaye for realizing the Supreme SoulSB 11.2.34
ātma-jaye of victory over the selfSB 12.3.5
ātma-dāsye in Your personal serviceCC Madhya 22.16
ātma-madhye among themselvesCC Madhya 25.22
ātmārāma-adhipataye the best of self-realized personsSB 5.19.11
ātmīyena by his ownSB 10.51.33
atraye unto AtriSB 3.24.22-23
dina-atyaye at the end of the daySB 1.9.44
dina-atyaye at the end of the daySB 3.11.28
kalā-atyaye after the annihilation of the material worldSB 4.24.29
atyaye at the time of devastationSB 4.30.45
niśa-atyaye at the end of nightSB 8.4.25
prāṇa-atyaye at the time of deathSB 8.4.25
kṣapā-atyaye at the end of nightSB 8.11.26
prajā-atyaye when there was killing of the people in generalSB 8.11.34
jana-atyaye for the ultimate destruction of the entire creationSB 10.3.20
niyama-atyaye after finishing their morning dutiesSB 10.20.9
atyaye at the endSB 10.41.6
atyeti surpassesBG 8.28
atyeti one can cross overSB 3.14.18
atyeti conquersSB 5.1.18
atyeti can overcomeSB 8.21.22
atyeti surpassesIso 4
audāryeṇa and by the magnanimitySB 5.2.18
vidyāra auddhatye because of pride in educationCC Adi 17.6
aupamyena by comparisonBG 6.32
aupamyena by comparison with the selfSB 1.11.37
ātma-aupamyena just as one's own selfSB 7.7.53
svapna-aupamyena by the analogy of a dreamSB 9.19.26
ātma-aupamyena with comparison to himselfSB 10.10.13
autsukyera of eagernessCC Antya 17.58
auttareyeṇa by the son of UttarāSB 1.17.40
avabhṛthyena by the final, avabhṛtya ritualSB 10.74.51
pāṇḍityera avadhi the limit of learned scholarshipCC Madhya 10.110
avadhyeyaḥ to be insultedSB 4.13.23
avadyena faultySB 3.14.33
na avakīryeta may not become disturbedSB 11.7.39
tuṇḍa-āvalī-labdhaye to achieve many mouthsCC Antya 1.99
tuṇḍa-āvalī-labdhaye to achieve many mouthsCC Antya 1.120
na avamanyeta one should never disrespectSB 11.17.27
avamanyeta should belittleSB 11.18.31
avamanyeta one should disrespectSB 12.6.34
na avamanyeta one should never disrespectCC Adi 1.46
āvartayet can cause to reciteCC Antya 1.1
avasādayet put into degradationBG 6.5
avaśiṣyeta remainsSB 2.9.33
avaśiṣyeta remainsCC Adi 1.53
avaśiṣyeta remainsCC Madhya 24.76
avaśiṣyeta remainsCC Madhya 25.113
āveśa karaye empowers with specific spiritual potenciesCC Antya 2.4
avidye and ignoranceSB 11.11.3
aviṣahyeṇa unbearableSB 10.51.34
avyaye unto the inexhaustibleSB 1.15.42
avyaye in the Absolute, which is free from deteriorationSB 7.13.4
avyaye infallibleSB 11.5.49
avyaye in the infallibleSB 11.24.22-27
avyaye who is inexhaustibleSB 12.10.6
āyāsye iti I will return'SB 10.39.35
āyāsye will comeSB 10.41.17
aye ohCC Antya 14.120
ayogyere unto the unfitCC Antya 16.138
bāḍaye increasesCC Adi 4.128
bāḍaye increasesCC Adi 4.136
bāḍaye increasesCC Madhya 8.94
bāḍaye increasesCC Madhya 16.213
bāḍaye increasesCC Madhya 23.44
bāḍaye antare increases withinCC Madhya 24.243
bāḍaye increasedCC Antya 3.66
bāḍaye increasesCC Antya 3.94
bāḍaye ullāsa felt increased jubilationCC Antya 13.105
nahe yena bādha so that there will not be any difficultiesCC Madhya 11.120-121
bāḍhaye increasesCC Adi 4.188
bādhaye obstructsCC Antya 6.4
bādhyeta is obstructedSB 10.48.23
badhyeta becomes capturedSB 11.8.13
badhyeyam be conditionedSB 2.9.29
bāhira ye kari take outCC Madhya 4.48
bahu manyeta would valueSB 4.13.45
bahu-vākye by many versions of many personsCC Adi 16.11
bāhulye elaboratelyCC Antya 14.9
līlāra bāhulye because of the numerousness of the pastimesCC Antya 20.74
bāhya-kṛtye to evacuateCC Madhya 20.10-11
sukha-duḥkha-bāhye outside of happiness and distressSB 3.28.36
bāhye externallyCC Madhya 2.50
bāhye externallyCC Madhya 13.185
bāhye externallyCC Madhya 15.65
bāhye externallyCC Madhya 15.120
bāhye outsideCC Madhya 15.206
bāhye externallyCC Madhya 16.239
bāhye externallyCC Madhya 22.156-157
bāhye externallyCC Madhya 24.348
bāhye externallyCC Antya 2.66
bāhye externallyCC Antya 2.91
bāhye externallyCC Antya 3.90
bāhye externallyCC Antya 7.168
ardha-bāhye in half-external consciousnessCC Antya 18.76
ardha-bāhye in half-external consciousnessCC Antya 18.79
balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārye Balabhadra BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 17.20
balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārye Balabhadra BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 17.89
balarāma-ācāryera ghare at the residence of Balarāma ĀcāryaCC Antya 3.165
balaye unto Bali MahārājaSB 8.13.17
bālye in boyhoodSB 4.29.72
bālye in childhoodSB 7.6.7
bālye in childhoodSB 9.9.44
bālye in childhoodCC Adi 10.70
bālye in his boyhoodCC Adi 10.155
bāṇa-jyeṣṭham having Bāṇa as the eldestSB 6.18.17
bāṇa-jyeṣṭhaiḥ the chief of whom is BāṇaSB 8.10.30-31
rākhaye bāndhiyā keep boundCC Antya 6.130
bāpa-jyeṭhāre āna bring your father and his elder brotherCC Antya 6.21
bauddha-ācāryera of the teacher of the BuddhistsCC Madhya 9.55
bhagavat-priyeṣu among persons to whom the Supreme Personality of Godhead is very dearSB 5.18.10
mahā-bhāgavata yei one who is a highly elevated devoteeCC Antya 2.96
bhāgavata-buddhye accepting him as a great devoteeCC Antya 7.5
bhāgye for the fortuneCC Adi 1.102
bhāgye fortunatelyCC Adi 7.86
tomāra bhāgye on account of your good fortuneCC Madhya 1.176
bhāgye by fortuneCC Madhya 2.67
mora bhāgye by My great fortuneCC Madhya 3.33
mora bhāgye by My fortuneCC Madhya 3.77
mora bhāgye because of my good fortuneCC Madhya 9.216
āmāra bhāgye in my fortuneCC Madhya 13.97
kona bhāgye by some good fortuneCC Madhya 22.43
kona bhāgye by fortuneCC Madhya 22.45
kona bhāgye by some good fortuneCC Madhya 23.9
kona bhāgye by some good fortuneCC Antya 5.5
bhāgye by fortuneCC Antya 5.8
raghunāthera bhāgye by the great fortune of Raghunātha dāsaCC Antya 6.88
bhāgyera of the fortuneCC Madhya 7.125
bhāgyera of fortuneCC Madhya 13.57
bhāgyera of fortuneCC Antya 1.210
bhāgyera of fortuneCC Antya 4.93
bhāgyera of fortuneCC Antya 12.133
bhāi-bhāiye between brother and brotherCC Antya 6.25
dui bhāiye the two brothersCC Madhya 19.59
dui-bhāiye the two brothersCC Madhya 19.88
bhāiye brothersCC Antya 1.202
bhāi-bhāiye between brother and brotherCC Antya 6.25
rāyera bhajana the devotional service of Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.51
bhajanera madhye in executing devotional serviceCC Antya 4.70
śrī-kṛṣṇa bhajaye become engaged in the service of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 24.202
bhajiṣye I shall acceptSB 3.22.19
karaye bhakṣaṇa began to eatCC Antya 6.69
karaye bhakṣaṇa he eatsCC Antya 6.256
kariye bhakṣaṇa I eatCC Antya 19.8
bhakṣye in the matter of eatingSB 2.7.42
śva-śṛgāla-bhakṣye in the body, which is to be eaten by dogs and jackalsCC Madhya 6.235
bhakṣyera of eatablesCC Madhya 15.218
bhakṣyera of eatablesCC Antya 18.107
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
bhakta-vātsalye because of being very affectionate to the devoteesCC Antya 5.142
bhakta-duḥkha-bhaye fearing the unhappiness of the devoteesCC Antya 6.4
bhakti-miśra-kṛta-puṇye because of pious activities mixed with devotional serviceCC Madhya 20.302
vidhi-bhaktye by regulative devotional serviceCC Adi 3.15
bhaktye by devotionCC Adi 6.41
parama-bhaktye in great devotionCC Madhya 5.49
śraddhā-bhaktye with faith and devotionCC Madhya 7.121
bhaktye dāsī in devotion she was just like a maidservantCC Madhya 16.57
bhaktye by devotional serviceCC Madhya 18.193
bhaktye by devotional serviceCC Madhya 20.136
bhaktye by devotional serviceCC Madhya 20.136
bhaktye by devotional serviceCC Madhya 20.164
kṛṣṇa-bhaktye in discharging devotional service to KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 22.49
sādhana-bhaktye by devotional serviceCC Madhya 23.10
bhaktye in devotional serviceCC Madhya 23.12
rāga-bhaktye by the discharge of spontaneous devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.85
vidhi-bhaktye by executing regulative devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.87
bhaktye in devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.122
bhaktye jīvan-mukta one liberated in this life by pursuing the process of devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.129
bhaktye jīvan-mukta persons liberated in this life by discharging devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.130
bhaktye actually by devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.139
bhaktye by devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.143
hari-bhaktye by advancement in devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.272
bhaktye with great devotionCC Madhya 24.274
bhaktye with great devotionCC Madhya 24.275
vidhi-bhaktye by regulative devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.289
bhaktye because of the devotional serviceCC Antya 3.226
kṛṣṇa-bhaktye in the devotional service of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Antya 7.18
nā dekhiye bhāla I do not see any good in thisCC Madhya 18.141
karaye bhartsanā he chastisedCC Antya 6.21
vairāgyera nāhi bhāsa there is no trace of renunciationCC Antya 8.16
bhāsaye appearsCC Madhya 25.117
bhāṣye in the commentaryCC Madhya 6.176
vyeńkaṭa bhaṭṭa Veńkaṭa BhaṭṭaCC Madhya 9.82
bhaṭṭācārye to Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.57
bhaṭṭācārye unto Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.212
bhaṭṭācārye Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 7.74
bhaṭṭācārye kahe said to the BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 15.224
balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārye Balabhadra BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 17.20
bhaṭṭācārye to Balabhadra BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 17.60
bhaṭṭācārye Balabhadra BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 17.76
balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārye Balabhadra BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 17.89
bhaṭṭācārye Balabhadra BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 17.176
bhaṭṭācārye to Balabhadra BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 19.87
bhaṭṭācārye unto Balabhadra BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 19.248
sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācāryera of the devotee named Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 1.141
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.9
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.113
bhaṭṭācāryera nāme on behalf of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.114
bhaṭṭācāryera kathā all the words of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.115
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.115
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.116
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.193
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.199
sei bhaṭṭācāryera of that BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.210
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.218
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.219
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.223
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.236
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.280
bhaṭṭācāryera sańge with Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 10.29
bhaṭṭācāryera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 12.180
bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhiṇī the wife of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 15.200
bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhe at the house of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 15.202
bhaṭṭācāryera jāmātā the son-in-law of the BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 15.245
bhaṭṭācāryera of BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 17.27
bhaṭṭācāryera of BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 17.33
bhaṭṭācāryera of BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 17.88
raghunātha-bhaṭṭācāryera of Raghunātha BhaṭṭaCC Antya 20.122
bhaṭṭācāyera of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.209
bhaṭṭera hṛdaye in the heart of Vallabha BhaṭṭaCC Antya 7.53
rāyera vidāya-bhāva feelings of separation from Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 16.155
bhāva-ādi-mādhurye the sweetness of the loving moods (namely śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vātsalya-rasa and mādhurya-rasa) of the inhabitants of VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 22.155
bhāva-śābalye in the aggregate of all ecstasiesCC Antya 17.50
bhāva-sainye soldiers of ecstasyCC Antya 17.58
gopī-bhāva hṛdaye with the ecstatic love of the gopīs in His heartCC Antya 19.53
bhāva-śābalye from the aggregate of all ecstatic emotionsCC Antya 20.133
bhavadīyena of your good selfSB 9.18.39
bhavānanda-rāyera of Bhavānanda RāyaCC Antya 9.61
bhāvayet should meditate uponSB 11.7.42
bhāvayet one should concentrate onSB 11.14.43
bhāvayet imaginesSB 11.15.23
bhāvayeta he should meditateSB 11.27.37
bhāvayeyam may I concentrateMM 4
bhavayoḥ vīryeṇa due to the semina and ovum of Lord Śiva and BhavānīSB 5.24.17
jyeṣṭha-bhāve in the emotion of being superiorCC Adi 6.99
ananyena bhāvena with undeviated mindSB 3.25.22
bhavitavyena by that which was about to happenSB 5.6.9
bhāvyena which are producedSB 11.11.10
bhaye out of fearSB 2.7.12
bhaye being afraid ofSB 4.7.28
bhaye when fearSB 6.8.4-6
mṛtyu-bhaye fear of deathSB 7.15.46
bhaye in the fearful (material existence)SB 10.87.22
loka-bhaye fearing the publicCC Adi 10.22
bhaye out of fearCC Adi 12.55
bhaye being afraidCC Adi 13.49
bhaye being afraid ofCC Adi 14.96
bhaye from fearCC Adi 17.131
bhaye out of fearCC Adi 17.251
bhaye out of fearCC Adi 17.285
loka-bhaye on account of fearing the crowds of menCC Madhya 1.151
rāmacandra-purī-bhaye due to fear of Rāmacandra PurīCC Madhya 1.266
mleccha-bhaye from fear of the MuslimsCC Madhya 4.42
sei bhaye fearing thatCC Madhya 4.142
pratiṣṭhāra bhaye in fear of reputationCC Madhya 4.147
bhaye in fearCC Madhya 4.179
mṛtyu-bhaye fearing the suicideCC Madhya 5.84
bhaye out of fearCC Madhya 7.21
tāńra bhaye out of fear of JagadānandaCC Madhya 12.171
ei bhaye out of this fearCC Madhya 13.152
bhaye out of fearCC Madhya 13.166
tāńra bhaye being afraid of such a kingCC Madhya 16.158
tāńra bhaye because of fear of himCC Madhya 16.159
jala-dasyu-bhaye because of fearing piratesCC Madhya 16.198
loka-bhiḍa bhaye due to fear of crowds of peopleCC Madhya 16.207
sańga-bhaye from fear of the associationCC Madhya 17.103
mleccha-bhaye because of fear of the MuslimsCC Madhya 18.31
mleccha-bhaye because of fear of the MuslimsCC Madhya 18.47
bhaye with fearCC Madhya 19.84
loka-bhiḍa-bhaye from fear of the great crowd of peopleCC Madhya 19.114
tāra bhaye due to fear of himCC Antya 3.44
dui bhāye to the two brothersCC Antya 4.142
aparādha-bhaye out of fear of offensesCC Antya 4.148
bhakta-duḥkha-bhaye fearing the unhappiness of the devoteesCC Antya 6.4
rāmacandra-purī-bhaye because of the restriction of Rāmacandra PurīCC Antya 10.156
bhaye out of fearCC Antya 12.135
bhaye out of fearCC Antya 15.42
bhaye being afraid ofCC Antya 18.11
bhaye out of fearCC Antya 18.50
tāńra bhaye because of fear of himCC Antya 19.74
tāńra bhaye because of fear of himCC Antya 19.74
tāńra bhaye because of fear of himCC Antya 20.115
bhayena out of fearBG 11.45
bhayena out of fearSB 6.10.30
bhayena by fearSB 7.1.26
bhayena with fearSB 10.25.21
bhayena out of fearSB 10.36.3-4
bhayena full of fearSB 10.70.28
bheda-mataye who produced different inclinationsSB 4.7.39
loka-bhiḍa bhaye due to fear of crowds of peopleCC Madhya 16.207
loka-bhiḍa-bhaye from fear of the great crowd of peopleCC Madhya 19.114
bhidyeran they would be brokenSB 3.21.52-54
na bhidyeta may not be influencedSB 7.5.7
bhikṣā ye karilā accepted prasādamCC Antya 4.116
bhit-āśraye in the existence of varieties of differenceSB 10.13.39
bhittye on the outside wallCC Madhya 6.253
bhittye on the wallsCC Antya 19.58
bhittye on the wallsCC Antya 19.74
bhittye on the wallsCC Antya 19.101
bhittye on the wallsCC Antya 20.136
bhogera samaye at the time of offering prasādamCC Madhya 12.218
kariye bhojana I can eatCC Madhya 3.83
karaye bhojana eatCC Madhya 12.154-155
kariye bhojana I eatCC Antya 3.38
kariye bhojana let Me eatCC Antya 6.74
karaye bhojana eatCC Antya 6.87
bhojayet one should feedSB 7.15.3
bhojayet should feedSB 8.16.43
bhojayet should feedSB 8.16.46
bhojayet should distribute prasādaSB 8.16.54
bhokṣye will enjoySB 10.36.36
bhramaye travelsCC Madhya 17.228-229
jyeṣṭha-bhrātā the elder brotherCC Antya 1.200
bhṛgu-mukhyebhyaḥ headed by BhṛguSB 11.27.3-4
bhriyeta may be filledSB 7.14.8
sva-bhṛtya-mukhyena by the best of His devoteesSB 11.17.8
bhṛtyera bhṛtya servant of the servantsCC Madhya 14.18
caitanyera bhṛtya the servants of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 10.102
bhṛtye when a servantSB 3.16.5
bhṛtye as a servantSB 10.45.14
bhṛtye unto Your servantCC Madhya 17.94
bhṛtyera bhṛtya servant of the servantsCC Madhya 14.18
bhṛtyera by servantsCC Madhya 17.100
bhṛtyera of the servantCC Antya 12.27
sva-bhṛtyeṣu unto one who is subordinate and deserves to be protectedSB 1.18.47
bhṛtyeṣu upon the servantsSB 4.26.22
bhruvoḥ madhye between the two eyebrowsSB 6.8.8-10
bhūtaye for economic developmentSB 1.4.12
bhūtaye for the increaseSB 7.9.13
tri-bhuvana-madhye within the three worldsCC Madhya 8.199
vinā-mūlye bilāila I distributed without a priceCC Madhya 25.170
bodha-labdhaye for obtaining knowledgeCC Madhya 22.22
bodha-labdhaye for obtaining knowledgeCC Madhya 24.140
bodha-labdhaye for obtaining knowledgeCC Madhya 25.31
brahma-siddhaye for perfection in self-realizationSB 3.25.19
brahma-caryeṇa by celibacySB 3.27.7
brahma-mayena just consistent with the words of the Vedic hymnsSB 4.9.4
brahma-mūrtaye the personal form of the Absolute TruthSB 12.10.31-32
brahma-sāvarṇye in the Brahma-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.327
brahmacaryeṇa by observing celibacySB 5.5.10-13
brahmacaryeṇa by celibacy (the first austerity)SB 6.1.13-14
brahmāṇḍa-madhye within this universeCC Madhya 20.218
brahmaṇye the Absolute TruthSB 1.1.23
brahmaṇye in the man who respects brahminical cultureSB 11.29.13-14
brahmaṇye the protector of brahminical cultureCC Madhya 24.320
brahmaṇyena who was very respectful to brāhmaṇasSB 11.7.31
sannyāsi-buddhye by consideration of a sannyāsīCC Adi 8.11
sannyāsi-buddhye by thinking of Me as a sannyāsīCC Adi 17.265
guru-buddhye accepting the elderly brāhmaṇa as guruCC Madhya 5.34
buddhye in understandingCC Madhya 5.80
svarūpa-buddhye by self-realizationCC Madhya 19.211
buddhye in intelligenceCC Madhya 20.350
buddhye in intelligenceCC Madhya 24.187
kāyastha-buddhye considering a kāyasthaCC Antya 6.23
bhāgavata-buddhye accepting him as a great devoteeCC Antya 7.5
guru-buddhye accepting him as a Godbrother of His spiritual masterCC Antya 8.46
guru-buddhye due to considering him a spiritual masterCC Antya 8.100
ei buddhye by this understandingCC Antya 16.95
buddhyeta understandsSB 6.16.58
buddhyeya may understandSB 3.25.30
budhye can understandSB 2.5.8
budhyet one should understandSB 7.7.26
nā bujhaye not understandsCC Madhya 2.83
nā bujhiye I do not understandCC Madhya 2.20
bujhiye I can understandCC Madhya 6.130
ca anye also many othersSB 1.16.26-30
abhyudaye ca karmaṇi and in a sacrificial ceremony in which oblations are offered to the forefathers and demigodsSB 6.19.26-28
ca anyeṣu and to othersCC Madhya 22.74
cāhaye wantsCC Adi 16.88
cāhiye I wantCC Madhya 7.21
cāhiye I desireCC Madhya 8.186
cāhiye I wantCC Madhya 10.19
cāhiye You requireCC Madhya 12.77
cāhiye sañcaya requires to save some moneyCC Madhya 15.95
cāhiye wantCC Antya 6.150
cāhiye lookingCC Antya 18.38
cāhiye we wantCC Antya 20.55
caidye the King of Cedi (Śiśupāla)SB 10.75.8
caitanye unto Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 1.29
caitanyera of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 1.27
caitanyera of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 1.44
caitanyera of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 3.48
caitanyera of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 3.72
caitanyera of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 3.110
caitanyera of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 4.226
caitanyera sańge with Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 5.91
caitanyera dāsa the servant of Lord CaitanyaCC Adi 5.134
caitanyera kāma all the desires of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 5.156
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.34
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.37
caitanyera dāsya-preme in the emotional ecstatic love of being a servant of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.48
caitanyera of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.49-50
caitanyera dāsa servants of Śrī CaitanyaCC Adi 6.51
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.86
caitanyera dāsa a servant of Lord CaitanyaCC Adi 6.86
caitanyera dāsa muñi I am a servant of Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.86
caitanyera anucara a follower of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.93
caitanyera with Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 7.4
caitanyera of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 8.41
caitanyera of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 8.48
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 10.11
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 10.59
śrī-caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 10.74
caitanyera dāsa servant of Lord CaitanyaCC Adi 10.76
caitanyera of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 17.309
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 1.26
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 1.28
caitanyera of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 2.83
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 2.83
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 7.30
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 8.308
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 11.22
caitanyera gaṇa associates of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 11.93
caitanyera sṛṣṭi the creation of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 11.97
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 11.105
caitanyera dāsa a servant of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 11.242
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 13.58
caitanyera of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 14.16
caitanyera of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 17.54
caitanyera sańge in the association of CaitanyaCC Madhya 17.119
caitanyera of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 19.132
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 19.133
caitanyera vāṇī the words of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.35
caitanyera of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 2.22
caitanyera līlā the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 3.47
caitanyera khelā the activities of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 5.87
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 5.132
caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 6.206
caitanyera kṛpāya by the mercy of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 10.100
caitanyera bhṛtya the servants of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 10.102
caitanyera kathā the narration of the activities of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 10.160
caitanyera prāṇa to the life and soul of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 11.6
caitanyera ārya respected by the LordCC Antya 11.7
caitanyera of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 11.102
caitanyera pāriṣada associate of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 12.35
caitanyera of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 12.95
caitanyera of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 12.99
caitanyera of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 12.101
caitanyera of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 13.58
caitanyera nāṭa dramatic performance of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 18.30
caitanyere of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 1.179
caitrarathye in CaitrarathyaSB 3.23.40
calaye movesCC Madhya 6.10
candra-udaye such moons having arisenCC Adi 13.4
śākhā-candra-nyāye by the logic of showing the moon through the branches of a treeCC Madhya 20.404
śākhā-candra-nyāye according to the logic of seeing the moon through the branches of a treeCC Madhya 21.30
candra-kāntye by the shining of the moonCC Antya 18.27
candrodaye because of the moonriseCC Antya 20.66
cāpaye comes over meCC Antya 18.58
īśvara-ratha-caraṇa-paribhramaṇa-rayeṇa by the force of the rotation of the time agent of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, which is compared to the wheel of His chariotSB 5.8.9
vandiye caraṇa offer respect to the lotus feetCC Antya 19.7
pari ye caranti who worshipSB 10.87.27
cāri sampradāye in the four partiesCC Madhya 13.33
cariṣye I shall wanderSB 3.24.34
cariṣye I will executeSB 10.78.33
cariṣye shall executeSB 12.6.62
karaye carvaṇa chewsCC Antya 6.97
karaye carvaṇa he chewsCC Antya 6.256
brahma-caryeṇa by celibacySB 3.27.7
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
cāturmāsye during this period of CāturmāsyaCC Madhya 9.85
cāturmāsye in the four months of the rainy seasonCC Madhya 14.67
pakṣi-mūrkha-caye dull creatures like the birds, the most foolishCC Madhya 24.185
chāḍi' diye I give upCC Antya 17.55
chāḍite pāriye I can give upCC Antya 4.55
chandomayena with the speed He desiredSB 8.3.31
nija-chāye aloneCC Madhya 15.198
chayera of the six philosophersCC Madhya 25.53
chońye touchesCC Antya 18.23
karaye cintana was contemplatingCC Madhya 25.7
cintayet should think ofBG 6.25
cintayet one should contemplateSB 3.26.72
cintayet one should concentrateSB 11.14.29
cintayet one should meditate onSB 11.14.43
cintayet one should think ofSB 11.14.44
cintayet he should concentrateSB 11.18.21
citta-vijaye conquering the mindSB 7.15.30
anyonye cumbana kissing one anotherCC Madhya 17.42
na dahyeta has not been burnedSB 12.6.18
sa-dainye in humilityCC Adi 3.101
dainye humilityCC Madhya 1.208
nānā yatna-dainye in this way, by various efforts and by humilityCC Madhya 3.92
ati-dainye in great humilityCC Antya 20.31
dainye humilityCC Antya 20.38
dainyete by humilityCC Madhya 3.196
daitye the demonSB 10.36.16
daityena by the demon (Bali Mahārāja)SB 8.10.50
daityena by the demonSB 10.11.25
daityena by the demonSB 10.26.6
daityeṣu among the demonsSB 7.6.17-18
dakṣa-sāvarṇye in the Dakṣa-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.326
dākṣiṇātyera certain brāhmaṇas from South IndiaCC Madhya 18.133
dām-patye in the relationship of husband and wifeSB 12.2.3
dāmpatye for status in household lifeSB 10.60.52
nyasta-daṇḍa-arpita-ańghraye whose lotus feet are worshiped by sages beyond the jurisdiction of punishmentSB 9.11.7
daṇḍaka-araṇye in the forest known as DaṇḍakāraṇyaCC Madhya 9.311
dandaśūka-ākhye named DandaśūkaSB 5.26.33
darpaṇa-ādye beginning in a mirrorCC Adi 4.144
darśaye I shall showSB 9.4.45
darśaye I will showSB 10.89.45
darśayet should presentSB 7.13.10
caitanyera dāsa the servant of Lord CaitanyaCC Adi 5.134
caitanyera dāsa servants of Śrī CaitanyaCC Adi 6.51
caitanyera dāsa a servant of Lord CaitanyaCC Adi 6.86
caitanyera dāsa muñi I am a servant of Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.86
caitanyera dāsa servant of Lord CaitanyaCC Adi 10.76
caitanyera dāsa a servant of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 11.242
jiye kaiche dāsa how can the servant sustain his lifeCC Antya 2.65
daśa-indriye the ten sensesCC Antya 14.47
dāsī-madhye amongst the maidservantsCC Adi 10.137
bhaktye dāsī in devotion she was just like a maidservantCC Madhya 16.57
caitanyera dāsya-preme in the emotional ecstatic love of being a servant of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.48
dāsye shall awardSB 4.30.10
dāsye in being engaged as a servantSB 9.4.18-20
dāsye I will giveSB 10.56.40-42
dāsye the servitudeCC Adi 6.49-50
dāsye in the transcendental mellow of servitudeCC Madhya 19.219
dāsye on the platform of servitudeCC Madhya 19.221
ātma-dāsye in Your personal serviceCC Madhya 22.16
dāsye in servitude to Lord RāmacandraCC Madhya 22.136
dāsye in serving the LordCC Madhya 22.137-139
dāsye in the transcendental mellow of servitudeCC Madhya 23.93
dāsyena by accepting oneself as My servantSB 11.11.34-41
dāsyera sevana the service of the dāsya-rasaCC Madhya 19.222
dāsyera of the dāsya platformCC Madhya 19.222
dāsyera sevana the service of dāsya-rasaCC Madhya 19.226
dasyu-prāyeṣu mostly thievesSB 12.2.12-16
jala-dasyu-bhaye because of fearing piratesCC Madhya 16.198
daurbhāgyena on account of misfortuneSB 4.27.20
dayayet does bestow His mercySB 2.7.42
dayayet may show mercyCC Madhya 6.235
puru-dayena very mercifulSB 3.31.18
deha-kāntye in the luster of the bodyCC Adi 3.57
deha jīye My body livesCC Antya 19.43
dekhaye seesCC Adi 8.62
dekhaye seesCC Adi 17.117
dekhaye tāńhāre sees HimCC Madhya 18.44
dekhaye he seesCC Madhya 25.127
dekhiye we seeCC Adi 4.181
dekhiye I seeCC Adi 4.249
dekhiye I seeCC Adi 7.70
dekhiye we seeCC Adi 7.103
dekhiye one seesCC Madhya 2.13
nā dekhiye I cannot seeCC Madhya 2.90
dekhiye could be seenCC Madhya 4.32
dekhiye I seeCC Madhya 12.17
dekhiye everyone sawCC Madhya 13.106
dekhiye I seeCC Madhya 15.227
dekhiye I seeCC Madhya 16.65
sakala dekhiye I see everythingCC Madhya 17.107
dekhiye I seeCC Madhya 17.110
nā dekhiye bhāla I do not see any good in thisCC Madhya 18.141
nā dekhiye I do not seeCC Antya 3.51
nā dekhiye I cannot seeCC Antya 4.139
tomāke dekhiye I see YouCC Antya 7.8
nā dekhiye I do not seeCC Antya 15.61
deva-ālaye in the templeCC Madhya 4.157
deva-ālaye in the templeCC Madhya 9.93
deva-sāvarṇye in the Deva-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.327
devālaye in a templeCC Madhya 7.131-132
devālaye templesCC Antya 4.215
devālaye yāi' going to a templeCC Antya 13.46
devālaye in a templeCC Antya 13.47
devālaye to the templeCC Antya 18.35
dhairye with perseveranceCC Madhya 24.174
dhairyeṇa with steadfastnessSB 11.29.36
ḍhakkā-vādye with the beating of a kettledrumCC Adi 11.32
dhana-dhānye with riches and grainsCC Adi 13.119
yāyena dhāñā he went very swiftlyCC Antya 6.172
dhana-dhānye with riches and grainsCC Adi 13.119
śālikācuṭi-dhānyera of a kind of fine riceCC Antya 10.27
śāli-dhānyera of rice of a fine qualityCC Antya 10.29-30
śāli-dhānyera kha-i parched rice from fine paddyCC Antya 10.31
dharā dharaye carries innumerable planetsCC Madhya 20.370
śruta-dhāraṇāḥ ye persons advanced in the education of Vedic knowledgeCC Madhya 24.190
dharaṇīra madhye among the material planetsCC Adi 5.110
dharaye capturesCC Adi 4.233
dharā dharaye carries innumerable planetsCC Madhya 20.370
dhārayet hold upSB 2.1.18
dhārayet meditate uponSB 2.2.13
dhārayet can sustainSB 7.3.19
dhārayet meditatesSB 10.87.3
dhārayet meditates uponSB 11.5.52
dhārayet fixesSB 11.9.22
dhārayet one should concentrateSB 11.14.43
dhārayet one should meditateSB 11.14.44
dhārayet one should concentrateSB 11.15.10
dhārayet should concentrateSB 11.15.14
dhārayet one concentratesSB 11.15.15
dhārayet should concentrateSB 11.20.18
dhārayet fixes his attention uponSB 11.29.25
na dhārayiṣye I shall not bearSB 4.4.18
dhārayiṣye I shall acceptSB 6.18.46
pāye dhari touching His lotus feetCC Madhya 7.142
pāye dhari' capturing the feetCC Antya 4.161
dharma-pataye unto the master or propounder of religious principlesSB 5.14.45
dharma-mayena which is full of religious principlesSB 9.5.7
dharma-maye in He who is always situated in pietySB 11.15.18
dharma-guptaye for the protection of the principles of religionSB 12.6.48-49
dharma-guptaye for the protection of religious principlesCC Madhya 8.146
dharma-ācāri-madhye among persons who actually follow the Vedic principles or religious systemCC Madhya 19.147
dharma-sāvarṇye in the Dharma-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.327
dhārṣṭyera tarańga a wave of impudenceCC Antya 1.185
dhāsye I shall engageSB 6.2.38
dhāsye I placeSB 10.88.21
śrī-yaśodā-stanam-dhaye sucking the breast of mother YaśodāCC Antya 7.86
parameṣṭhi-dhiṣṇye on the royal throneSB 3.2.22
dhiṣṇye in Your opulenceSB 4.20.28
sva-dhiṣṇyebhyaḥ from their own seatsSB 4.2.6
sarva-dhiṣṇyebhyaḥ than all the planets, including the heavenly planetsSB 7.3.9-10
sva-dhiṣṇyeṣu on the altarSB 4.22.6
dhiṣṇyeṣu in the previously mentioned places of worshipSB 11.11.46
aindriye dhiyaḥ whose minds are absorbed in thoughts of superior sense gratificationSB 5.18.22
tiraḥ-dhīyeta disappearsSB 2.6.40-41
dhokṣye shall fulfillSB 4.18.9-10
dhyāye meditateCC Madhya 10.45
dhyāyet should be concentrated uponSB 2.1.19
dhyāyet one should meditate uponSB 3.28.12
dhyāyet one should meditateSB 3.28.18
dhyāyet he should visualizeSB 3.28.19
dhyāyet one should meditateSB 3.28.22
dhyāyet he should meditate onSB 3.28.25
dhyāyet one should meditate onSB 3.28.30
dhyāyet he should contemplateSB 3.28.31
dhyāyet he should meditate uponSB 3.28.33
dhyāyet one should meditateSB 4.8.57
dhyāyet one should meditate onSB 6.8.11
dhyāyet should meditateSB 6.18.53
dhyāyet one should meditateSB 10.87.50
na dhyāyet should not contemplateSB 11.11.17
dhyāyet should meditateSB 11.14.31
dhyāyet he should meditate uponSB 11.27.23
dhyāyeta one meditatesSB 10.47.32
yogi-dhyeya meditated upon by yogīsSB 10.38.6
dhyeya-madhye out of all types of meditationCC Madhya 8.253
dhyeyaḥ to be rememberedSB 1.2.14
dhyeyam worthy to be meditated onSB 6.8.11
dhyeyam the proper object of meditationSB 10.31.13
dhyeyam fit to be meditated uponSB 11.5.33
dhyeyam most worshipableCC Madhya 19.103
dhyeyam always to be meditated onCC Madhya 19.106
digvijaye on his way to conquer the worldSB 1.16.4
digvijaye during the time of his world tourSB 1.16.5
dik-vijaye for the purpose of gaining victory over Bali MahārājaSB 5.24.27
dik-vijaye for conquering all directionsSB 8.19.5
dik-vijaye to conquer all the worldSB 9.11.25
dik-vijaye while conquering all directionsSB 9.20.30
dik-vijaye during the conquest of all directionsSB 10.70.24
dina-atyaye at the end of the daySB 1.9.44
dina-atyaye at the end of the daySB 3.11.28
dina-kṣaye at the end of the tithiSB 4.12.49-50
dina-kṣaye on that day in which three tithis are combinedSB 7.14.20-23
lańkā-vijayera dine on the day celebrating the conquering of LańkāCC Madhya 15.32
divye divineSB 10.79.8
divyena by transcendentalSB 1.4.17-18
divyena which was spiritual, not ordinarySB 7.3.22
diye I am givingCC Madhya 3.91
diye supplyCC Madhya 4.29
āni diye I shall bring and deliverCC Madhya 12.77
diye I sacrificeCC Antya 4.10
nāhi diye have no desire to giveCC Antya 9.98
lañā diye I shall offerCC Antya 16.19
chāḍi' diye I give upCC Antya 17.55
śikṣā diye I shall give some lessonsCC Antya 19.46
diyeta was givenCC Adi 2.27
drakṣye I shall seeSB 4.3.10
drakṣye I will seeSB 10.37.15-20
drakṣye I will seeSB 10.38.7
drakṣye I shall seeSB 10.38.14
drakṣye I desire to seeSB 12.9.6
dravya-vinimaye in exchange for goodsSB 5.26.28
dravye with giftsCC Adi 13.104
dravye with giftsCC Adi 13.105
nānā-dravye with all kinds of food grainsCC Madhya 16.152
ei dravye in these ingredientsCC Antya 16.94
sei dravye in such material thingsCC Antya 16.110
ei dravye in these ingredientsCC Antya 16.112
tat-dravyeṇa with the paraphernalia intended for Indra's sacrificeSB 10.24.32-33
dravyeṇa by another objectSB 11.21.10
dravyeṇa by various paraphernaliaSB 11.27.9
āra dravyera of the balanceCC Antya 9.54
saba dravyera of every preparationCC Antya 10.125-126
saba dravyera of all the articlesCC Antya 10.130
eka eka dravyera of each particular type of prasādamCC Antya 11.78
dravyeṣu upon seeing such thingsSB 11.8.8
dṛṣṭaye for the purpose of finding outSB 4.21.42
nivṛtta-dvaita-dṛṣṭaye whose vision turns away from duality, or who is one without a secondSB 6.16.18-19
dṛṣṭaye whose visionSB 10.40.12
dṛṣṭaye visionSB 10.86.48
dṛṣṭaye for exhibitingIso 15
prema-dṛṣṭye with His glance of deep loveCC Adi 3.62
śāstra-dṛṣṭye according to the directions of revealed scripturesCC Adi 10.90
kṛpā-dṛṣṭye with merciful glancesCC Madhya 3.153-155
śāstra-dṛṣṭye according to the conclusion of scripturesCC Madhya 6.93
śāstra-dṛṣṭye according to the direction of the śāstraCC Antya 5.44
dṛśyeta is visibleSB 7.2.44
dṛśyeta is seenSB 7.11.35
na dṛśyete are not seenSB 11.7.49
dṛśyete are seenSB 12.2.27-28
druhyet will commit violenceSB 7.4.28
sukha-duḥkha-bāhye outside of happiness and distressSB 3.28.36
sukha-duḥkha-upapattaye for administering happiness and distressSB 8.21.20
duḥkha-madhye among the miserable conditions of lifeCC Madhya 8.248
bhakta-duḥkha-bhaye fearing the unhappiness of the devoteesCC Antya 6.4
dui-vipra-madhye between the two brāhmaṇasCC Madhya 5.16
dui bhāiye the two brothersCC Madhya 19.59
dui-bhāiye the two brothersCC Madhya 19.88
dui-kārye with two kinds of activitiesCC Antya 3.149
dui pāye on the two solesCC Antya 4.120
dui bhāye to the two brothersCC Antya 4.142
dukūla-agrye dressed with a dhotīSB 4.21.17
duńhāra satye in the truthfulness of both of youCC Madhya 5.114
duranta-śaktaye who possesses energies very difficult to overcomeSB 8.3.28
duratyaye which is very difficult to traverseSB 5.13.1
duratyayebhyaḥ insurmountableSB 10.46.20
duratyayena unavoidableSB 10.51.50
durvibhāvyena by inconceivableSB 4.23.26
durvitarkyeṇa beyond empiric speculationSB 3.20.12
duṣprekṣye which was not to be seenSB 10.62.22
duṣyeta becomes pollutedSB 9.24.34
na duṣyeta is not spoiledSB 12.10.30
duye in two (hands)CC Adi 17.14
nivṛtta-dvaita-dṛṣṭaye whose vision turns away from duality, or who is one without a secondSB 6.16.18-19
śloka-dvaye in two versesCC Adi 6.3
purī-dvaye in two purīs, namely Mathurā-purī and Dvārakā-purīCC Madhya 19.193
purī-dvaye in Dvārakā and MathurāCC Madhya 20.398
dvi-jātaye to (another) brāhmaṇaSB 10.64.16
dvijātaye unto the brāhmaṇasSB 8.19.3
dvīpa-hūtaye for the name of the islandSB 5.20.8
tat-dvīpa-madhye within that islandSB 5.20.30
yojana-lakṣa-dvitaye at a distance of 1,600,000 milesSB 5.22.14
dvitīye in the illusory energySB 4.9.33
dvitīye on the second yearSB 9.7.19
dvitīye a cause for duplicationSB 10.42.28-31
dvitīye in the Second ChapterCC Antya 20.105
dvitīyena by the second stepSB 8.19.34
dvitīyena by the second stepSB 8.21.31
dyujayena with achieving the heavenly kingdomSB 5.19.22
ei tina madhye of these threeCC Madhya 1.65
ei vākye in this statementCC Madhya 5.76
ei vākye in this statementCC Madhya 9.34
ei bhaye out of this fearCC Madhya 13.152
ei vākye because of this statementCC Madhya 15.100
ei vākye this statementCC Madhya 18.97
ei ye all thisCC Madhya 21.26
ei dravye in these ingredientsCC Antya 16.94
ei buddhye by this understandingCC Antya 16.95
ei dravye in these ingredientsCC Antya 16.112
ei upāye this meansCC Antya 17.55
eka-ekaśyena one after anotherSB 5.1.33
eka-agryeṇa with full attentionSB 5.2.2
eka-ekaśyena one after anotherSB 7.15.50-51
eka-mūrtye by one of His transcendental formsCC Madhya 8.109
eka sampradāye in one groupCC Madhya 11.227
eka-i mūrtye in one formCC Madhya 20.188
ekā yāyena goes aloneCC Antya 10.138
eka eka dravyera of each particular type of prasādamCC Antya 11.78
eka eka dravyera of each particular type of prasādamCC Antya 11.78
eka-ekaśyena one after anotherSB 5.1.33
eka-ekaśyena one after anotherSB 7.15.50-51
prāyeṇa etat it is almost bySB 1.15.24
gābhī-gaṇa-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.15
gābhī-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 20.131
gaja-sāhvaye HastināpuraSB 1.4.6
gajāhvaye in the capital of HastināpuraSB 1.15.38
gajāhvaye in HastināpuraSB 1.17.43-44
gajāhvaye on the town of Hastināpura (New Delhi)SB 9.22.40
gamiṣye shall goSB 3.4.21
ācāryera gaṇa descendants of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 12.73
kīrti-gaṇa-madhye among glorious activitiesCC Madhya 8.246
gāna-madhye among songsCC Madhya 8.250
caitanyera gaṇa associates of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 11.93
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
gopī-gaṇa-madhye of all the gopīsCC Madhya 14.160
rasa-gaṇa-madhye among all the mellowsCC Madhya 19.104
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
veśyā-gaṇa-madhye among the prostitutesCC Antya 3.106
gābhī-gaṇa-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.15
kariye gaṇana I countCC Madhya 9.6
kariye gaṇana I countCC Antya 7.115
na gaṇaye do not valueSB 4.7.29
gaṇayet can countSB 5.25.12
gaṇayet one may countSB 11.4.2
gańgā-snāna pāiye we can take a bath in the GangesCC Madhya 18.150
māyera garbhe the womb of the motherCC Antya 12.48
gārhasthye in household lifeCC Adi 13.14
na garhayet one should not criticizeSB 11.28.1
garhayet should criticizeCC Antya 8.78
garhyeṇa by that which is inferiorSB 11.17.49
garjaye was roaringCC Adi 17.178-179
gata-prāye is almost finishedSB 12.2.12-16
parīṣṭa-gataye unto Him who is the ultimate goal, the highest success of lifeSB 6.9.45
ātma-gataye whose own positionSB 6.16.47
gataye and liberation (coming from whom)SB 10.49.29
artha-gataye to understand the meaningCC Antya 1.186
sūryera gati the movement of the sunCC Antya 20.57
gauḍa-udaye on the eastern horizon of GauḍaCC Adi 1.2
gauḍa-udaye on the eastern horizon of GauḍaCC Adi 1.84
gauḍa-udaye on the eastern horizon of GauḍaCC Madhya 1.2
gauṇa-vṛttye by indirect meaningsCC Adi 7.109
gaura-kāntye by a golden complexionCC Madhya 8.269
gāye in the bodyCC Madhya 14.172
tāra gāye on his bodyCC Madhya 17.28
āpane gāyena personally singsCC Madhya 13.63
haridāsa gāyena Junior Haridāsa was singingCC Antya 2.153-154
gāyena they sangCC Antya 19.54
ācāryera ghara the house of Yadunandana ĀcāryaCC Antya 6.167
ācāryera ghare at the house of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 1.232
ācāryera ghare at the house of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 25.245
balarāma-ācāryera ghare at the residence of Balarāma ĀcāryaCC Antya 3.165
ācāryera ghare at the house of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Antya 3.217
ghātaye I will have killedSB 10.36.32
ghātayiṣye I shall have Them killedSB 10.36.32
giraye to the mountain called GovardhanaSB 10.24.28
giri-kandara-prāye similar to the dark caves in the mountainsSB 5.14.33
gopāla-rāyera of Lord GopālaCC Madhya 18.23
gopāye I shall protectSB 10.25.18
gopāyet give protectionSB 1.13.46
gopāyeta let Him protectSB 7.8.13
gopī-gaṇa-madhye of all the gopīsCC Madhya 14.160
gopī-bhāva hṛdaye with the ecstatic love of the gopīs in His heartCC Antya 19.53
gopīnātha ācāryere to Gopīnātha ĀcāryaCC Madhya 6.50
gopīnātha-ācārye unto Gopīnātha ĀcāryaCC Madhya 14.83
govinda-ādyera of Govinda and othersCC Madhya 2.78
kariye grahaṇe I chantCC Antya 7.83
grahīṣye I shall giveSB 9.3.12
grahodaye constellation of stellar influenceSB 1.12.12
grāma-madhye within the villageCC Madhya 4.47
grāmyeṣu among worldly menSB 10.26.2
gṛdhyet would acceptSB 6.7.12
gṛha-kṛtyeṣu in discharging household affairsSB 10.8.30
gṛha-kṛtyeṣu in engagement in household affairsSB 10.9.22
gṛha-prāyeṣu just like materialistic homesSB 12.2.12-16
bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhe at the house of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 15.202
bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhiṇī the wife of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 15.200
gṛhya-kṛtye in household workSB 10.29.34
gṛhyeta should be acceptedSB 3.13.10
gūḍha-aiśvarye hiding His opulenceSB 11.5.49
sarva-guhā-āśaye residing in everyone's heartSB 3.29.11-12
guhye on the private partsSB 8.20.24
haṃsa-guhyena by the celebrated prayers known as Haṃsa-guhyaSB 6.4.22
guhyeṣu confidentiallySB 1.10.24
sarva-sat-guṇa-māhātmye glorified by all godly attributesSB 1.12.24
guṇa-sannivāye in the world of three modes of natureSB 2.2.22
guṇa-maye into the external features, consisting of the three modes of material natureSB 5.16.3
guṇa-sāmye in an equilibrium of material qualitiesSB 7.6.20-23
guṇa-ādhikye by the increase of transcendental qualitiesCC Madhya 8.86
rūpa-guṇa-aiśvaryera of forms, qualities and opulenceCC Madhya 9.160
sakhyera guṇa the quality of fraternityCC Madhya 19.227
guṇa-madhye in such good attributesCC Antya 8.81
guptaye for the protectionSB 5.1.22
apatya-guptaye giving protection to your sonsSB 8.17.18
guptaye for the protectionSB 10.31.4
guptaye to protectSB 10.51.39-40
guptaye for the protectionSB 10.89.58
guptaye for the protectionSB 11.5.50
dharma-guptaye for the protection of the principles of religionSB 12.6.48-49
dharma-guptaye for the protection of religious principlesCC Madhya 8.146
guru-vākyena by the order of his spiritual masterSB 9.8.5-6
guru-buddhye accepting the elderly brāhmaṇa as guruCC Madhya 5.34
guru-śiṣya-nyāye when there is a logical argument between the spiritual master and the discipleCC Madhya 10.173
guru-buddhye accepting him as a Godbrother of His spiritual masterCC Antya 8.46
guru-buddhye due to considering him a spiritual masterCC Antya 8.100
ha-iye I becomeCC Adi 4.135
ta' ha-iye indeed existedCC Madhya 25.110
āmi ha-iye I amCC Madhya 25.111
ha-iye amCC Madhya 25.112
jyeṣṭha hailā He became the elder brotherCC Adi 5.152
haṃsa-guhyena by the celebrated prayers known as Haṃsa-guhyaSB 6.4.22
haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 5.129
rāja-haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 7.102
haniṣye I shall killBG 16.13-15
haniṣye I shall killSB 7.4.28
haniṣye I shall killSB 10.12.14
haniṣye I shall defeatSB 10.25.16
haniṣye I will killSB 10.78.5
hanyeta will be destroyedSB 11.8.14
hanyeta can be injuredSB 11.15.29
hanyetām the two should be killedSB 10.36.20
hanyetām They should be killedSB 10.36.22-23
haraye unto the Supreme LordSB 2.7.18
haraye unto the LordSB 2.9.39
haraye who takes away all miserable conditions of devoteesSB 4.30.24
haraye unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, known as HariSB 5.14.45
haraye unto the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 6.9.45
nṛ-haraye who has appeared as half lion and half man (Nṛhari)SB 7.8.44
haraye unto the Lord, who vanquishes all the miseries of devoteesSB 7.10.10
haraye unto the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 8.16.34
haraye unto the Supreme LordSB 8.17.9
haraye unto the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 10.6.34
haraye to Lord Hari, KṛṣṇaSB 10.53.51-55
haraye to the Supreme Lord HariSB 10.62.2
haraye the Supreme Lord, HariSB 10.73.16
haraye to Lord HariSB 11.2.47
haraye namaḥ obeisances to Lord HariSB 12.12.47
haraye attractsCC Adi 4.251
haraye namaḥ I offer my respectful obeisances to Lord HariCC Adi 17.122
haraye for the pleasure of the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 22.74
haraye unto the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 25.64
hari-bhaktye by advancement in devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.272
haridāsa gāyena Junior Haridāsa was singingCC Antya 2.153-154
hariṣye I shall separateSB 8.11.6
hariṣye I will removeSB 10.54.25
hariṣye I will take awaySB 10.88.8
harmyeṣu on the rooftopsSB 10.90.1-7
hasta-agrāhye when the destination is out of the reach of His handsSB 10.8.30
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
hāsye sometimes by laughingCC Madhya 6.112
hāṭaka-ākhyena made from an intoxicating herb known as hāṭakaSB 5.24.16
ubhaye hate when both are destroyedSB 11.13.3
vārtra-hatye at the time suitable for killing VṛtrāsuraSB 6.12.33
haya-āsye in the horse-headed incarnationSB 11.4.17
haye there isCC Adi 4.194
haye isCC Adi 5.112
haye there isCC Adi 6.19
haye isCC Madhya 1.28
haye becomeCC Madhya 2.12
haye becomingCC Madhya 2.86
haye there isCC Madhya 2.92
haye beingCC Madhya 6.143
haye there isCC Madhya 7.24
haye isCC Madhya 7.29
haye isCC Madhya 8.265
haye there isCC Madhya 13.155
haye becomes successfulCC Madhya 16.65
haye isCC Madhya 18.142
haye is thereCC Madhya 21.65
haye they areCC Antya 6.198
haye there isCC Antya 15.82
hayena by His horseSB 12.2.19-20
hayena isCC Adi 4.59
hayena areCC Adi 4.210
hayena isCC Adi 6.20
hayena becomesCC Adi 7.122
hayena becomesCC Adi 13.122
hayena isCC Madhya 6.52
hayena becomesCC Madhya 6.72
hayena becomesCC Madhya 7.23
hayena isCC Madhya 7.62
hayena isCC Madhya 9.138
hayena wasCC Madhya 9.297
hayena becomeCC Madhya 14.193
hayena isCC Madhya 15.95
hayena mūrcchita becomes unconsciousCC Madhya 18.170
hayena becomesCC Madhya 21.14
hayena sometimes becomesCC Antya 20.66
hayena isCC Antya 20.82
hiṃsiṣye I shall take any retaliationSB 8.20.12
hiraṇmaye in Hiraṇmaya-varṣaSB 5.18.29
hiraṇmayena goldenSB 4.13.36
hiraṇmayena goldenSB 4.18.15
hiraṇmayena by a golden effulgenceIso 15
hiraṇyena with gold ornamentsSB 9.20.28
hṛdaye in the heartSB 1.14.11
hṛdaye in the heartSB 3.5.42
tat antaḥ-hṛdaye in the heartSB 3.8.22
hṛdaye in his heartSB 3.12.50
hṛdaye in the heartSB 3.31.13
hṛdaye in the heartSB 4.30.20
antaḥ-hṛdaye in the core of the heartSB 4.30.29
hṛdaye within the heartSB 5.23.7
hṛdaye on the heartSB 6.8.8-10
hṛdaye within the core of the heartSB 7.7.37
sva-hṛdaye within the core of the heartSB 8.3.18
hṛdaye in the heartSB 11.3.50-51
hṛdaye in one's heartSB 11.3.55
hṛdaye in the heartCC Adi 1.61
hṛdaye in the heartCC Adi 1.100
hṛdaye in the heartCC Adi 4.136
hṛdaye in the heartCC Adi 4.219
hṛdaye in the heartCC Adi 4.233
hṛdaye on the chestCC Adi 6.46
hṛdaye in the heartCC Adi 6.91
hṛdaye in the heartCC Adi 11.35
hṛdaye in the heartCC Adi 13.84
tomāra hṛdaye into your heartCC Adi 13.85
hṛdaye in the heartCC Adi 17.266
hṛdaye in the heartCC Madhya 1.258
hṛdaye in the heartCC Madhya 6.129
hṛdaye within the heartCC Madhya 8.106
hṛdaye within the heartCC Madhya 8.123
hṛdaye within the heartCC Madhya 8.265
hṛdaye in the heartCC Madhya 8.267
hṛdaye in the heartCC Madhya 9.36
hṛdaye within himselfCC Madhya 10.158
hṛdaye in the heartCC Madhya 11.117
hṛdaye on my heartCC Madhya 12.21
hṛdaye in the heartsCC Madhya 13.100
prabhura hṛdaye in the heart of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 13.170
hṛdaye in the heartsCC Madhya 13.176
hṛdaye within the heartCC Madhya 14.145
hṛdaye within the heartCC Madhya 17.84
mlecchera hṛdaye in the hearts of the Muslim soldiersCC Madhya 18.178
hṛdaye within the heartCC Madhya 19.22
śrī-rūpa-hṛdaye in the heart of Śrīla Rūpa GosvāmīCC Madhya 19.117
hṛdaye in the heartCC Madhya 23.17
hṛdaye praveśa entering into me or manifesting in my heartCC Madhya 24.326
hṛdaye in the heartCC Antya 1.195
nakula-hṛdaye in the heart of Nakula BrahmacārīCC Antya 2.17
tāńra hṛdaye within his heartCC Antya 2.66
hṛdaye on the heartCC Antya 6.291
hṛdaye in my heartCC Antya 6.327
bhaṭṭera hṛdaye in the heart of Vallabha BhaṭṭaCC Antya 7.53
hṛdaye upon my heartCC Antya 11.33
sva-hṛdaye upon his heartCC Antya 11.54
hṛdaye within the heartCC Antya 13.98
hṛdaye paśilā entered the heartCC Antya 14.70
hṛdaye in the heartCC Antya 14.73
hṛdaye in the heartCC Antya 14.120
hṛdaye the heartsCC Antya 15.73
hṛdaye the heartsCC Antya 15.75
hṛdaye in my heartCC Antya 16.53
hṛdaye in my heartCC Antya 16.87
hṛdaye within My heartCC Antya 17.51
hṛdaye in my heartCC Antya 17.72
hṛdaye in my heartCC Antya 18.49
hṛdaye in the heartCC Antya 19.40
gopī-bhāva hṛdaye with the ecstatic love of the gopīs in His heartCC Antya 19.53
hṛdaye in my heartCC Antya 19.76
hṛdayena most intimateSB 1.14.44
hṛdayena by the heart and soulSB 1.15.20
hṛdayena living energySB 3.6.9
hṛdayena with a heartSB 3.23.49
hṛdayena by the heartSB 4.3.19
hṛdayena within the heartSB 4.8.58
hṛdayena because his heartSB 4.12.42
hṛdayena within her heartSB 4.17.17
hṛdayena with a heartSB 4.26.19
hṛdayena from My heartSB 5.5.20
hṛdayena within the heartSB 5.5.35
vyathita-hṛdayena by a disturbed mindSB 5.14.21
hṛdayena with his heartSB 10.42.35
hṛdayera of the heartCC Adi 1.98
hṛdayera of the heartCC Madhya 2.35
hṛdayera of the heartCC Madhya 2.35
tomāra hṛdayera of your heartCC Antya 5.134
hṛdayera of the heartCC Antya 15.77
hṛdayera of the heartCC Antya 15.82
hṛdayeṣu within the heartSB 3.13.4
hṛdayeṣu with devotees whose heartsSB 4.9.12
antaḥ-hṛdayeṣu in the cores of the heartsSB 6.9.42
antaḥ-hṛdayeṣu within the recesses of their heartsSB 12.6.67
hṛdayeṣu in their heartsBs 5.38
hṛṣyet should rejoiceSB 11.18.33
hṛt-śayena lusty desires within the mind of RāvaṇaSB 9.10.10
dvīpa-hūtaye for the name of the islandSB 5.20.8
supuru-hūtaye having varieties of transcendental namesSB 6.9.31
eka-i mūrtye in one formCC Madhya 20.188
śāli-dhānyera kha-i parched rice from fine paddyCC Antya 10.31
ācāryera icchā the wish of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.92
tomāra ye icchā whatever is Your desireCC Antya 2.135
ihā-madhye in the meantimeCC Madhya 2.91
ijyeta is worshipedSB 7.14.17
ījyeta one should worshipSB 10.84.37
īkṣaṇīye to look atSB 1.9.39
indra-jyeṣṭhaiḥ persons of whom King Indra is the eldestSB 8.17.14
indra-sāvarṇye in the Indra-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.328
indrapramitaye to IndrapramitiSB 12.6.54-56
ātma-indriya-jayena by controlling the mind and sensesSB 3.32.34-36
indriya-prītaye for sense gratificationSB 5.5.4
indriye in the sensesCC Madhya 13.164
sarva-indriye with all the sensesCC Madhya 19.168
daśa-indriye the ten sensesCC Antya 14.47
indriye at the sensesCC Antya 15.18
indriyebhyaḥ more than the sensesBG 3.42
indriyera of the sensesCC Madhya 9.191
indriyeṣu in the sensesSB 4.18.14
indriyeṣu in the sense organsSB 4.23.17
indriyeṣu into the sensesSB 7.15.52
ińhāra puṇye by his pietyCC Madhya 5.85
ińhāra madhye among the loving affairs of the gopīsCC Madhya 8.98
ińhāra madhye out of Them allCC Madhya 20.208
ińhāra madhye of ThemCC Madhya 20.220
īśvara-ratha-caraṇa-paribhramaṇa-rayeṇa by the force of the rotation of the time agent of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, which is compared to the wheel of His chariotSB 5.8.9
īśvara-acintya-śaktye by the inconceivable potency of the Supreme LordCC Adi 16.81
īśvarera śaktye by the power of the LordCC Adi 6.19
īśvarera śaktye by the energy of the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 20.261
āyāsye iti I will returnSB 10.39.35
iti-madhye in the meantimeCC Adi 7.49
ha-iye I becomeCC Adi 4.135
nāma la-iye I take their different namesCC Madhya 24.295
ta' ha-iye indeed existedCC Madhya 25.110
āmi ha-iye I amCC Madhya 25.111
ha-iye amCC Madhya 25.112
iyeṣa he attemptedSB 4.12.29
iyeṣa desiredSB 10.3.47
iyeṣa desiredSB 10.9.12
jīye jaga-jana the living entities all over the world live peacefullyCC Madhya 25.276
jagatera madhye throughout the whole worldCC Antya 2.105
jaiminaye to JaiminiSB 12.6.52-53
jala-āśaye with a lakeSB 4.25.17
amala-jala-āśayeṣu in lakes with clear waterSB 5.17.13
jala-āśaye in the reservoir of waterSB 8.24.23
jala-maṇḍūka-vādye like the croaking sound of frogs in the waterCC Madhya 14.77
jala-dasyu-bhaye because of fearing piratesCC Madhya 16.198
bhaṭṭācāryera jāmātā the son-in-law of the BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 15.245
jambū-ākhyena by the island named JambūSB 5.20.2
jana-atyaye for the ultimate destruction of the entire creationSB 10.3.20
jīye jaga-jana the living entities all over the world live peacefullyCC Madhya 25.276
jānāye He taughtCC Adi 3.34
jānaye knowCC Adi 3.88
nā jānaye do not knowCC Madhya 2.23
jānaye knowCC Madhya 20.363
janayet he should causeBG 3.26
jāniye knowCC Adi 1.44
jāniye one can knowCC Adi 8.36
jāniye knowCC Antya 7.87
nā jāniye did not knowCC Antya 9.98
jāniye I can understandCC Antya 12.131
manuṣye janmiyā taking birth in human societyCC Antya 3.264
dvi-jātaye to (another) brāhmaṇaSB 10.64.16
jāye of the two wivesSB 4.8.8
jāye wivesSB 8.13.8
jāye O my dear wifeSB 9.14.34
kṣiti-jaye during (Bhauma's) conquest of the earthSB 10.83.40
jāye O my wifeSB 11.26.5
jaye in conquestSB 12.3.1
ātma-jaye of victory over the selfSB 12.3.5
jayema we may conquerBG 2.6
jayema can conquerSB 3.14.20
jayema we will conquerSB 11.6.46
jayema can conquer overCC Madhya 15.237
ātma-indriya-jayena by controlling the mind and sensesSB 3.32.34-36
jāyeran have appearedSB 9.7.11
jāyeran should take birthSB 10.1.48
jayet one should conquerSB 7.15.22
jayet can conquerSB 7.15.25
na jayet cannot conquerSB 11.8.21
jayet overcomesSB 11.25.13
jayet conquersSB 11.25.14
jayet conquersSB 11.25.15
jāyeta developSB 2.2.14
na jāyeta did not come outSB 8.7.16
jayeyuḥ they conquerBG 2.6
jigye conqueredSB 6.7.40
jigye wonSB 10.54.13
jigye He conqueredSB 11.31.12
jigye he conqueredSB 12.8.7-11
bhaktye jīvan-mukta one liberated in this life by pursuing the process of devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.129
bhaktye jīvan-mukta persons liberated in this life by discharging devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.130
jīviṣye I shall liveSB 9.9.32
jīye livesCC Adi 12.66
jiye I liveCC Madhya 2.92
nāhi jīye cannot liveCC Madhya 13.152
jīye jaga-jana the living entities all over the world live peacefullyCC Madhya 25.276
jiye kaiche dāsa how can the servant sustain his lifeCC Antya 2.65
jīye shall liveCC Antya 16.19
jīye livesCC Antya 17.45
jiye sustains lifeCC Antya 19.36
deha jīye My body livesCC Antya 19.43
jīye livesCC Antya 20.55
jñāna-udaye upon the arising of knowledgeSB 4.11.2
aiśvarya-jñāna-prādhānye in the predominance of awe and venerationCC Madhya 19.194
koṭi-jñāni-madhye out of many millions of such wise menCC Madhya 19.148
jñāyeta would be knownSB 11.10.36-37
joṣayet he should dovetailBG 3.26
jvalaye burnsCC Adi 17.46
jyeṣṭhā misfortuneSB 1.17.32
jyeṣṭhā the seniorSB 6.14.28
jyeṣṭha-putrasya of the first son, YaduSB 9.23.17
jyeṣṭhā by the name JyeṣṭhāSB 10.6.24
jyeṣṭha-putrasya of the eldest sonSB 12.12.25-26
jyeṣṭha hailā He became the elder brotherCC Adi 5.152
jyeṣṭha-kaniṣṭha-abhimāna considering Themselves the elder or youngerCC Adi 5.154
jyeṣṭha as superiorCC Adi 6.98
jyeṣṭha-bhāve in the emotion of being superiorCC Adi 6.99
jyeṣṭha elderCC Adi 10.5
jyeṣṭha seniorCC Madhya 11.140
jyeṣṭha-bhrātā the elder brotherCC Antya 1.200
jyeṣṭha-sahodara elder brothersCC Antya 4.32
jyeṣṭhaḥ the eldestSB 5.4.9
jyeṣṭhaḥ the elderSB 7.1.40
jyeṣṭhāḥ prominentSB 9.6.4
jyeṣṭhaḥ the eldestSB 9.16.30
jyeṣṭhāḥ eldestSB 9.16.33
jyeṣṭhaḥ the eldestSB 9.22.26
jyeṣṭhaḥ the eldest sonSB 9.23.29
jyeṣṭhaḥ the oldestSB 10.62.2
jyeṣṭhaḥ the oldestSB 11.2.17
bāṇa-jyeṣṭhaiḥ the chief of whom is BāṇaSB 8.10.30-31
indra-jyeṣṭhaiḥ persons of whom King Indra is the eldestSB 8.17.14
jyeṣṭham the eldestSB 5.5.28
rāhu-jyeṣṭham among whom Rāhu is the oldestSB 6.6.37
bāṇa-jyeṣṭham having Bāṇa as the eldestSB 6.18.17
kakudmi-jyeṣṭham of whom the eldest was KakudmīSB 9.3.28
jyeṣṭham the eldestSB 9.16.35
jyeṣṭham the eldestSB 9.18.38
jyeṣṭham unto his eldest brother, DevāpiSB 9.22.11
jyeṣṭham the eldestSB 9.23.29
jyeṣṭhasya of the elderSB 1.13.14
jyeṣṭhe JyeṣṭhāSB 5.23.6
jyeṭhā the father's elder brothersCC Madhya 15.241
jyeṭhā and his elder brotherCC Antya 6.25
tomāra jyeṭhā the elder brother of your fatherCC Antya 6.32
pitā-jyeṭhā father and his elder brotherCC Antya 6.195
jyeṭhā his elder brotherCC Antya 6.197
bāpa-jyeṭhāre āna bring your father and his elder brotherCC Antya 6.21
jyeṭhāre the elder brother of your fatherCC Antya 6.33
jyeṭhāre milāila arranged a meeting between the caudhurī and the elder brother of his fatherCC Antya 6.34
jyotiḥ-mayena dazzlingSB 5.1.30
anyera kā kathā what to speak of othersCC Antya 3.265
kāḍiye I take awayCC Madhya 18.142
tumi yei kaha whatever you sayCC Madhya 11.112
kahaye saysCC Adi 2.113
kahaye speaksCC Adi 4.109
kahaye spokeCC Adi 14.84
kahaye speaksCC Madhya 20.146
kahaye he saysCC Antya 8.63
kahaye saysCC Antya 18.13
bhaṭṭācārye kahe said to the BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 15.224
sūtra-madhyei kahiluń I have already stated within the synopsisCC Madhya 1.9
kahiye I sayCC Adi 1.69-70
kahiye I callCC Adi 1.90
kahiye I sayCC Adi 2.76
kahiye I sayCC Adi 3.72
kahiye I shall speakCC Adi 4.4
kahiye I shall speakCC Adi 4.101
kahiye I sayCC Adi 4.170
kahiye I sayCC Adi 4.237
kahiye I sayCC Adi 5.78
kahiye I speakCC Adi 5.159
kahiye I describeCC Adi 13.53
kahiye I am speakingCC Madhya 8.123
kahiye I am speakingCC Madhya 8.198
kahiye sayCC Madhya 11.53
kahiye I describeCC Madhya 16.288
kahiye let me explainCC Madhya 19.166
kahiye I shall speakCC Madhya 20.107
kahiye we sayCC Madhya 20.374
kahiye I shall speakCC Madhya 22.114
kahiye I sayCC Madhya 24.99
kahiye meansCC Madhya 24.301
kahiye let me speakCC Madhya 25.6
kahiye let me sayCC Antya 1.74
kahiye I can sayCC Antya 3.19
kahiye I sayCC Antya 5.140
kahiye I sayCC Antya 8.82
jiye kaiche dāsa how can the servant sustain his lifeCC Antya 2.65
kaivalya-pataye unto the master of the monistsSB 1.8.27
kaivalye in pure eternal knowledge and blissSB 1.7.23
kakudmi-jyeṣṭham of whom the eldest was KakudmīSB 9.3.28
kalā-atyaye after the annihilation of the material worldSB 4.24.29
kāla-sāmye in agreement of timeCC Antya 1.134
kāla-sāmyena by a suitable timeCC Antya 1.135
kalaye to kill the personified KaliSB 1.17.28
kalaye to the personality of KaliSB 1.17.38
vidāyera kāle at the time of departureCC Madhya 8.296
kālīyera of the snake KālīyaCC Madhya 18.105
kalpa-kṣaye at the end of the millenniumBG 9.7
kalpa-apāye at the devastation of the kalpaSB 4.7.42
kalpayet one should considerSB 7.14.14
kalpayet one should performSB 11.27.11
kalpayet the devotee should arrangeSB 11.27.34
kalpayet one should giveSB 11.27.43
kalye early in the morningSB 4.24.78
kalye at dawnSB 12.11.26
kāma-upanayena by satisfyingSB 8.20.10
caitanyera kāma all the desires of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 5.156
kāmaye do I desireSB 4.20.24
kāmaye I begSB 8.19.17
kāmaye desireSB 9.21.12
na kāmaye I do not desireSB 10.51.55
kāmaye I wishSB 10.85.32-33
kāmaye I desireSB 11.8.30
kāmaye desireCC Adi 4.146
kāmaye desireCC Madhya 8.149
kāmaye desireCC Madhya 20.182
kāmaye I desireCC Antya 20.29
kāmyeṣu based on selfish desireSB 12.3.28
giri-kandara-prāye similar to the dark caves in the mountainsSB 5.14.33
jyeṣṭha-kaniṣṭha-abhimāna considering Themselves the elder or youngerCC Adi 5.154
kāńpaye tremblesCC Madhya 2.90
deha-kāntye in the luster of the bodyCC Adi 3.57
gaura-kāntye by a golden complexionCC Madhya 8.269
ańga-kāntye by the beauty of the bodyCC Antya 3.232
candra-kāntye by the shining of the moonCC Antya 18.27
kanye daughtersSB 4.1.64
karaye phut-kāra began to express disappointmentCC Antya 2.63
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.9
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.50
karaye doesCC Adi 4.26
karaye doCC Adi 4.31
karaye makesCC Adi 4.147
karaye doCC Adi 4.167-169
karaye becomesCC Adi 5.60
karaye doesCC Adi 5.154
karaye santoṣa becomes satisfiedCC Adi 5.171
karaye doesCC Adi 5.209
karaye unmatta makes madCC Adi 6.49-50
karaye doCC Adi 7.149
karaye showCC Adi 13.82
karaye do soCC Adi 13.95
karaye doesCC Adi 13.122
karaye doesCC Adi 14.10
karaye wasCC Adi 14.45
karaye is madeCC Adi 16.70
karaye performedCC Adi 17.131
karaye doesCC Madhya 1.54
karaye I doCC Madhya 1.82
karaye doesCC Madhya 1.173
karaye didCC Madhya 1.277
karaye doesCC Madhya 2.73
karaye doesCC Madhya 4.200
karaye doesCC Madhya 6.285
karaye stavana offers prayersCC Madhya 7.142
karaye doesCC Madhya 9.131
karaye doesCC Madhya 9.213
karaye sināne moistenedCC Madhya 11.223
karaye performedCC Madhya 11.224
karaye doesCC Madhya 12.64
karaye bhojana eatCC Madhya 12.154-155
karaye madeCC Madhya 14.53
karaye doCC Madhya 14.57
karaye doesCC Madhya 14.147
karaye nindana began blasphemingCC Madhya 15.247
karaye doesCC Madhya 15.280
karaye pranāma offered obeisancesCC Madhya 16.106
karaye praṇāma offered their obeisancesCC Madhya 16.119
karaye sevana rendered serviceCC Madhya 16.152
karaye krandana began cryingCC Madhya 16.154
karaye krandana and cryCC Madhya 16.164
karaye performCC Madhya 17.33
karaye krandana criesCC Madhya 17.112
karaye vicāra consideredCC Madhya 18.164
karaye utpāta can create a disturbanceCC Madhya 18.217
karaye likhana writeCC Madhya 19.131
karaye doCC Madhya 19.138
karaye doesCC Madhya 19.152
karaye doesCC Madhya 19.161
karaye sevana engages in the serviceCC Madhya 19.163
karaye doesCC Madhya 20.261
karaye stavana offered their prayersCC Madhya 21.73
karaye udaya awakensCC Madhya 22.107
karaye smaraṇa remembersCC Madhya 24.60
karaye prakāśa causes a manifestation ofCC Madhya 24.62
karaye cintana was contemplatingCC Madhya 25.7
karaye nartana and danceCC Madhya 25.21
karaye doesCC Madhya 25.48
karaye vyākhyāna explains the meaningCC Madhya 25.93
karaye nartana and dancedCC Madhya 25.165
karaye śravaṇa hearsCC Madhya 25.239
karaye doCC Madhya 25.274
karaye nartana dancesCC Madhya 25.278
āveśa karaye empowers with specific spiritual potenciesCC Antya 2.4
karaye phut-kāra began to express disappointmentCC Antya 2.63
karaye kīrtana are chantingCC Antya 3.71
karaye pūjana worshipCC Antya 3.101
karaye prakāśa began to manifestCC Antya 3.238
karaye bhartsanā he chastisedCC Antya 6.21
karaye bhakṣaṇa began to eatCC Antya 6.69
karaye bhojana eatCC Antya 6.87
karaye carvaṇa chewsCC Antya 6.97
karaye bhakṣaṇa he eatsCC Antya 6.256
karaye carvaṇa he chewsCC Antya 6.256
karaye saṃśaya felt doubtsCC Antya 7.95
karaye nindana criticizesCC Antya 8.74
karaye tāḍana punishesCC Antya 9.16
karaye udaya risesCC Antya 17.5
karaye milana they meetCC Antya 18.94
karaye rakṣaṇa gives protectionCC Antya 20.24
kārayet should allow to doSB 7.12.8
kārayet one should executeSB 8.16.50
kārayet should executeSB 8.16.57
kārayet he should constructSB 11.27.50
kārayet one should arrange to performSB 11.29.11
vakra-vākye kare upahāsa jokes with equivocal wordsCC Madhya 14.148
bāhira ye kari take outCC Madhya 4.48
kari yena so that I may doCC Madhya 12.3
bhikṣā ye karilā accepted prasādamCC Antya 4.116
kariṣye I shall executeBG 18.73
kariṣye I shall executeSB 9.4.39-40
kariṣye I will makeSB 10.76.3
kariṣye I will showSB 10.88.9
kariye I offerCC Adi 1.35
kariye I makeCC Adi 1.43
kariye I makeCC Adi 2.89
kariye I doCC Adi 4.121
kariye I doCC Adi 4.145
kariye prakāśa I am revealingCC Adi 4.229
kariye vicāra I began to considerCC Adi 5.198
kariye I doCC Adi 10.123
kariye I doCC Adi 10.129
kariye doCC Adi 13.7
kariye I doCC Adi 13.50
kariye I doCC Adi 15.3
kariye I doCC Madhya 1.14
kariye I shall doCC Madhya 1.21
kariye I doCC Madhya 1.37
kariye I doCC Madhya 2.47
kariye doCC Madhya 3.67
kariye bhojana I can eatCC Madhya 3.83
kariye I doCC Madhya 3.191
kariye sūcana I shall presentCC Madhya 4.7
kariye I performCC Madhya 6.76
kariye I doCC Madhya 6.126
kariye I doCC Madhya 7.22
kariye gaṇana I countCC Madhya 9.6
kariye sañcaya I collectCC Madhya 9.28
kariye I makeCC Madhya 16.177
kariye payāna let us goCC Madhya 18.144
tāhā kariye samartha make them soundCC Madhya 24.293
samāsa kariye make a compound wordCC Madhya 24.295
kariye likhana I am writingCC Madhya 25.17
kariye doCC Antya 3.30
kariye doCC Antya 3.31
kariye bhojana I eatCC Antya 3.38
kariye doCC Antya 4.169
kariye bhojana let Me eatCC Antya 6.74
kariye grahaṇe I chantCC Antya 7.83
kariye gaṇana I countCC Antya 7.115
kariye vinaya humbly requestingCC Antya 13.29
kariye sūcana I introduceCC Antya 15.98
kariye bhakṣaṇa I eatCC Antya 19.8
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
abhyudaye ca karmaṇi and in a sacrificial ceremony in which oblations are offered to the forefathers and demigodsSB 6.19.26-28
karṇikā-ālaye on the surface of the whorlSB 2.2.10
kārpaṇye and humilityCC Madhya 22.100
kartṛ-abhiprāye is meant for the agentCC Madhya 24.26
kārtsnyena by summarizationSB 2.2.34
kārtsnyena in sum totalSB 3.2.13
kārtsnyena entireSB 3.14.21
kārtsnyena in detailSB 4.6.1-2
kārtsnyena all in allSB 4.7.8
kārtsnyena fullySB 4.13.5
kārtsnyena in fullSB 4.22.43
kārtsnyena in totalSB 4.29.4
kārtsnyena altogetherSB 4.29.49
kārtsnyena entirelySB 5.7.2
kārtsnyena totallySB 5.8.29
kārtsnyena alwaysSB 5.9.19
kārtsnyena entirelySB 5.22.7
kārtsnyena completely (with no possibility that sinful desires will revive)SB 6.1.15
kārtsnyena completelySB 10.69.7-8
kārtsnyena altogetherSB 10.84.9
kārtsnyena entirelySB 12.4.39
kāruṇye mercyCC Madhya 24.42
kārye workBG 18.22
pitṛ-kārye in the śrāddha ceremony, in which oblations are offered to the forefathersSB 7.15.3
sura-kārye the activities of the demigodsSB 8.6.17
kārye in workCC Adi 13.101
kārye in activitiesCC Madhya 2.70
nija-nija-kārye to their own respective dutiesCC Madhya 8.234
kārye in the dutiesCC Madhya 8.242
nija-nija-kārye in their respective dutiesCC Madhya 8.261
nija kārye your own businessCC Antya 2.125
nija nija kārye to their respective dutiesCC Antya 2.126
dui-kārye with two kinds of activitiesCC Antya 3.149
kārye in the serviceCC Antya 4.98
nija-kārye to their respective dutiesCC Antya 4.145
śakti-kāryera of the activities of the external potencyCC Madhya 20.150
kaṣṭe-sṛṣṭye with great difficultyCC Madhya 16.204
kaṣṭe-sṛṣṭye with great difficultyCC Madhya 16.260
kaṣṭe-sṛṣṭye with great difficultyCC Madhya 17.197
sat-kathā-udaye in hearing the transcendental narrationsSB 9.4.18-20
bhaṭṭācāryera kathā all the words of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.115
sat-kathā-udaye in the arising of transcendental topicsCC Madhya 22.137-139
anyera kā kathā what to speak of othersCC Antya 3.265
caitanyera kathā the narration of the activities of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 10.160
kathayet recitesSB 10.88.40
kathayiṣye I shall speakSB 4.25.9
kathayiṣye I shall narrateSB 7.1.4-5
katipaye fewBs 5.56
katipayena with only a fewSB 5.8.8
ādi-kavaye unto the original created beingSB 1.1.1
kavaye to the supreme poet (Lord Brahmā)SB 5.18.6
kavaye to the authorSB 10.16.44
ādi-kavaye unto Lord BrahmāCC Madhya 8.266
ādi-kavaye unto Lord BrahmāCC Madhya 20.359
ādi-kavaye unto Lord BrahmāCC Madhya 25.148
kāvye in the poetryCC Adi 16.85
kāvyena with poetryCC Antya 1.195
kāya-manaḥ-vākye by His body, mind and wordsCC Adi 6.92
kāya-manaḥ-vākye with heart and soulCC Adi 8.62
kāya-manaḥ-vākye with My body, mind and wordsCC Madhya 12.50
anyera ki kāya apart from the actions of othersCC Madhya 13.178
kāya-mano-vākye with body, mind and wordsCC Madhya 16.107
kāya-manaḥ-vākye with body, mind and wordsCC Antya 6.173
kāyastha-buddhye considering a kāyasthaCC Antya 6.23
para-kāye towards the body of anotherSB 3.29.23
kāye in the bodySB 8.20.22
yat-kāye within whose bodySB 11.4.4
kāye in businessCC Antya 19.21
kāyena with the bodyBG 5.11
kāyena with bodily framesSB 3.17.16
kāyena with the bodySB 4.7.8
kāyena by the bodySB 4.8.59-60
kāyena by his bodySB 7.9.4
kāyena by the whole bodySB 8.17.5
kāyena by the expansion of His transcendental bodySB 8.19.34
kāyena with the bodySB 9.16.20
kāyena by their bodiesSB 10.25.12
kāyena with the bodySB 11.2.36
para-kāyeṣu (the souls) within the bodies of othersSB 11.5.15
kemana upāye by what meansCC Madhya 24.254
śāli-dhānyera kha-i parched rice from fine paddyCC Antya 10.31
khala-prahāṇaye in killing the envious enemiesSB 9.5.9
vinayera khani a mine of humilityCC Antya 5.77
khāyena eatCC Adi 17.86
khāyena eatsCC Antya 12.135
khāyena eatsCC Antya 12.138
khāyena eatsCC Antya 16.34
caitanyera khelā the activities of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 5.87
anyera ki kāya apart from the actions of othersCC Madhya 13.178
kichu ye whatever littleCC Madhya 2.84
kīrtana-samāptye at the end of the performance of kīrtanaCC Madhya 11.238
karaye kīrtana are chantingCC Antya 3.71
kīrtaye for glorifyingSB 1.8.32
kīrtaye I shall describeSB 4.8.6
kīrtaye whose gloriesSB 10.87.46
kīrtayet one should chantSB 4.12.48
kīrtayet chantsSB 7.10.14
kīrtayet chants or repeatsSB 7.10.46
kīrtayet narrates and chantsSB 8.24.60
kīrtayet chantsSB 10.74.54
kīrtayet glorifiesSB 11.31.14
kīrtayet chantsSB 11.31.27
kīrti-gaṇa-madhye among glorious activitiesCC Madhya 8.246
kon sampradāye in which communityCC Madhya 6.70
kon abhiprāye by what intentionCC Madhya 21.65
kona bhāgye by some good fortuneCC Madhya 22.43
kona bhāgye by fortuneCC Madhya 22.45
kona bhāgye by some good fortuneCC Madhya 23.9
kona bhāgye by some good fortuneCC Antya 5.5
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
koṭi-jñāni-madhye out of many millions of such wise menCC Madhya 19.148
koṭi-mukta-madhye out of many millions of such liberated personsCC Madhya 19.148
karaye krandana began cryingCC Madhya 16.154
karaye krandana and cryCC Madhya 16.164
karaye krandana criesCC Madhya 17.112
kravyeṇa for eating his fleshSB 5.26.12
kravyeṇa with the fleshSB 10.88.17
viracita-ańga-kriyeṣu in which the supplementary rites were performedSB 5.7.6
kriyeta one should performSB 7.5.23-24
kriyeta what do they doSB 7.13.31
kriyeta is to be servedSB 10.47.46
kriyeta one should executeCC Madhya 9.259-260
kṛpā-dṛṣṭye with merciful glancesCC Madhya 3.153-155
kṛpā-mūlye by the price of Your mercyCC Madhya 11.145
caitanyera kṛpāya by the mercy of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 10.100
kṛṣṇa-upalabdhaye in order to obtain KṛṣṇaSB 10.56.35
kṛṣṇa-mādhuryera of the sweetness of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Adi 4.198
kṛṣṇa-śaktye by the energy of KṛṣṇaCC Adi 5.60
kṛṣṇa-sāmye on an equal level with KṛṣṇaCC Adi 6.103
kṛṣṇa-mādhuryera the supreme pleasure potency of KṛṣṇaCC Adi 7.11
kṛṣṇa-prītye only for satisfaction of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 5.23
kṛṣṇa-sphūrtye by revelation of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 9.105
kṛṣṇa-prāptye in achieving KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 13.159
kṛṣṇa-prāptyera of achieving the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.139
kṛṣṇa-bhaktye in discharging devotional service to KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 22.49
kṛṣṇa-prītye for satisfaction of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 22.116
śrī-kṛṣṇa bhajaye become engaged in the service of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 24.202
kṛṣṇa-prāptyera to get the shelter of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 4.56
kṛṣṇa-mādhurye the sweetness of Kṛṣṇa's pastimesCC Antya 5.47
kṛṣṇa-bhaktye in the devotional service of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Antya 7.18
kṛṣṇera rājye in the kingdom of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 18.98
mānaye kṛṣṇere accepts KṛṣṇaCC Antya 7.103
bhakti-miśra-kṛta-puṇye because of pious activities mixed with devotional serviceCC Madhya 20.302
kṛtye in proper dutySB 4.26.26
gṛhya-kṛtye in household workSB 10.29.34
bāhya-kṛtye to evacuateCC Madhya 20.10-11
gṛha-kṛtyeṣu in discharging household affairsSB 10.8.30
gṛha-kṛtyeṣu in engagement in household affairsSB 10.9.22
kṛtyeṣu where activities are performedSB 10.20.22
krudhyeta should become angrySB 11.23.51
krudhyeta one can become angrySB 11.23.52
krudhyeta should become angrySB 11.23.53
krudhyeta one should become angrySB 11.23.54
krudhyeta should become angrySB 11.23.55
kṣāmaye ask forgivenessBG 11.41-42
kṣāmaye ask pardonCC Madhya 19.199-200
kṣapā-atyaye at the end of nightSB 8.11.26
kula-kṣaye in destroying the familyBG 1.39
kalpa-kṣaye at the end of the millenniumBG 9.7
dina-kṣaye at the end of the tithiSB 4.12.49-50
smṛti-kṣaye by destruction of remembranceSB 4.22.31
kṣaye in gradual destruction (the dark fortnight)SB 6.6.24-26
dina-kṣaye on that day in which three tithis are combinedSB 7.14.20-23
yuga-kṣaye at the end of a yugaSB 8.24.31
kṣaye at the demiseSB 10.39.30
kṣaye at the endSB 10.82.1
kṣīra-udadhi-madhye in part of the ocean known as the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.111
kṣiti-jaye during (Bhauma's) conquest of the earthSB 10.83.40
kuḍye wallsSB 3.15.21
kuḍyeṣu on the wallsSB 3.33.17
kuḍyeṣu on wallsSB 4.9.62
kuḍyeṣu upon the wallsSB 10.81.29-32
kula-kṣaye in destroying the familyBG 1.39
kula-ācāryeṇa by the family ācārya or guideSB 8.20.1
kuṇḍa-araṇye in the forest on the bank of Rādhā-kuṇḍaCC Adi 4.125
kupyet can one get angrySB 11.23.50
na kupyeta must not become angrySB 6.18.48
kuśika-anvaye in the family of ViśvāmitraSB 9.20.15
nāma la-iye I take their different namesCC Madhya 24.295
ātma-labdhaye for self-realizationSB 7.7.40
labdhaye for the achievementSB 10.14.4
sva-labdhaye for the sake of self-realizationSB 10.38.15
ātma-labdhaye for realizing the Supreme SoulSB 11.2.34
bodha-labdhaye for obtaining knowledgeCC Madhya 22.22
bodha-labdhaye for obtaining knowledgeCC Madhya 24.140
bodha-labdhaye for obtaining knowledgeCC Madhya 25.31
tuṇḍa-āvalī-labdhaye to achieve many mouthsCC Antya 1.99
tuṇḍa-āvalī-labdhaye to achieve many mouthsCC Antya 1.120
labhyeta it is availableSB 8.16.26
tora yadi lāg pāiye if I get the opportunity to meet youCC Antya 19.46
lāgāiye they want to useCC Madhya 24.65
lāgaye feelsCC Antya 8.101
yojana-lakṣa-dvitaye at a distance of 1,600,000 milesSB 5.22.14
lakṣaye I seeSB 1.14.13
lakṣaye I seeSB 1.17.36
lakṣaye I can seeSB 6.14.21
lakṣaye I seeSB 8.16.10
lakṣmī-ādyera of the goddess of fortune and her followersCC Madhya 9.142
sei pānī-lakṣye on account of this waterCC Antya 4.203
lālye unto the maintainedCC Antya 4.184
lañā diye I shall offerCC Antya 16.19
lańghiye we can disobeyCC Madhya 10.144
lańkā-vijayera dine on the day celebrating the conquering of LańkāCC Madhya 15.32
laulyena because of greedSB 7.15.19
laye taking with HimCC Adi 14.40
prabhu laye taking the LordCC Madhya 3.21
āmātei laye were all existing in MeCC Madhya 25.110
laye dissolutionCC Madhya 25.112
layena chantedCC Adi 10.43
layena tookCC Adi 10.54
layena chantsCC Madhya 12.85
layena he takesCC Madhya 17.57
layena niścaya takes accountCC Antya 8.39
layena takesCC Antya 16.11
layeṣu also destructionSB 3.9.14
layeṣu in destructionSB 4.1.26-27
layeṣu in annihilationSB 4.7.39
lepaye smearsCC Madhya 15.8
karaye likhana writeCC Madhya 19.131
kariye likhana I am writingCC Madhya 25.17
likhaye writesCC Antya 18.14
likhiye I writeCC Adi 13.51
likhiye I shall writeCC Antya 1.12
likhiye I writeCC Antya 20.95
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
caitanyera līlā the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 3.47
līlāra bāhulye because of the numerousness of the pastimesCC Antya 20.74
loka-traye in the three planetary systemsBG 11.43
sakala-loka-svastaye for the benefit of all the planetary systemsSB 5.20.40
tri-loka-sthitaye to maintain the three worlds, the upper, middle and lower planetary systemsSB 10.3.20
loka-bhaye fearing the publicCC Adi 10.22
loka-bhaye on account of fearing the crowds of menCC Madhya 1.151
loka-bhiḍa bhaye due to fear of crowds of peopleCC Madhya 16.207
loka-bhiḍa-bhaye from fear of the great crowd of peopleCC Madhya 19.114
trai-lokye all over the universeSB 4.22.63
trai-lokye in the three worldsCC Adi 4.216
madhura-vākye by the sweet wordsCC Madhya 4.26
nṛtyera mādhurī the sweetness of the dancingCC Antya 6.105
mādhurya-śaktye by His potency of conjugal loveCC Madhya 24.22
mādhurye in the sweetnessCC Adi 4.158
mādhurye the sweetnessCC Adi 4.198
sva-mādhurye in His own sweetnessCC Adi 5.215
mādhurye by sweetnessCC Madhya 8.148
sva-mādhurye His conjugal loveCC Madhya 9.127
mādhurye in the sweetness of conjugal loveCC Madhya 21.99
bhāva-ādi-mādhurye the sweetness of the loving moods (namely śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vātsalya-rasa and mādhurya-rasa) of the inhabitants of VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 22.155
kṛṣṇa-mādhurye the sweetness of Kṛṣṇa's pastimesCC Antya 5.47
sva-mādhurye by His sweetnessCC Antya 15.23
mādhuryera of the sweetnessCC Adi 4.147
kṛṣṇa-mādhuryera of the sweetness of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Adi 4.198
kṛṣṇa-mādhuryera the supreme pleasure potency of KṛṣṇaCC Adi 7.11
mādhuryera of sweetnessCC Madhya 8.94
mādhuryera sāra the essence of all transcendental blissCC Madhya 24.40
mādhuryera sāra the essence of all sweetnessCC Antya 6.117
madhva-ācārye unto MadhvācāryaCC Madhya 9.246
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
madhye betweenBG 1.21-22
madhye in the midstBG 1.24
madhye betweenBG 2.10
madhye betweenBG 8.10
madhye in the middleBG 14.18
madhye in the midstSB 1.9.35
madhye amongstSB 1.14.24
madhye withinSB 3.13.16
madhye betweenSB 3.15.28
madhye in the midstSB 3.20.32
madhye within the midstSB 4.21.14
madhye in the midstSB 4.29.7
madhye in the middleSB 4.29.30-31
madhye in the middleSB 5.2.11
madhye amongSB 5.16.7
tat-dvīpa-madhye within that islandSB 5.20.30
madhye in the middleSB 5.20.43
pārṣada-madhye among the personal associatesSB 6.5.38
bhruvoḥ madhye between the two eyebrowsSB 6.8.8-10
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
madhye in the middleSB 8.6.10
ṛtvijām madhye in the group of all the priestsSB 8.23.13
madhye in the middle (between east and west)SB 9.6.5
madhye in the middleSB 9.10.6-7
ubhayoḥ madhye in between the twoSB 9.14.43
madhye within the jurisdiction of MāhiṣmatīSB 9.16.17
madhye in the middleSB 10.13.11
madhye in the midstSB 10.21.8
madhye betweenSB 10.26.7
madhye within the midstSB 10.33.3
madhye in the midstSB 10.33.6
madhye withinSB 10.46.35
madhye withinSB 10.47.42
madhye in the midstSB 10.49.10
madhye amongSB 10.49.16
madhye in the midstSB 10.62.11
madhye in the midstSB 10.68.53
madhye in the midstSB 10.72.1-2
madhye in the midstSB 10.74.51
madhye at the middle (the waist)SB 10.75.33
madhye withinSB 10.77.17-18
madhye in the midstSB 10.81.27
madhye in the middleSB 11.10.24
vahni-madhye within the fireSB 11.14.36-42
madhye only in the middle, at presentSB 11.19.7
madhye in the phase of maintenanceSB 11.19.16
madhye in the middleSB 11.28.18
madhye in the middleSB 11.28.19
madhye in betweenSB 11.28.21
madhye betweenSB 12.2.27-28
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.9
madhye withinCC Adi 1.29
madhye in the middleCC Adi 1.72
madhye in the midstCC Adi 1.92
madhye in the middleCC Adi 2.68
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.48
madhye in the middleCC Adi 4.70
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.81
madhye amongCC Adi 4.214
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
para-vyoma-madhye within the spiritual skyCC Adi 5.26
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.50
dharaṇīra madhye among the material planetsCC Adi 5.110
kṣīra-udadhi-madhye in part of the ocean known as the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.111
tattva-madhye in the truthCC Adi 7.16
iti-madhye in the meantimeCC Adi 7.49
sabhā-madhye in the assembly ofCC Adi 7.65
madhye in the middleCC Adi 7.151
madhye in the midst ofCC Adi 10.85
dāsī-madhye amongst the maidservantsCC Adi 10.137
vārāṇasī-madhye at VārāṇasīCC Adi 10.152-154
prema-arṇava-madhye in the ocean of love of GodheadCC Adi 11.28
madhye withinCC Adi 12.67
mahā-śākhā-madhye amongst the great branchesCC Adi 12.88
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.12
madhye withinCC Adi 13.15
tāra madhye out of those twenty-four yearsCC Adi 13.35
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.38
madhye in the midst ofCC Adi 14.49
vyākaraṇa-madhye among grammarsCC Adi 16.32
madhye in the midstCC Adi 16.43
madhye in the middleCC Adi 17.136
raurava-madhye in a hellish condition of lifeCC Adi 17.166
tāhi madhye during thatCC Adi 17.238
tahiń madhye in that chapterCC Adi 17.316
tāra madhye amongst themCC Madhya 1.11-12
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.19
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.23
nṛtya-madhye during the dancingCC Madhya 1.57
ei tina madhye of these threeCC Madhya 1.65
madhye madhye in the middleCC Madhya 1.157
madhye madhye in the middleCC Madhya 1.157
sūtra-madhye in the form of a synopsisCC Madhya 2.91
ihā-madhye in the meantimeCC Madhya 2.91
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 3.44
madhye madhye sometimesCC Madhya 3.191
madhye madhye sometimesCC Madhya 3.191
grāma-madhye within the villageCC Madhya 4.47
sevā-madhye in rendering serviceCC Madhya 4.87
madhye amongCC Madhya 4.193
madhye amongCC Madhya 4.193
dui-vipra-madhye between the two brāhmaṇasCC Madhya 5.16
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 6.135
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 6.193
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 7.78
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 8.95
ińhāra madhye among the loving affairs of the gopīsCC Madhya 8.98
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 8.109
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 8.161
tri-bhuvana-madhye within the three worldsCC Madhya 8.199
vidyā-madhye in the midst of knowledgeCC Madhya 8.245
kīrti-gaṇa-madhye among glorious activitiesCC Madhya 8.246
madhye amongCC Madhya 8.247
duḥkha-madhye among the miserable conditions of lifeCC Madhya 8.248
mukta-madhye among the liberatedCC Madhya 8.249
gāna-madhye among songsCC Madhya 8.250
śreyaḥ-madhye among beneficial activitiesCC Madhya 8.251
dhyeya-madhye out of all types of meditationCC Madhya 8.253
śravaṇa-madhye out of all topics for hearingCC Madhya 8.255
madhye amongCC Madhya 8.256
vaiṣṇavera madhye amongst VaiṣṇavasCC Madhya 9.11
tāra madhye within that bookCC Madhya 9.200
madhye amongCC Madhya 9.239-240
ṭoṭā-madhye within the gardensCC Madhya 11.166
madhye madhye occasionallyCC Madhya 11.209
madhye madhye occasionallyCC Madhya 11.209
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 11.215
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 11.225
madhye rahi' keeping in the middleCC Madhya 11.229
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 12.137
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.163-164
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.163-164
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.218
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.218
madhye sometimesCC Madhya 12.218
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 13.132
nṛtya-madhye in the midst of dancingCC Madhya 13.135
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 13.141
tāńra madhye among themCC Madhya 13.150
vatsara-madhye within a yearCC Madhya 14.118
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 14.151
gopī-gaṇa-madhye of all the gopīsCC Madhya 14.160
tāra madhye in that dealingCC Madhya 14.162
pāda-madhye between the two legsCC Madhya 15.24
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.44
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.44
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.52
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.52
tāra madhye within that pastimeCC Madhya 15.298
sabāra madhye among all of themCC Madhya 16.34
tāra madhye within that episodeCC Madhya 16.55
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 16.58
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 16.58
tāra madhye within those episodesCC Madhya 16.83
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 16.196
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 16.214-215
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 16.214-215
tāra madhye through themCC Madhya 17.26
madhye between themCC Madhya 18.60
sei mleccha-madhye among those MuslimsCC Madhya 18.185
madhye amongCC Madhya 18.197
rasa-gaṇa-madhye among all the mellowsCC Madhya 19.104
tāra madhye among the living entities who are conditioned within the material worldCC Madhya 19.144
tāra madhye among all such living entitiesCC Madhya 19.145
tāra madhye among the small quantity of human beingsCC Madhya 19.145
veda-niṣṭha-madhye among persons who are followers of the VedasCC Madhya 19.146
dharma-ācāri-madhye among persons who actually follow the Vedic principles or religious systemCC Madhya 19.147
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
koṭi-jñāni-madhye out of many millions of such wise menCC Madhya 19.148
koṭi-mukta-madhye out of many millions of such liberated personsCC Madhya 19.148
madhye amongCC Madhya 19.185
paravyoma-madhye in the paravyoma areaCC Madhya 20.192
ińhāra madhye out of Them allCC Madhya 20.208
paravyoma-madhye in the spiritual skyCC Madhya 20.213
brahmāṇḍa-madhye within this universeCC Madhya 20.218
ińhāra madhye of ThemCC Madhya 20.220
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 20.252
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
tāra madhye of them allCC Madhya 22.99
pañca-madhye out of the fiveCC Madhya 24.194
ātma-madhye among themselvesCC Madhya 25.22
sabhā-madhye in the assembly of the sannyāsīsCC Madhya 25.23
tāra madhye within the creationCC Madhya 25.111
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.243
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.244
tāra madhye in thatCC Madhya 25.253
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.257
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.258
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
tayoḥ madhye between themCC Antya 1.161
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.179
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.180
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 2.86
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 2.86
jagatera madhye throughout the whole worldCC Antya 2.105
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 3.26
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 3.26
madhye towardCC Antya 3.60
vana-madhye in the forestCC Antya 3.99
veśyā-gaṇa-madhye among the prostitutesCC Antya 3.106
bhajanera madhye in executing devotional serviceCC Antya 4.70
tāra madhye of the nine different types of devotional serviceCC Antya 4.71
haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 5.129
tāra madhye within these statementsCC Antya 5.160
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 6.113
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 6.113
madhye withinCC Antya 6.297
madhye in the middleCC Antya 7.65
rāja-haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 7.102
tāra madhye between the twoCC Antya 8.79
madhye betweenCC Antya 8.80
guṇa-madhye in such good attributesCC Antya 8.81
madhye in the centerCC Antya 10.66
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.134
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.134
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.154-155
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.154-155
tāra madhye in the midst of thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye along with thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye in that connectionCC Antya 11.91-93
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 13.106
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 13.106
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 13.136-137
madhye in the middleCC Antya 14.19
tāra madhye within that placeCC Antya 14.62
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 17.7
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 17.7
gābhī-gaṇa-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.15
surabhi-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.72
sakhī-madhye among the friendsCC Antya 18.93
samudrera madhye in the midst of the great oceanCC Antya 20.81
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.103
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.104
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.105
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.111
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.124
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.125
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 20.127
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.127
gābhī-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 20.131
madhye withinMM 48
sūtra-madhyei kahiluń I have already stated within the synopsisCC Madhya 1.9
madhyete withinCC Adi 5.110
madīye in my kingdomSB 1.17.31
madīye myMM 22
māgha-sańkrāntye on the occasion of the Māgha-sańkrānti festivalCC Antya 3.32
māgiye I am beggingCC Adi 1.25
māgiye I begCC Adi 17.221
prasāda māgiye I am begging prasādamCC Antya 11.74
mahā-yoga-maye having many sages engaged in meditation on the SupremeSB 4.6.33
mahā-vibhūti-pataye the master of all mystic powerSB 6.16.25
mahā-māye O energy of Lord ViṣṇuSB 6.19.6
mahā-māye O great potencySB 10.22.4
mahā-vākye in place of the principal mantraCC Adi 7.130
mahā-śākhā-madhye amongst the great branchesCC Adi 12.88
mahā-bhāgavata yei one who is a highly elevated devoteeCC Antya 2.96
mahāśaye very great personalityCC Adi 13.85
sarva-sat-guṇa-māhātmye glorified by all godly attributesSB 1.12.24
māhātmye unfathomable ability and gloriesSB 6.9.36
maitreyeṇa with MaitreyaSB 3.1.3
majjaye I drownSB 6.2.35
malaye in the Malaya HillsSB 6.3.35
malla-varyeṣu the best wrestlersSB 10.44.31
mamatā-adhikye on account of greater intimacyCC Madhya 19.227
rāyera mana the mind of Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 8.130-131
upādhyāyera mana the mind of UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.94
kāya-manaḥ-vākye by His body, mind and wordsCC Adi 6.92
kāya-manaḥ-vākye with heart and soulCC Adi 8.62
kāya-manaḥ-vākye with My body, mind and wordsCC Madhya 12.50
manaḥ-vākye by mind or by wordsCC Madhya 22.120
kāya-manaḥ-vākye with body, mind and wordsCC Antya 6.173
mānaye she feelsCC Madhya 15.65
mānaye considersCC Madhya 17.56
mānaye kṛṣṇere accepts KṛṣṇaCC Antya 7.103
sādhu mānayet one should highly esteemSB 7.7.32
jala-maṇḍūka-vādye like the croaking sound of frogs in the waterCC Madhya 14.77
śāstra-vākye māni one has to accept according to the description of revealed scripturesCC Madhya 20.352
kāya-mano-vākye with body, mind and wordsCC Madhya 16.107
mantra-mūrtaye who is nondifferent from the mantraSB 4.8.58
manuṣye a human beingCC Adi 8.39
manuṣye janmiyā taking birth in human societyCC Antya 3.264
manuṣye messengerCC Antya 6.265
manuṣyera of any human beingCC Adi 16.90
manuṣyera of human beingsCC Madhya 1.268
manuṣyera of a human beingCC Madhya 6.13
manuṣyera of an ordinary human beingCC Madhya 16.287
manuṣyera veśe in the dress of human beingsCC Antya 9.8
manuṣyera of a manCC Antya 18.51
sei manuṣyere unto that person who brought the messageCC Antya 9.55
manuṣyeṣu in human societyBG 4.18
manuṣyeṣu among menBG 18.69
manuṣyeṣu amongst the human beingsSB 2.3.1
manuṣyeṣu and humansSB 10.88.1
manuṣyeṣu among human beingsSB 10.90.43
manuṣyeṣu humansSB 11.3.29
manuṣyeṣu among the human beingsSB 11.12.3-6
manuṣyeṣu and human beingsSB 11.29.10
manye thinkBG 6.34
manye I acceptBG 10.14
manye we thinkSB 1.4.13
manye I thinkSB 1.5.8
manye I considerSB 1.8.28
manye I thinkSB 1.9.14
manye I take it for grantedSB 1.14.21
manye I thinkSB 3.2.24
manye I considerSB 3.16.4
manye I shall considerSB 3.22.19
manye I thinkSB 4.13.3
manye I thinkSB 4.13.46
manye I considerSB 4.20.30
manye I thinkSB 5.5.4
manye I considerSB 6.1.10
manye I thinkSB 7.5.5
manye I considerSB 7.5.23-24
manye I considerSB 7.6.26
manye I considerSB 7.9.9
manye I considerSB 7.9.10
manye I considerSB 7.9.29
manye I thinkSB 8.15.25
manye I thinkSB 8.18.29
manye I thinkSB 8.19.31
manye I thinkSB 8.19.35
manye although I thinkSB 8.20.4
manye I considerSB 8.22.4
manye I considerSB 8.22.16
manye I considerSB 10.26.23
manye I considerSB 10.38.4
manye thinkSB 10.40.28
manye I thinkSB 10.46.23
manye I considerSB 10.51.29
manye I thinkSB 10.51.54
manye I thinkSB 10.58.19
manye thinkSB 10.60.47
manye I considerSB 10.64.33
manye I considerSB 10.79.26
manye thinkSB 10.82.18
manye thinkSB 10.84.61
manye I thinkSB 11.1.3
manye I considerSB 11.2.28
manye I considerSB 11.2.29
manye I considerSB 11.2.33
manye I considerSB 11.22.61
manye I thinkSB 11.27.3-4
manye I thinkSB 11.29.1
manye thinkSB 12.6.3
manye I understandCC Madhya 9.259-260
manye I thinkCC Madhya 20.59
manye I considerCC Antya 1.138
manye I thinkCC Antya 1.142
manye I have vowedCC Antya 3.240
manye I thinkCC Antya 4.69
manye I thinkCC Antya 16.26
manyeran consideredSB 10.33.3
manyeran would thinkCC Adi 1.73-74
manyeta thinksBG 5.8-9
bahu manyeta would valueSB 4.13.45
manyeta would worshipSB 5.17.19
manyeta respectsSB 5.26.30
manyeta considersSB 10.84.32-33
maraye diesCC Antya 17.45
marīcaye unto MarīciSB 3.24.22-23
mariṣye I am about to dieSB 12.5.2
māriye I killCC Antya 18.57
mārkaṇḍeyena by MārkaṇḍeyaSB 12.9.1
martye in this material worldCC Antya 3.78-79
martyena by the bodySB 5.19.23
martyena by the mortalSB 11.29.22
martyena in the same human bodySB 11.31.12
martyena with this mortal worldSB 11.31.13
martyeṣu among those subject to deathBG 10.3
mat-prāptaye to obtain my mercySB 5.18.22
mat-anusmṛtaye for the sake of remembrance of MeSB 10.27.15
bheda-mataye who produced different inclinationsSB 4.7.39
matiḥ viṣaye great attraction for material thingsSB 9.6.52
mātsye in His incarnation as a fishSB 11.4.18
māyā-maye in illusory thingsSB 2.2.2
māyā-maye the reservoir of all potenciesSB 4.23.18
māyā-maye illusory energySB 6.9.36
māyā-āśaye on the bed of māyāSB 10.13.41
māyā-maye who is full of transcendental knowledgeSB 11.24.22-27
māyā-mayeṣu within the products of the illusory energySB 12.7.19
māyā-śaktye by His external potencyCC Madhya 24.23
āścarya-maye in the all-mysteriousSB 1.8.16
māyā-maye in illusory thingsSB 2.2.2
mahā-yoga-maye having many sages engaged in meditation on the SupremeSB 4.6.33
maye bedecked withSB 4.9.60
padma-maye made of a lotusSB 4.18.17
māyā-maye the reservoir of all potenciesSB 4.23.18
guṇa-maye into the external features, consisting of the three modes of material natureSB 5.16.3
tāmra-maye made of copperSB 5.26.14
māyā-maye illusory energySB 6.9.36
aguṇa-maye who is not affected by the material qualitiesSB 6.16.39
mahā-māye O energy of Lord ViṣṇuSB 6.19.6
āśaya-maye and that filled with desires (the mind)SB 7.9.35
maye all-pervadingSB 7.13.4
mahā-māye O great potencySB 10.22.4
maye (in You) who compriseSB 10.40.15
vāk-maye in its form of language (the Vedas)SB 10.63.34
parama-aṇu-maye in the form of atomsSB 11.15.12
dharma-maye in He who is always situated in pietySB 11.15.18
māyā-maye who is full of transcendental knowledgeSB 11.24.22-27
mayena made by the great scientist MayaSB 2.7.37
veda-mayena under complete Vedic wisdomSB 3.9.43
brahma-mayena just consistent with the words of the Vedic hymnsSB 4.9.4
jyotiḥ-mayena dazzlingSB 5.1.30
mayena by the demon named MayaSB 5.24.9
mayena by a demon named MayaSB 7.10.51
mayena with MayaSB 8.10.29
dharma-mayena which is full of religious principlesSB 9.5.7
māyera garbhe the womb of the motherCC Antya 12.48
mṛt-mayeṣu in things made of earthSB 6.16.22
māyā-mayeṣu within the products of the illusory energySB 12.7.19
jyeṭhāre milāila arranged a meeting between the caudhurī and the elder brother of his fatherCC Antya 6.34
karaye milana they meetCC Antya 18.94
milaye meetsCC Madhya 3.218
milaye getsCC Madhya 5.160
milaye meetsCC Madhya 6.285
milaye meetsCC Madhya 7.152
milaye meetsCC Madhya 23.126
ācārye miliyā meeting Advaita ĀcāryaCC Antya 3.215
miliye meetCC Madhya 16.149
bhakti-miśra-kṛta-puṇye because of pious activities mixed with devotional serviceCC Madhya 20.302
mleccha-bhaye from fear of the MuslimsCC Madhya 4.42
mleccha-bhaye because of fear of the MuslimsCC Madhya 18.31
mleccha-bhaye because of fear of the MuslimsCC Madhya 18.47
sei mleccha-madhye among those MuslimsCC Madhya 18.185
mlecchera hṛdaye in the hearts of the Muslim soldiersCC Madhya 18.178
mo-viṣaye on the subject of MeCC Adi 4.29
mo-viṣaye in relation with MeCC Madhya 13.155
mocaye I shall disentangleSB 6.2.36-37
mocaye I am releasing her from imminent dangerSB 10.1.48
mocayet can deliverSB 5.5.18
modiṣye I shall rejoiceBG 16.13-15
mokṣye I shall releaseSB 7.7.9
mora bhāgye by My great fortuneCC Madhya 3.33
mora bhāgye by My fortuneCC Madhya 3.77
mora bhāgye because of my good fortuneCC Madhya 9.216
mora nilaye to my humble placeCC Madhya 17.167
mora sampradāye prabhu Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is in our groupCC Antya 10.61
mṛgaye I am searching to killSB 3.18.10
mṛgaye am seekingSB 10.62.15
mriyeta should dieSB 10.1.48
na mriyeta did not dieSB 10.11.26
mṛṣye I am toleratingSB 10.68.22
mṛt-mayeṣu in things made of earthSB 6.16.22
mṛtaye for deathSB 4.4.30
mṛtyu-bhaye fear of deathSB 7.15.46
mṛtyu-bhaye fearing the suicideCC Madhya 5.84
mucyema I may be liberatedSB 11.2.9
mucyeta may be actually liberatedSB 6.14.4
mucyeta is deliveredSB 8.24.59
mucyeta can be deliveredSB 9.4.62
mucyeta can be freedSB 10.75.21
mucyeta will become liberatedSB 11.29.24
mucyeya I can get reliefSB 4.25.5
muhye became bewilderedSB 8.12.43
muhyet becomes bewilderedSB 8.22.27
mukhya-vṛttye by direct understandingCC Adi 7.108
ṛṣi-mukhyebhyaḥ unto the foremost sagesSB 3.24.15
mukhyebhyaḥ excellentSB 10.69.28
bhṛgu-mukhyebhyaḥ headed by BhṛguSB 11.27.3-4
mukhyena with the chiefSB 3.19.6
mukhyena the origin of all activitiesSB 7.3.29
mukhyena with the bestSB 10.81.1-2
sva-bhṛtya-mukhyena by the best of His devoteesSB 11.17.8
mukhyena by the greatestSB 11.23.1
mukta-madhye among the liberatedCC Madhya 8.249
koṭi-mukta-madhye out of many millions of such liberated personsCC Madhya 19.148
bhaktye jīvan-mukta one liberated in this life by pursuing the process of devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.129
bhaktye jīvan-mukta persons liberated in this life by discharging devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.130
muktaye for liberation fromSB 1.5.13
muktaye for liberationSB 3.25.15
muktaye for liberationSB 3.25.15
śāpa-muktaye for freedom from the curseSB 7.1.45
muktaye for liberationSB 8.19.25
mūla-prakṛtaye unto the puruṣa-avatāra, the origin of prakṛti and pradhānaSB 8.3.13
kṛpā-mūlye by the price of Your mercyCC Madhya 11.145
vinā-mūlye bilāila I distributed without a priceCC Madhya 25.170
yathā-artha mūlye for the proper priceCC Antya 9.48
yathā-artha-mūlye at a proper priceCC Antya 9.52
vinā-mūlye without a priceCC Antya 19.98
munaye unto the great sageSB 2.9.45
munaye the great sageSB 7.1.4-5
munaye to the silentSB 10.16.47
munaye to the sageSB 12.6.73
munaye to the sageSB 12.8.16
munaye to the sageSB 12.10.38
munaye the great sageSB 12.13.19
caitanyera dāsa muñi I am a servant of Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.86
hayena mūrcchita becomes unconsciousCC Madhya 18.170
pakṣi-mūrkha-caye dull creatures like the birds, the most foolishCC Madhya 24.185
mūrkhera vākye by the words of some rascals and foolsCC Madhya 18.100
mūrtaye unto the PersonalitySB 2.4.13
mūrtaye formSB 3.19.30
mantra-mūrtaye who is nondifferent from the mantraSB 4.8.58
parama-ānanda-mūrtaye full of transcendental blissSB 6.16.18-19
mūrtaye whose expansionsSB 6.16.20
mūrtaye unto the deity or formSB 7.3.28
mūrtaye whose formSB 10.27.11
mūrtaye to the formSB 10.40.17-18
brahma-mūrtaye the personal form of the Absolute TruthSB 12.10.31-32
mūrtaye whose formMM 50
mūrtye by expansionsCC Adi 6.21
eka-mūrtye by one of His transcendental formsCC Madhya 8.109
eka-i mūrtye in one formCC Madhya 20.188
mūrtye in a formCC Madhya 20.284
na yotsye I shall not fightBG 2.9
na yotsye I shall not fightBG 18.59
na ādriyeta would not adoreSB 3.22.16
na anumanyeta would not welcomeSB 3.22.18
na dhārayiṣye I shall not bearSB 4.4.18
na gaṇaye do not valueSB 4.7.29
na kupyeta must not become angrySB 6.18.48
na bhidyeta may not be influencedSB 7.5.7
na jāyeta did not come outSB 8.7.16
na mriyeta did not dieSB 10.11.26
na abhyasūyeran will not feel inimicalSB 10.23.31
na pāraye am not ableSB 10.30.37
na anubadhyeta will not become boundSB 10.47.41
na yotsye I will not fightSB 10.50.17
na kāmaye I do not desireSB 10.51.55
na pratyeti does not believeSB 10.57.38-39
na ādriyeta will not honorSB 10.63.41
na śraddhīyeta would not be trustedSB 10.65.11-12
na pramādyeta is not bewilderedSB 11.2.35
na anutṛpye I am not yet satiatedSB 11.3.2
na vipadyeta will never fall into the cycle of repeated birth and deathSB 11.7.12
na naśyeta may not be destroyedSB 11.7.39
na avakīryeta may not become disturbedSB 11.7.39
na dṛśyete are not seenSB 11.7.49
na upanayet does not comeSB 11.8.3
na jayet cannot conquerSB 11.8.21
na dhyāyet should not contemplateSB 11.11.17
na vihanyeta cannot be frustratedSB 11.15.27
na avamanyeta one should never disrespectSB 11.17.27
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedSB 11.20.9
na garhayet one should not criticizeSB 11.28.1
na dahyeta has not been burnedSB 12.6.18
na duṣyeta is not spoiledSB 12.10.30
na avamanyeta one should never disrespectCC Adi 1.46
nā bujhiye I do not understandCC Madhya 2.20
nā jānaye do not knowCC Madhya 2.23
nā bujhaye not understandsCC Madhya 2.83
nā dekhiye I cannot seeCC Madhya 2.90
nā śuniye I cannot hearCC Madhya 2.90
nā pāiye one does not getCC Madhya 8.226
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedCC Madhya 9.266
nā dekhiye bhāla I do not see any good in thisCC Madhya 18.141
na pāraye am unableCC Madhya 19.207-209
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedCC Madhya 22.61
nā dekhiye I do not seeCC Antya 3.51
nā pāiye I cannot attainCC Antya 4.57
nā dekhiye I cannot seeCC Antya 4.139
nā jāniye did not knowCC Antya 9.98
nā dekhiye I do not seeCC Antya 15.61
nābhye out of the navelSB 3.4.13
nācaye danceCC Madhya 3.156
nācaye dancesCC Antya 18.18
nadī-toye in the water of the riverSB 8.24.13
nadī-toye in the water of the riverSB 9.24.36
nahe yena bādha so that there will not be any difficultiesCC Madhya 11.120-121
nāhi jīye cannot liveCC Madhya 13.152
vairāgyera nāhi bhāsa there is no trace of renunciationCC Antya 8.16
nāhi diye have no desire to giveCC Antya 9.98
naimiṣa-ālaye in the forest of NaimiṣaSB 12.4.43
naimiṣāraṇye āilā came to Naimiṣāraṇya (a place near Lucknow)CC Madhya 25.201
naimiṣāraṇye rahilā stayed at NaimiṣāraṇyaCC Madhya 25.202
naipuṇye very expertlyCC Madhya 14.7
nairapekṣyeṇa by being indifferent to the modesSB 11.25.35
nairapekṣyeṇa by being free from motivationSB 11.27.53
nairguṇye in transcendenceSB 2.1.9
nairguṇye in the transcendental position, freed from the material modes of natureCC Madhya 24.47
nairguṇye in the transcendental position, freed from the material modes of natureCC Madhya 25.157
naiṣkarmyeṇa by transcendental activitiesSB 8.3.11
nakha-ālaye whose fingernailsCC Antya 16.52
nakula-hṛdaye in the heart of Nakula BrahmacārīCC Antya 2.17
nāma la-iye I take their different namesCC Madhya 24.295
haraye namaḥ obeisances to Lord HariSB 12.12.47
haraye namaḥ I offer my respectful obeisances to Lord HariCC Adi 17.122
namasye let me bow downSB 1.8.18
namasye I am going to offer obeisancesSB 10.38.6
namasye will bow downSB 10.38.15
namasye I bow downSB 10.52.33
namasye I offer my obeisancesSB 10.53.46
namasye I bow downSB 10.62.5
bhaṭṭācāryera nāme on behalf of Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.114
nānā yatna-dainye in this way, by various efforts and by humilityCC Madhya 3.92
nānā-dravye with all kinds of food grainsCC Madhya 16.152
nārāyaṇa-āhvaye whose name was NārāyaṇaSB 6.1.27
nārāyaṇāya ṛṣaye to the sage Nara-NārāyaṇaSB 10.86.35
nārāyaṇāya ṛṣaye to Lord Nārāyaṇa ṛṣiSB 11.5.29-30
karaye nartana and danceCC Madhya 25.21
karaye nartana and dancedCC Madhya 25.165
karaye nartana dancesCC Madhya 25.278
naśyeta destroysSB 5.23.9
na naśyeta may not be destroyedSB 11.7.39
caitanyera nāṭa dramatic performance of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 18.30
rāyera nāṭake in the drama composed by Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 20.67-68
nāṭye in books on dramaticsCC Madhya 20.399
nave anna-ādye newly produced food grainsSB 7.12.19
nayena by logicSB 3.7.9
nayet must bring underBG 6.26
nayet should drawSB 2.2.20
nayet he must bringSB 3.27.5
nayet one should lead it toSB 5.26.39
nayet one should bringSB 11.20.19
nayet one should bringSB 11.20.20
nayet should utilizeNoI 8
nayeta may be brought inSB 2.2.20
neṣye I shall crossSB 4.9.11
neṣye I shall bringSB 7.8.5
neṣye I will removeSB 10.54.22
neṣye I will bringSB 10.65.26
nicaye for the accumulationMM 5
nidhaye to the oceanSB 10.16.40
nidrā-apāye at the end of sound sleepSB 9.16.8
nija-rājye in his own kingdomSB 1.10.2
nija-nija-kārye to their own respective dutiesCC Madhya 8.234
nija-nija-kārye to their own respective dutiesCC Madhya 8.234
nija-nija-kārye in their respective dutiesCC Madhya 8.261
nija-nija-kārye in their respective dutiesCC Madhya 8.261
nija-chāye aloneCC Madhya 15.198
nija-rājye in his own kingdomCC Madhya 16.110
nija kārye your own businessCC Antya 2.125
nija nija kārye to their respective dutiesCC Antya 2.126
nija nija kārye to their respective dutiesCC Antya 2.126
nija-kārye to their respective dutiesCC Antya 4.145
nija śiṣye to his own disciplesCC Antya 13.131
nikāmayet fully desiresSB 5.18.21
mora nilaye to my humble placeCC Madhya 17.167
nilayeṣu in storiesSB 3.23.16
ācāryera nimantraṇa the invitation of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 15.13
anyera nimantraṇa for others' invitationsCC Antya 10.154-155
ninayet mergeSB 2.2.16
karaye nindana began blasphemingCC Madhya 15.247
karaye nindana criticizesCC Antya 8.74
nindaye blasphemesCC Adi 7.51
nindaye surpassedCC Antya 6.110
nindaye defeatsCC Antya 16.97
ninye passedSB 3.22.36
ninye passed awaySB 4.8.72
ninye broughtSB 8.15.33
ninye broughtSB 8.23.24
ninye broughtSB 8.24.16
ninye carried or broughtSB 9.9.10
ninye gave himSB 9.9.20-21
ninye He broughtSB 10.52.5
ninye He took awaySB 10.83.8
ninye tookSB 10.83.12
ninye He took me awaySB 10.83.13-14
ninye ledSB 11.30.24
ninye forcibly tookCC Adi 6.73
ninye was broughtCC Antya 9.1
nirabhidyetām being developedSB 2.10.20
nirabhidyetām became manifestedSB 2.10.22
nirabhidyetām were manifestedSB 3.26.58
nirabhidyetām became manifestedSB 3.26.58
nirasyeta is eliminatedSB 11.28.27
niraye into hellSB 2.7.9
niraye in hellSB 3.21.14
niraye in the hellish material entanglementSB 3.24.27
niraye in a hellish conditionSB 3.30.32
niraye in hellSB 4.9.9
niraye hellish conditions of life (the government's prison for criminal activities like rape, kidnapping or theft of others' property)SB 5.14.22
niraye in the hellSB 5.26.21
niraye in the hellSB 5.26.30
niraye in hellSB 5.26.35
niraye in hellish lifeSB 6.2.45
niraye in hellSB 8.21.32
niraye in hellSB 10.60.53
niraye into hellSB 10.64.19-20
nirayeṣu in low birthsSB 3.15.49
nirbhaye without fearCC Antya 9.56
nirūpayet may describeCC Adi 6.1
nirūpitavye are not able to be ascertainedSB 10.2.36
nirvartayet hobbling along somehow or otherSB 1.17.25
nirvidyeta becomes detachedSB 4.13.46
nirvidyeta becomes detachedSB 11.8.42
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedSB 11.20.9
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedCC Madhya 9.266
na nirvidyeta is not satiatedCC Madhya 22.61
niśa-atyaye at the end of nightSB 8.4.25
layena niścaya takes accountCC Antya 8.39
niścaye the ascertainmentCC Madhya 8.267
niścaye convictionCC Madhya 9.277
niścaye in the sense of ascertainmentCC Madhya 24.18
niścayena with firm determinationBG 6.24
niśītha-samaye at midnightSB 5.9.13
nistāraye deliversCC Madhya 9.8
nistāraye deliversCC Madhya 10.11
veda-niṣṭha-madhye among persons who are followers of the VedasCC Madhya 19.146
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
niṣṭhura-vākye by cruel wordsCC Madhya 14.147
nityānanda-rāye Lord NityānandaCC Madhya 11.227
a-nitye temporary youthSB 9.18.41
nivāraye checksCC Madhya 13.166
nivartayiṣye I shall ask him to stop thisSB 4.8.82
nivedayet should offerSB 7.12.5
nivedayet one should offerSB 8.16.41
nivedayet one should offerSB 11.11.34-41
nivedayet one should deliverSB 11.17.28
niveśayet one should fixSB 7.1.32
nivṛtta-dvaita-dṛṣṭaye whose vision turns away from duality, or who is one without a secondSB 6.16.18-19
niyama-atyaye after finishing their morning dutiesSB 10.20.9
niyama-ṛddhaye to facilitate his spiritual progressSB 12.8.7-11
āchaye niyama it is the customCC Madhya 13.196
nṛ-haraye who has appeared as half lion and half man (Nṛhari)SB 7.8.44
nṛtya-madhye during the dancingCC Madhya 1.57
nṛtya-madhye in the midst of dancingCC Madhya 13.135
nṛtye in dancesCC Adi 4.124
nṛtye in dancingCC Madhya 2.76
uddaṇḍa-nṛtye by dancing and jumping highCC Madhya 12.140
uddaṇḍa-nṛtye in the dancing with high jumpsCC Madhya 13.74
nṛtye while dancingCC Madhya 13.83
nṛtye by dancingCC Madhya 13.101
nṛtye dancingCC Antya 15.73
nṛtyera mādhurī the sweetness of the dancingCC Antya 6.105
parimuṇḍā-nṛtyera varṇana description of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu's dancing in the templeCC Antya 20.118
nṛtyete in dancingCC Madhya 3.133
nuttaye for the dispellingSB 10.30.29
nuttaye to dispelSB 10.60.19
nuttaye to dispelSB 10.89.19
nyabhidyetām appearedSB 3.26.55
nyamantrayetām they both invitedSB 10.86.25
nyasta-daṇḍa-arpita-ańghraye whose lotus feet are worshiped by sages beyond the jurisdiction of punishmentSB 9.11.7
guru-śiṣya-nyāye when there is a logical argument between the spiritual master and the discipleCC Madhya 10.173
śākhā-candra-nyāye by the logic of showing the moon through the branches of a treeCC Madhya 20.404
śākhā-candra-nyāye according to the logic of seeing the moon through the branches of a treeCC Madhya 21.30
nyāyena properlySB 11.17.51
anyo-'nye mutualCC Antya 7.143
pāda-madhye between the two legsCC Madhya 15.24
paḍaye falls downCC Adi 5.209
paḍaye touchCC Madhya 1.165
paḍaye recitesCC Madhya 17.211
padma-maye made of a lotusSB 4.18.17
pāiye I can getCC Adi 17.311
nā pāiye one does not getCC Madhya 8.226
pāiye we can getCC Madhya 8.309
pāiye I getCC Madhya 9.118
pāiye one getsCC Madhya 9.128
pāiye one getsCC Madhya 9.137
pāiye we shall getCC Madhya 18.145
gańgā-snāna pāiye we can take a bath in the GangesCC Madhya 18.150
pāiye appearingCC Madhya 19.188
pāiye I getCC Antya 4.10
pāiye I can getCC Antya 4.55
pāiye I getCC Antya 4.56
nā pāiye I cannot attainCC Antya 4.57
pāiye you will getCC Antya 4.142
pāiye pāra one can understand up to the extreme limitCC Antya 4.221
pāiye we can getCC Antya 4.223
pāiye we getCC Antya 4.224
pāiye sakala we can understand allCC Antya 4.225
pāiye we getCC Antya 4.229
pāiye I getCC Antya 9.95
tora yadi lāg pāiye if I get the opportunity to meet youCC Antya 19.46
pakṣi-mūrkha-caye dull creatures like the birds, the most foolishCC Madhya 24.185
pallava-ādyera of the twigs, flowers and leavesCC Madhya 8.210
pālyere the person who is maintainedCC Antya 6.28
ācāryera ājñā pāñā taking the order of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Adi 13.111
vajra-pāṇaye unto Indra, who carries the thunderboltSB 9.6.19
pañca-madhye out of the fiveCC Madhya 24.194
pāṇḍitya-ādye simply by scholarship, etc.CC Madhya 6.87
pāṇḍitye in scholarshipSB 12.2.4
pāṇḍitye in learningCC Antya 4.112
pāṇḍityera avadhi the limit of learned scholarshipCC Madhya 10.110
pāṇḍityera of learned scholarshipCC Antya 1.201
pāṇḍu-vijayera of the ceremony of Pāṇḍu-vijayaCC Madhya 14.247
sei pānī-lakṣye on account of this waterCC Antya 4.203
pańkaja-ańghraye unto You, the soles of whose feet are engraved with lotus flowers (and who are therefore said to possess lotus feet)SB 1.8.22
pańkaja-ańghraye unto You, the soles of whose feet are engraved with lotus flowers (and who are therefore said to possess lotus feet)SB 10.59.26
paṇyena with the commoditySB 3.20.34
para-kāye towards the body of anotherSB 3.29.23
para-udayena by others' flourishing conditionSB 4.6.47
para-kāyeṣu (the souls) within the bodies of othersSB 11.5.15
para-vyoma-madhye within the spiritual skyCC Adi 5.26
pāiye pāra one can understand up to the extreme limitCC Antya 4.221
parama-ānanda-mūrtaye full of transcendental blissSB 6.16.18-19
parama-aṇu-maye in the form of atomsSB 11.15.12
parama-bhaktye in great devotionCC Madhya 5.49
pāramahaṃsye the highest stage of spiritual perfectionSB 2.4.13
pāramahaṃsye executed by the topmost class of sannyāsīsSB 6.5.4-5
pāramahaṃsyena by the great liberated soulSB 2.9.18
parameṣṭhi-dhiṣṇye on the royal throneSB 3.2.22
pārameṣṭhye the supremeSB 7.3.33
pāramparyeṇa by tradition or disciplic successionSB 11.14.8
rākhaye parāṇa keeps lifeCC Antya 6.254
pāratantryeṇa by dependence on the conditions of time, space, activity and natureSB 6.9.35
paravyoma-madhye in the paravyoma areaCC Madhya 20.192
paravyoma-madhye in the spiritual skyCC Madhya 20.213
na pāraye am not ableSB 10.30.37
pāraye am able to makeSB 10.32.22
pāraye am able to makeCC Adi 4.180
pāraye am ableCC Madhya 8.93
na pāraye am unableCC Madhya 19.207-209
pāraye am able to makeCC Antya 7.44
pari ye caranti who worshipSB 10.87.27
īśvara-ratha-caraṇa-paribhramaṇa-rayeṇa by the force of the rotation of the time agent of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, which is compared to the wheel of His chariotSB 5.8.9
parīkṣā-samaye at the time of testingCC Madhya 9.211-212
parikṣaye at the finishSB 10.31.12
parimuṇḍā-nṛtyera varṇana description of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu's dancing in the templeCC Antya 20.118
caitanyera pāriṣada associate of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 12.35
parīṣṭa-gataye unto Him who is the ultimate goal, the highest success of lifeSB 6.9.45
parituṣyet one should be satisfiedSB 4.8.29
parivartayet causes to rotateSB 11.23.42
chāḍite pāriye I can give upCC Antya 4.55
pārokṣyeṇa indirectlySB 4.28.65
pārṣada-madhye among the personal associatesSB 6.5.38
paryaye in the place ofSB 1.4.14
paryāyeṇa according to the degree of different kinds of sinful activitySB 5.26.37
paryemi travelSB 1.6.31
paryeti completes its orbitSB 3.11.13
hṛdaye paśilā entered the heartCC Antya 14.70
paśye seeSB 1.5.27
paśye do I seeSB 1.8.9
paśye seeSB 3.31.19
paśye I seeSB 4.26.24
paśye I have seenSB 4.26.25
paśye I seeSB 10.64.23
paśye I seeSB 10.73.19
paśyema can observeSB 1.8.20
paśyema let us lookSB 1.11.8
paśyet observesBG 4.18
paśyet seesSB 3.9.9
paśyet one should seeSB 7.12.15
paśyet one should seeSB 7.13.4
paśyet one should seeSB 7.14.9
paśyet one should seeSB 7.15.6
paśyet seesSB 11.2.45
paśyet one should seeSB 11.3.18
paśyet can seeSB 11.8.42
paśyet should seeSB 11.17.52
paśyet one should seeSB 11.18.26
paśyet one should seeSB 11.19.15
paśyet should seeSB 11.19.18
paśyet seesCC Madhya 8.275
paśyet seesCC Madhya 22.72
paśyet seesCC Madhya 25.129
paśyet one should seeNoI 6
kaivalya-pataye unto the master of the monistsSB 1.8.27
pataye unto the masterSB 4.24.38
sindhu-pataye unto the king of the province of SindhuSB 5.13.24
dharma-pataye unto the master or propounder of religious principlesSB 5.14.45
pataye unto the masterSB 5.23.8
mahā-vibhūti-pataye the master of all mystic powerSB 6.16.25
pataye unto the husbandSB 6.19.4
pataye the husbandSB 6.19.7
pataye the husbandSB 6.19.8
pataye the supreme masterSB 8.16.32
śva-pataye unto the master of the dogsSB 9.21.9
pataye unto the controllerSB 10.10.36
pataye to the LordSB 10.16.45
pataye to the masterSB 10.27.10
pataye to the chief (Lord Paraśurāma)SB 10.40.20
pataye to the chiefSB 10.40.21
pataye to the LordSB 10.64.29
pataye to the husbandSB 10.81.5
pāti-vratyena because of her strong faith in her husbandSB 9.3.17
patiṣye I shall fallSB 6.18.39
dām-patye in the relationship of husband and wifeSB 12.2.3
paurahitye in accepting the priesthoodSB 6.7.34
paurva-aparyeṇa in the form of parents and childrenSB 11.24.20
kariye payāna let us goCC Madhya 18.144
pāye on the soleCC Adi 14.11
tāńra pāye at his lotus feetCC Madhya 4.9
pāye dhari touching His lotus feetCC Madhya 7.142
tomāra pāye at your lotus feetCC Madhya 24.254
dui pāye on the two solesCC Antya 4.120
pāye on the solesCC Antya 4.125
pāye dhari' capturing the feetCC Antya 4.161
pāyena She getsCC Madhya 1.78
pāyena santoṣa gets very much pleasureCC Madhya 11.88
pāyena he getsCC Madhya 17.57
pāyena getsCC Antya 19.4
pāyete at His lotus feetCC Adi 5.182
pāyete on the feetCC Adi 5.186
peye and drinkablesCC Madhya 8.69
phāṭaye perturbsCC Madhya 15.157
karaye phut-kāra began to express disappointmentCC Antya 2.63
pīta-prāye when almost finished being drunkSB 8.9.27
pitā-jyeṭhā father and his elder brotherCC Antya 6.195
pitṛ-kārye in the śrāddha ceremony, in which oblations are offered to the forefathersSB 7.15.3
pitrye or to please the forefathers, as in a śrāddha ceremonySB 8.23.31
pitryeṇa he got from his father's hard laborSB 6.1.64
piye drinkCC Adi 7.20-21
piye drinksCC Adi 13.123
piye drinksCC Madhya 8.306
piye drinksCC Madhya 12.211
piye they drinkCC Madhya 12.215
piye drinkCC Antya 9.121
piye he drinksCC Antya 11.55
piye drinkCC Antya 11.65
piye drinkCC Antya 16.147
piye drinksCC Antya 16.149
piye drinkCC Antya 19.42
piye drinksCC Antya 20.90-91
pīyeta let them drinkSB 1.16.8
plakṣa-ākhyena by the island named PlakṣaSB 5.20.2
prabhu laye taking the LordCC Madhya 3.21
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
prabhu-vākye on the request of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 19.97
prabhu prītye because of the mercy of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 4.233
prabhu-viṣaye unto Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 7.89
mora sampradāye prabhu Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is in our groupCC Antya 10.61
prabhu-viṣaye in regard to Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 12.56
prabhura hṛdaye in the heart of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 13.170
prabhura ye ājñā whatever was ordered by Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 4.217
prācuryeṇa very widelySB 5.26.3
prācuryeṇa as expansive as possibleSB 9.1.7
pradāsye will giveSB 10.22.16
prādhānye principallyCC Madhya 6.195
aiśvarya-jñāna-prādhānye in the predominance of awe and venerationCC Madhya 19.194
prādhānyena by a general description of the chief placesSB 5.16.4
khala-prahāṇaye in killing the envious enemiesSB 9.5.9
prahṛṣyet rejoicesBG 5.20
prajā-vivṛddhaye for the purpose of increasing the populationSB 6.5.4-5
prajā-atyaye when there was killing of the people in generalSB 8.11.34
prajātaye for the purpose of getting a sonSB 4.13.35
ātma-prajñaptaye to disseminate transcendental knowledgeSB 3.25.1
prakalpayet one should arrangeSB 11.18.2
prakalpayet one should makeSB 11.27.25-26
kariye prakāśa I am revealingCC Adi 4.229
karaye prakāśa causes a manifestation ofCC Madhya 24.62
sūryera prakāśa light of the sunCC Antya 3.180
karaye prakāśa began to manifestCC Antya 3.238
prakāśaye exhibitsCC Madhya 13.64
prākaṭye by such a manifestationCC Madhya 14.126
mūla-prakṛtaye unto the puruṣa-avatāra, the origin of prakṛti and pradhānaSB 8.3.13
prakṛtye in behaviorCC Madhya 8.43
pralaya-apāye at the end of the inundationSB 8.24.57
pralaye in the annihilationBG 14.2
pralaye at the time of annihilationSB 11.14.3
pralaye at the time of annihilationCC Madhya 25.112
sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralayera of creation, maintenance and annihilationCC Adi 5.80
sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralayera of the three functions, namely creation, maintenance and dissolutionCC Madhya 20.291
pramādyet should become crazySB 11.17.52
na pramādyeta is not bewilderedSB 11.2.35
prāṇa-atyaye at the time of deathSB 8.4.25
prāṇa-priye O My dearmostCC Madhya 13.149
caitanyera prāṇa to the life and soul of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 11.6
karaye pranāma offered obeisancesCC Madhya 16.106
karaye praṇāma offered their obeisancesCC Madhya 16.119
praṇāma-samaye at the time of offering obeisancesBs 5.50
praṇayena out of loveBG 11.41-42
praṇayena in loveSB 3.1.25
praṇayena and with loveSB 10.39.19
praṇayena out of affectionCC Madhya 19.199-200
praṇayena and by affectionCC Antya 19.45
praṇayet one should strongly leadSB 11.14.36-42
praṇeṣye I shall instructSB 3.21.32
prapadye surrenderBG 15.3-4
prapadye I take shelterSB 3.9.15
prapadye surrenderSB 3.24.32
prapadye I surrenderSB 3.24.33
prapadye surrenderSB 4.1.20
prapadye offer my obeisancesSB 4.9.16
prapadye surrenderSB 4.22.38
prapadye let me offer my respectful obeisancesSB 5.19.4
prapadye I request everyone to surrenderSB 8.1.16
prapadye I surrenderSB 8.3.3
prapadye let us offer our respectful obeisancesSB 8.5.28
prapadye let me surrenderSB 8.24.49
prapadye fully surrenderingSB 8.24.53
prapadye surrenderSB 9.9.47
prapadye I offerSB 9.11.21
prapadye I acceptSB 9.21.12
prapadye I offer full surrenderSB 10.3.26
prapadye I am approaching for shelterSB 10.63.26
prapadye approach for shelterSB 10.70.39
śaraṇam prapadye I approach to take shelterSB 11.7.18
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 1.8
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 1.9
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 1.10
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 1.11
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 5.13
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 5.50
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 5.93
prapadye I surrenderCC Adi 5.109
prapadye surrenderCC Madhya 6.254
prapadye I surrenderCC Madhya 19.54
prapadye offer obeisancesCC Madhya 23.1
prapadye I offer my obeisancesCC Antya 6.1
śaraṇam prapadye I take shelter ofCC Antya 16.53
prapadyeran can regainSB 8.16.17
prapadyeta let him get backSB 4.6.51
prapadyeta entersSB 7.6.16
prapadyeta he surrendersSB 8.24.51
prapadyeta one should take shelter ofSB 11.3.21
prapatsye I shall achieveSB 6.11.18
prapatsyete will get backSB 3.19.29
prāpsye I shall gainBG 16.13-15
mat-prāptaye to obtain my mercySB 5.18.22
prāptye to obtainCC Adi 7.87
kṛṣṇa-prāptye in achieving KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 13.159
prāptye by obtainingCC Madhya 24.180
prāptye on obtainingCC Antya 6.186
prāptyera sādhana the means of attaining KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.124
kṛṣṇa-prāptyera of achieving the lotus feet of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.139
kṛṣṇa-prāptyera to get the shelter of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 4.56
prapūjayet he should carry out all the details of worshipSB 11.27.24
prasāda māgiye I am begging prasādamCC Antya 11.74
prasādaye to beg mercyBG 11.44
prasādaye I am trying to pleaseSB 6.17.24
prasādaye I am begging your mercySB 9.4.9
prasādayiṣye I shall pleaseSB 6.7.15
praśāntaye for the exterminationSB 3.17.31
praśāntaye for relieving all kinds of distressSB 7.15.14
praśāntaye for attaining total peaceSB 10.80.43
prasiddhaye in the matter of obtainingSB 4.18.3
prasiddhaye for facilitatingSB 11.3.3
prasiddhyet is effectedBG 3.8
praśrayeṇa by meeknessSB 2.9.41
praśrayeṇa with humilitySB 6.18.27-28
praśrayeṇa with modestySB 7.11.26-27
praśrayeṇa with humilitySB 10.47.3
prasūtaye for deliverance of the childSB 7.7.14
prathama sampradāye in the first partyCC Madhya 13.36
prātilomyena in the reverse orderSB 5.23.6
pratīpayet would be enviousSB 4.4.11
pratiṣṭhāra bhaye in fear of reputationCC Madhya 4.147
pratīyeran they can be perceivedSB 12.4.27
pratīyeta appears to beSB 2.9.34
pratīyeta appears to beSB 2.9.34
pratīyeta appears to beCC Adi 1.54
pratīyeta appears to beCC Adi 1.54
pratīyeta appears to beCC Madhya 25.119
pratīyeta appears to beCC Madhya 25.119
pratyātmyena from his reflection (in water)SB 3.20.45
ātma-pratyayena by assuming me to be like himselfSB 5.8.16
pratyeka each and everyCC Madhya 11.143
pratyeke to everyoneCC Madhya 11.129
pratyeke each and every one of themCC Madhya 11.159-160
pratyeke individuallyCC Madhya 12.187
pratyeṣyatam will come backSB 3.16.31
na pratyeti does not believeSB 10.57.38-39
pratyetya after advancing towardSB 3.19.15
pratyetya returningSB 10.23.12
pratyeyāya I returnedSB 11.13.42
pravakṣye I shall explainBG 8.11
pravargyeṣu while the fruitive activities called pravargyaSB 5.3.2
pravartaye in beginningSB 3.8.2
pravekṣye enterSB 10.41.11
pravekṣye I will enterSB 10.89.29
hṛdaye praveśa entering into me or manifesting in my heartCC Madhya 24.326
praveśaye entersCC Madhya 22.99
āmi praveśiye I enter as Lord ViṣṇuCC Madhya 25.111
prāvīṇye because of high developmentCC Antya 17.58
giri-kandara-prāye similar to the dark caves in the mountainsSB 5.14.33
tāmisra-prāye in that condition, which is almost entirely darkSB 5.26.8
pīta-prāye when almost finished being drunkSB 8.9.27
gata-prāye is almost finishedSB 12.2.12-16
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 1.1.10
prāyeṇa almostSB 1.4.31
prāyeṇa etat it is almost bySB 1.15.24
prāyeṇa almostSB 1.19.8
prāyeṇa mainlySB 2.1.7
prāyeṇa generallySB 4.6.4
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 4.6.46
prāyeṇa probablySB 4.13.43
prāyeṇa generallySB 4.19.24-25
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 4.21.30
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 5.1.5
prāyeṇa almost entirelySB 5.6.10
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 5.11.2
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 5.22.12
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 5.22.13
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 5.22.14
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 5.22.15
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 5.22.16
prāyeṇa almostSB 6.3.17
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 6.3.25
prāyeṇa almost alwaysSB 6.14.2
prāyeṇa probablySB 7.8.23
prāyeṇa generally, in almost all casesSB 7.9.44
prāyeṇa usuallySB 10.60.14
prāyeṇa in generalSB 11.7.19
prāyeṇa for all practical purposesSB 11.11.48
prāyeṇa generallySB 11.13.8
prāyeṇa generallySB 11.23.15
prāyeṇa for the most partSB 12.3.43
prāyena almostCC Adi 1.77
prāyeṣu almost to nilSB 1.2.18
prāyeṣu almost allSB 1.3.25
dasyu-prāyeṣu mostly thievesSB 12.2.12-16
śūdra-prāyeṣu mostly low-class śūdrasSB 12.2.12-16
gṛha-prāyeṣu just like materialistic homesSB 12.2.12-16
yauna-prāyeṣu extending no further than marriageSB 12.2.12-16
śamī-prāyeṣu just like śamī treesSB 12.2.12-16
vidyut-prāyeṣu always manifesting lightningSB 12.2.12-16
śūnya-prāyeṣu devoid of religious lifeSB 12.2.12-16
prayojayet would engageSB 5.5.17
prema-dṛṣṭye with His glance of deep loveCC Adi 3.62
prema-arṇava-madhye in the ocean of love of GodheadCC Adi 11.28
prema-amṛta-vṛṣṭye by the pouring of the nectar of transcendental love for GodCC Madhya 13.174
caitanyera dāsya-preme in the emotional ecstatic love of being a servant of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 6.48
prīṇayet one should pleaseSB 8.16.55
prītaye for the satisfaction ofSB 1.13.52
indriya-prītaye for sense gratificationSB 5.5.4
prītaye for satisfactionSB 10.23.32
ācāryera prīti the loving affairs of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.161
prītye in intimacy or affectionCC Adi 10.22
prītye on account of loveCC Madhya 4.17
kṛṣṇa-prītye only for satisfaction of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 5.23
kṛṣṇa-prītye for satisfaction of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 22.116
prabhu prītye because of the mercy of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 4.233
prītyera affectionCC Adi 10.23
prīye also become pleasedSB 8.7.40
priye who am most dearSB 10.23.26
priye who is dearSB 10.29.33
priye you to whom are dearSB 10.30.7
ātma-priye which He likedSB 10.41.39
priye who are affectionateSB 10.87.22
prāṇa-priye O My dearmostCC Madhya 13.149
priye very dearCC Antya 15.33
priyeṇa by my dearmostSB 1.15.20
priyeṇa by the loverCC Antya 10.21
priyera upara against her beloved husbandCC Madhya 14.139
bhagavat-priyeṣu among persons to whom the Supreme Personality of Godhead is very dearSB 5.18.10
prīyeta becomes satisfiedSB 5.15.13
prīyethāḥ kindly be pleasedSB 6.19.6
prīyeya I become pleasedSB 10.88.20
puchaye tāhāre inquires from himCC Madhya 20.127
puchaye tāńhāre inquires from Haridāsa ṭhākuraCC Antya 3.66
ācārye puchilā inquired from Bhagavān ĀcāryaCC Antya 2.109
puchila ācāryere inquired from Advaita ĀcāryaCC Antya 7.103
puchiye I am askingCC Adi 16.51
karaye pūjana worshipCC Antya 3.101
pūjayet one should worshipSB 6.18.52
pūjayet should worshipSB 6.19.2-3
pūjayet one should worshipSB 11.27.29
pūjayeta worshipsSB 11.27.53
ācārye pūjila worshiped Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 15.10
pulastyena by the sage PulastyaSB 3.8.9
puṇya-udayena means of pious activitiesCC Antya 1.163
puṇye the results of their pious activitiesBG 9.21
puṇye in pious activitiesCC Adi 3.97
sei puṇye by those pious activitiesCC Adi 17.111
ińhāra puṇye by his pietyCC Madhya 5.85
bhakti-miśra-kṛta-puṇye because of pious activities mixed with devotional serviceCC Madhya 20.302
puṇyena whose pious activitiesSB 4.9.35
rāmacandra-purī-bhaye due to fear of Rāmacandra PurīCC Madhya 1.266
purī-dvaye in two purīs, namely Mathurā-purī and Dvārakā-purīCC Madhya 19.193
purī-dvaye in Dvārakā and MathurāCC Madhya 20.398
rāmacandra-purī-bhaye because of the restriction of Rāmacandra PurīCC Antya 10.156
pūrṇa-aiśvarye endowed with full opulenceCC Adi 1.8
pūrṇa-aiśvarye endowed with full opulenceCC Adi 5.13
puru-dayena very mercifulSB 3.31.18
puruṣa-anveṣaṇa-samaye at the time of searching for a manSB 5.10.1
puruṣa-traye to three personsCC Antya 1.142
pūrva-rātrye on the previous nightCC Madhya 17.21
pūryeta are filledSB 3.15.49
jyeṣṭha-putrasya of the first son, YaduSB 9.23.17
jyeṣṭha-putrasya of the eldest sonSB 12.12.25-26
pūye and pusSB 11.26.21
pūyeta can become purifiedSB 6.1.16
pūyeta may be purifiedSB 7.9.12
pūyeta may be purifiedSB 7.10.15-17
pūyeta becomes purifiedSB 11.29.27
pūyeya I may be purified (I will purify the universe within Me)SB 11.14.16
rādhikādye in Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī and the other gopīsCC Madhya 23.64
rāga-bhaktye by the discharge of spontaneous devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.85
raghunātha-bhaṭṭācāryera of Raghunātha BhaṭṭaCC Antya 20.122
raghunāthera bhāgye by the great fortune of Raghunātha dāsaCC Antya 6.88
rahaye stopsCC Adi 13.23
rahaye staysCC Madhya 10.110
madhye rahi' keeping in the middleCC Madhya 11.229
naimiṣāraṇye rahilā stayed at NaimiṣāraṇyaCC Madhya 25.202
rāhu-jyeṣṭham among whom Rāhu is the oldestSB 6.6.37
rāja-sūye a royal performance of sacrificeSB 1.9.41
rāja-sūyena with a Rājasūya sacrificeSB 3.17.28
rāja-ṛṣaye unto the great kingSB 4.27.20
rāja-vaidyera of the royal physicianCC Madhya 15.124
rāja-haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 7.102
rājanyeṣu when the kingsSB 10.83.25-26
rājasūye in the arena of the rājasūya sacrificeSB 3.2.13
rājasūye in the assembly of the rājasūya sacrifice performed by Mahārāja YudhiṣṭhiraSB 3.2.19
rājasūye called RājasūyaSB 7.1.14-15
rājasūye the RājasūyaSB 10.75.3
rājasūye during the RājasūyaSB 10.75.40
rājasūye the Rājasūya sacrificeSB 10.77.6-7
rājasūyena the sacrifice known as RājasūyaSB 9.14.4
rājasūyena known as RājasūyaSB 10.70.41
rājasūyena with the Rājasūya ritualSB 10.71.3
rājasūyena named RājasūyaSB 10.72.3
rājasūyena the RājasūyaSB 10.74.16
nija-rājye in his own kingdomSB 1.10.2
rājye in the kingdomSB 2.4.2
sva-rājye in his own kingdomSB 3.3.16
tat-rājye in his kingdomSB 9.22.11
rājye in the role of kingSB 12.1.12
rājye for political ruleSB 12.3.7
rājye in My kingdomCC Madhya 13.157
nija-rājye in his own kingdomCC Madhya 16.110
rājye in the kingdomCC Antya 18.97
kṛṣṇera rājye in the kingdom of KṛṣṇaCC Antya 18.98
rājyena is the kingdomBG 1.32-35
rākhaye keepCC Antya 6.6
rākhaye bāndhiyā keep boundCC Antya 6.130
rākhaye parāṇa keeps lifeCC Antya 6.254
karaye rakṣaṇa gives protectionCC Antya 20.24
rakṣiṣye shall protectSB 8.22.35
rakṣiṣye will protectSB 10.89.29
rāma-rāye Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 9.138
rāmacandra-purī-bhaye due to fear of Rāmacandra PurīCC Madhya 1.266
rāmacandra-purī-bhaye because of the restriction of Rāmacandra PurīCC Antya 10.156
rāmānanda rāye unto Śrī Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 8.311
rāmānanda-rāye unto Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 16.153
rāmānanda rāyera of Śrī Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.37
rāmānanda-rāyera of Śrī Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.79
rāmānanda-rāyera of Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 9.37
ramaye I shall allow to enjoySB 4.25.38
raṃsye I shall enjoy sex lifeSB 9.18.39
ramye in a very beautiful placeSB 10.10.2-3
ramye attractiveSB 10.47.43
ramye charmingSB 10.62.2
rasa-gaṇa-madhye among all the mellowsCC Madhya 19.104
rataye for sensual indulgenceSB 10.87.34
īśvara-ratha-caraṇa-paribhramaṇa-rayeṇa by the force of the rotation of the time agent of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, which is compared to the wheel of His chariotSB 5.8.9
āji rātrye this nightCC Madhya 15.146
sei rātrye on that nightCC Madhya 16.80
rātrye in the nightCC Madhya 16.122
rātrye on that nightCC Madhya 16.123
rātrye uṭhi' rising at nightCC Madhya 17.5
pūrva-rātrye on the previous nightCC Madhya 17.21
āji rātrye this nightCC Madhya 18.28
rātrye at nightCC Madhya 18.102
rātrye at nightCC Madhya 18.104
rātrye at nightCC Madhya 20.20
ājikāra rātrye on this nightCC Madhya 20.30
rātrye rātrye during the whole nightCC Madhya 20.33
rātrye rātrye during the whole nightCC Madhya 20.33
rātrye at nightCC Madhya 20.40
rātrye at nightCC Antya 2.149
rātrye at nightCC Antya 6.74
rātrye at nightCC Antya 6.140
rātrye at nightCC Antya 6.215
rātrye at nightCC Antya 6.221
rātrye at nightCC Antya 7.120
rātrye at nightCC Antya 9.6
rātrye at nightCC Antya 11.12
rātrye atiśaya especially at nightCC Antya 11.14
rātrye at nightCC Antya 12.64
rātrye at nightCC Antya 18.57
raurava-madhye in a hellish condition of lifeCC Adi 17.166
rāmānanda rāye unto Śrī Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 8.311
nityānanda-rāye Lord NityānandaCC Madhya 11.227
rāmānanda-rāye unto Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 16.153
rāye Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 16.154
rāye to Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.27
rāye Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.85
rāma-rāye Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 9.138
rāye for reaching YouIso 18
īśvara-ratha-caraṇa-paribhramaṇa-rayeṇa by the force of the rotation of the time agent of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, which is compared to the wheel of His chariotSB 5.8.9
rāyera of Śrī Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 2.17
rāyera of the poet Rāya RāmānandaCC Madhya 2.77
rāyera mana the mind of Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 8.130-131
rāyera of Rāya RāmānandaCC Madhya 9.325
rāyera of Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 11.40
rāyera vidāya-bhāva feelings of separation from Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 16.155
gopāla-rāyera of Lord GopālaCC Madhya 18.23
rāyera sevaka the servant of Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.11
rāyera of Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.12
rāmānanda rāyera of Śrī Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.37
rāyera bhajana the devotional service of Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.51
rāyera sthāne from Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.52
rāmānanda-rāyera of Śrī Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.79
rāmānanda-rāyera of Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 9.37
bhavānanda-rāyera of Bhavānanda RāyaCC Antya 9.61
rāyera of Bhavānanda RāyaCC Antya 9.145
rāyera nāṭake in the drama composed by Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 20.67-68
subuddhi-rāyere unto Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.189
subuddhi-rāyere Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.190
niyama-ṛddhaye to facilitate his spiritual progressSB 12.8.7-11
ricyeta one becomes freeSB 8.19.41
rāja-ṛṣaye unto the great kingSB 4.27.20
ṛṣaye the sageSB 8.16.34
ṛṣaye unto the great sageSB 9.1.38-39
nārāyaṇāya ṛṣaye to the sage Nara-NārāyaṇaSB 10.86.35
nārāyaṇāya ṛṣaye to Lord Nārāyaṇa ṛṣiSB 11.5.29-30
ṛṣaye the sageSB 12.8.47
ṛṣi-mukhyebhyaḥ unto the foremost sagesSB 3.24.15
ṛtvijām madhye in the group of all the priestsSB 8.23.13
rucaye unto the sage RuciSB 3.12.57
rucaye unto the great sage RuciSB 4.1.2
rūḍhi-vṛttye by the chief or direct meaningCC Madhya 6.275
rūḍhi-vṛttye by the direct meaningCC Madhya 24.82
rudra-sāvarṇye in the Rudra-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.327
rūpa-guṇa-aiśvaryera of forms, qualities and opulenceCC Madhya 9.160
śrī-rūpa-hṛdaye in the heart of Śrīla Rūpa GosvāmīCC Madhya 19.117
sa-śiṣyeṣu with their disciplesSB 8.18.23
sa-sadasyebhyaḥ along with the members of the assemblySB 10.74.47
sa-dainye in humilityCC Adi 3.101
sa-yuktika vākye by talks full of pleasing logic and argumentsCC Madhya 25.20
saba śiva-ālaye in all the temples of Lord ŚivaCC Madhya 9.76
saba dravyera of every preparationCC Antya 10.125-126
saba dravyera of all the articlesCC Antya 10.130
bhāva-śābalye in the aggregate of all ecstasiesCC Antya 17.50
bhāva-śābalye from the aggregate of all ecstatic emotionsCC Antya 20.133
sabāra madhye among all of themCC Madhya 16.34
sabhā-madhye in the assembly ofCC Adi 7.65
sabhā-madhye in the assembly of the sannyāsīsCC Madhya 25.23
sadasyebhyaḥ unto the sadasyas, the associate priestsSB 9.16.20
sa-sadasyebhyaḥ along with the members of the assemblySB 10.74.47
prāptyera sādhana the means of attaining KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.124
sādhana-bhaktye by devotional serviceCC Madhya 23.10
sādhaye I shall executeSB 6.7.37
sādhaye I shall arrangeSB 10.25.16
sādhaye can I achieveSB 11.23.25
sādhayet he should arrangeSB 11.27.21
sādhayet one should performBs 5.60
sādhayiṣye shall achieveSB 7.3.9-10
sādhayiṣye I shall executeSB 8.8.37
sādhayiṣye I shall executeSB 9.1.20
sādhayiṣye I shall act in such a waySB 9.6.41-42
sādhu mānayet one should highly esteemSB 7.7.32
sādhyebhyaḥ to the SādhyasSB 3.20.43
sādhyera of the aim of lifeCC Madhya 8.57
sahāyena with a helperSB 8.6.22-23
sahāyena whose companionSB 10.47.49
sāhāyye for assistanceSB 10.57.11
jyeṣṭha-sahodara elder brothersCC Antya 4.32
gaja-sāhvaye HastināpuraSB 1.4.6
śaibye O MitravindāSB 10.83.6-7
sainye among soldiersCC Madhya 13.171
bhāva-sainye soldiers of ecstasyCC Antya 17.58
sainyena by an armySB 10.58.34
sainyeṣu fighting soldiersSB 2.1.4
sajjayet may not be perplexedSB 2.2.15
sakala-loka-svastaye for the benefit of all the planetary systemsSB 5.20.40
sakala-siddhaye unto the master of all mystic perfectionsSB 6.19.4
sakala dekhiye I see everythingCC Madhya 17.107
pāiye sakala we can understand allCC Antya 4.225
mahā-śākhā-madhye amongst the great branchesCC Adi 12.88
śākhā-candra-nyāye by the logic of showing the moon through the branches of a treeCC Madhya 20.404
śākhā-candra-nyāye according to the logic of seeing the moon through the branches of a treeCC Madhya 21.30
sakhī-madhye among the friendsCC Antya 18.93
sakhye in friendshipSB 5.19.7
sakhye to his friend, ArjunaSB 10.58.27
śuddha-sakhye in pure friendshipCC Adi 4.25
sakhye on the platform of fraternityCC Madhya 19.222
sakhye on the platform of fraternityCC Madhya 19.222
sakhye in friendshipCC Madhya 22.136
sakhye in the transcendental mellow of friendshipCC Madhya 23.93
sakhyera of fraternityCC Madhya 9.110
sakhyera guṇa the quality of fraternityCC Madhya 19.227
sakhyera of the platform of fraternityCC Madhya 19.231
sākṣāt-śaktye when there is direct powerCC Madhya 20.368
sākṣye giving witnessSB 5.26.28
śaktaye one who possesses these energiesSB 4.17.33
śaktaye who possesses different potenciesSB 7.8.40
ananta-śaktaye with unlimited potencySB 8.3.8-9
duranta-śaktaye who possesses energies very difficult to overcomeSB 8.3.28
upaśānta-śaktaye who does not endeavor to achieve anything else, who is free from restlessnessSB 8.5.44
ananta-śaktaye whose potencies are unlimitedSB 10.16.40
śaktaye who possesses the potenciesSB 10.16.42-43
śaktaye whose potenciesSB 10.40.29
śaktaye whose energiesSB 10.59.28
śaktaye the possessor of potenciesSB 10.64.29
śakti-ūrmaye the waves of material natureSB 6.16.20
śakti-kāryera of the activities of the external potencyCC Madhya 20.150
kṛṣṇa-śaktye by the energy of KṛṣṇaCC Adi 5.60
agni-śaktye by the energy of fireCC Adi 5.60
īśvarera śaktye by the power of the LordCC Adi 6.19
acintya-śaktye by inconceivable potencyCC Adi 7.125
śaktye by potencyCC Adi 9.12
īśvara-acintya-śaktye by the inconceivable potency of the Supreme LordCC Adi 16.81
śaktye by the powerCC Madhya 7.31
tāńra śaktye by His potencyCC Madhya 13.154
tāńhāra śaktye by His graceCC Madhya 15.232
yāńra śaktye by whose potencyCC Madhya 15.233
acintya-śaktye by inconceivable energyCC Madhya 16.67
śaktye in the powerCC Madhya 16.287
tāńra śaktye only by His mercyCC Madhya 20.95-96
śaktye by the strengthCC Madhya 20.95-96
īśvarera śaktye by the energy of the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 20.261
agni-śaktye by the power of fireCC Madhya 20.261
svarūpa-śaktye by His personal energyCC Madhya 20.361
sākṣāt-śaktye when there is direct powerCC Madhya 20.368
śaktye with great forceCC Madhya 24.20
śaktye by His potencyCC Madhya 24.22
mādhurya-śaktye by His potency of conjugal loveCC Madhya 24.22
māyā-śaktye by His external potencyCC Madhya 24.23
śāli-dhānyera of rice of a fine qualityCC Antya 10.29-30
śāli-dhānyera kha-i parched rice from fine paddyCC Antya 10.31
śālikācuṭi-dhānyera of a kind of fine riceCC Antya 10.27
salila-āśaye on the Garbhodaka OceanSB 3.20.17
śalye on his arrowSB 11.1.23
sama-vibhūtaye for gaining opulence like HisSB 11.6.10
śiṣyera śiṣya sama equal to the disciple of the discipleCC Madhya 25.72
samabhyetya coming nearSB 10.6.18
samabhyetya approaching (Nanda Mahārāja)SB 10.26.1
samabhyetya arrivingSB 10.52.27
samabhyetya going forward to meetSB 10.53.16
samabhyetya approachingSB 10.54.10
sāmagrye with foodCC Madhya 16.111
varṇa-samāmnāye in the aggregate of all alphabetsSB 7.15.53
samanupaśyeran seeingSB 5.21.8-9
samanvayena as a result of the different contacts (with different bodies)SB 11.7.42
samanvayena in each of them, one after anotherSB 11.28.20
sāmānye in generalCC Adi 1.33
kīrtana-samāptye at the end of the performance of kīrtanaCC Madhya 11.238
samarpayet he should offerSB 11.2.36
samarpayiṣye I shall deliver to youSB 10.1.54
tāhā kariye samartha make them soundCC Madhya 24.293
sāmarthye in the capacityCC Antya 17.50
samāsa kariye make a compound wordCC Madhya 24.295
samāśrayet should takeSB 11.18.30
samavāye in the associationSB 4.12.48
samaye at the time ofSB 2.7.12
niśītha-samaye at midnightSB 5.9.13
puruṣa-anveṣaṇa-samaye at the time of searching for a manSB 5.10.1
samaye at the timeSB 6.9.12
tīrtha-samaye at the time of bathing in the holy placesSB 7.8.44
vidāya-samaye at the point of departureCC Madhya 8.235
parīkṣā-samaye at the time of testingCC Madhya 9.211-212
bhogera samaye at the time of offering prasādamCC Madhya 12.218
samaye at the timeCC Antya 1.184
praṇāma-samaye at the time of offering obeisancesBs 5.50
samaye at the timeMM 33
samayena in due courseSB 3.1.8
samayena on the conditionsSB 3.22.19
śamī-prāyeṣu just like śamī treesSB 12.2.12-16
sampādaye shall fulfillSB 6.18.36
sampadyeta can be fulfilledSB 8.16.13
sāmparāye in the next birthSB 4.20.14
sāmparāye for the benefit of the living entity after deathSB 5.14.2
sāmparāye in the next worldSB 8.19.2
sampradāye in the partyCC Adi 17.136
sampradāye in the partyCC Adi 17.137
kon sampradāye in which communityCC Madhya 6.70
sampradāye to the communityCC Madhya 6.76
sampradāye in the communityCC Madhya 9.276
sampradāye in the partyCC Madhya 9.277
eka sampradāye in one groupCC Madhya 11.227
sampradāye in a groupCC Madhya 11.227
āra sampradāye in another sampradāya, or groupCC Madhya 11.228
cāri sampradāye in the four partiesCC Madhya 13.33
prathama sampradāye in the first partyCC Madhya 13.36
sāta sampradāye in seven groupsCC Madhya 13.48
sāta-sampradāye in the seven groupsCC Antya 10.59
sāta-sampradāye in the seven groupsCC Antya 10.61
mora sampradāye prabhu Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is in our groupCC Antya 10.61
sampradāyera of a communityCC Madhya 6.73
sampūjayet should worshipSB 6.19.9
sampūjayet one should fully worshipSB 10.24.18
sampūjayet should fully worshipSB 11.3.54
saṃraṃsye I shall enjoy sexual unionSB 9.14.21
samṛddhaye for fulfillingSB 6.19.19-20
samṛddhaye for the prosperingSB 10.81.11
tāraye saṃsāra can deliver the whole worldCC Madhya 22.65
saṃsāra-ākhye called saṃsāraMM 13
karaye saṃśaya felt doubtsCC Antya 7.95
saṃśrāvayet causes anyone to hearSB 12.10.42
ātma-saṃśraye residing in all living entitiesSB 3.33.26
sarva-saṃśraye the shelter of everythingCC Madhya 6.157
sarva-saṃśraye You are the reservoir of all potenciesCC Madhya 8.156
saṃśrayet should take shelter ofSB 7.13.7
saṃsṛtaye for the repetitionSB 6.17.23
saṃsthīyeta should be stoppedSB 12.6.27
samuccaye in aggregate understandingCC Madhya 24.67
samuccaye aggregationCC Madhya 24.69
samuccaye in the sense of an aggregateCC Madhya 24.185
samuccaye in the sense of aggregationCC Madhya 24.202
samuccaye in aggregationCC Madhya 24.221
samuccaye in aggregationCC Madhya 24.301
sarva-samuccaye taking all of them togetherCC Madhya 24.303
samudrera madhye in the midst of the great oceanCC Antya 20.81
samunneṣye I shall liftSB 3.13.16
saṃveśayet one should join togetherSB 11.14.34
sāmye in equanimityBG 5.19
sāmye in the matterSB 1.12.23
guṇa-sāmye in an equilibrium of material qualitiesSB 7.6.20-23
kṛṣṇa-sāmye on an equal level with KṛṣṇaCC Adi 6.103
sāmye in appearing equal toCC Madhya 8.215
kāla-sāmye in agreement of timeCC Antya 1.134
sāmyena generallyBG 6.33
sāmyena because of Your equipoised positionSB 5.3.15
sāmyena because of your mental equilibriumSB 5.10.25
kāla-sāmyena by a suitable timeCC Antya 1.135
sanaka-ādye in the four KumārasCC Madhya 20.371
sanaka-ādyera of the four Kumāras, headed by SanakaCC Madhya 24.114
kariye sañcaya I collectCC Madhya 9.28
cāhiye sañcaya requires to save some moneyCC Madhya 15.95
sañcintayet he should concentrateSB 3.28.21
sañcintayet one should meditate onSB 3.28.27
sañcintayet one should meditate onSB 3.28.29
sandhārayet must applySB 2.1.23
sandhye morning and eveningSB 7.12.2
sandhye in the junctions of timeSB 11.17.26
sańga-bhaye from fear of the associationCC Madhya 17.103
sat-sańgama-ākhyena known as association with devoteesCC Madhya 24.125
caitanyera sańge with Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 5.91
bhaṭṭācāryera sańge with Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 10.29
caitanyera sańge in the association of CaitanyaCC Madhya 17.119
sańkalpayet one may determine or resolveSB 11.15.26
śańkarāraṇyera of ŚańkarāraṇyaCC Madhya 9.300
sāńketyena by concoction or with no basis of authority indicated by scriptureSB 5.14.29
sańkhye in the battlefieldBG 1.46
sańkhye in the fightBG 2.4
sāńkhye by analytical studyBG 2.39
sāńkhye in the VedāntaBG 18.13
sańkhye in the battleSB 1.14.37
sańkhye in battleSB 7.8.46
sańkhye in the battleSB 8.10.16-18
sańkhye on the battlefieldSB 8.11.23
sańkhye on the battlefieldSB 10.63.17
sańkhye in battleSB 10.76.2
sāńkhyena of philosophical discussionBG 13.25
sāńkhyena by the study of Sāńkhya philosophySB 4.31.12
yathā-sańkhyena by the same numberSB 5.1.33
sāńkhyena by philosophical speculationSB 11.12.9
sāńkhyena by analytic studySB 11.20.22
sāńkhyeṣu in Sāńkhya philosophySB 3.29.1-2
māgha-sańkrāntye on the occasion of the Māgha-sańkrānti festivalCC Antya 3.32
sańkṣipta-ātma-vibhūtaye unto the Lord, who had expanded His personal opulence but had now reduced His size to the Vāmana formSB 8.21.5
sannahyet put on oneselfSB 6.8.4-6
sanninye arranged for restartingSB 4.7.48
guṇa-sannivāye in the world of three modes of natureSB 2.2.22
sannyāsi-buddhye by consideration of a sannyāsīCC Adi 8.11
sannyāsi-buddhye by thinking of Me as a sannyāsīCC Adi 17.265
śāntaye to pacifySB 10.53.12
karaye santoṣa becomes satisfiedCC Adi 5.171
pāyena santoṣa gets very much pleasureCC Madhya 11.88
santuṣyet should be satisfiedSB 11.7.39
sāntvayema we should pacifySB 4.14.11
śāpa-muktaye for freedom from the curseSB 7.1.45
mādhuryera sāra the essence of all transcendental blissCC Madhya 24.40
mādhuryera sāra the essence of all sweetnessCC Antya 6.117
śaraṇam prapadye I approach to take shelterSB 11.7.18
śaraṇam prapadye I take shelter ofCC Antya 16.53
sarva-sat-guṇa-māhātmye glorified by all godly attributesSB 1.12.24
sarva-guhā-āśaye residing in everyone's heartSB 3.29.11-12
sarva-dhiṣṇyebhyaḥ than all the planets, including the heavenly planetsSB 7.3.9-10
sarva-vidyā-adhipataye the reservoir of all knowledgeSB 8.16.32
sarva-vibhūtaye for all purposesSB 8.23.22-23
sarva-saṃśraye the shelter of everythingCC Madhya 6.157
sarva-saṃśraye You are the reservoir of all potenciesCC Madhya 8.156
sarva-indriye with all the sensesCC Madhya 19.168
sarva-samuccaye taking all of them togetherCC Madhya 24.303
sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācāryera of the devotee named Sārvabhauma BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 1.141
śāstra-dṛṣṭye according to the directions of revealed scripturesCC Adi 10.90
śāstra-dṛṣṭye according to the conclusion of scripturesCC Madhya 6.93
tāra śāstra-yuktye on the logic of his scriptureCC Madhya 18.187
śāstra-vākye māni one has to accept according to the description of revealed scripturesCC Madhya 20.352
śāstra-yuktye in argument and logicCC Madhya 22.65
śāstra-dṛṣṭye according to the direction of the śāstraCC Antya 5.44
śasye with the pulpCC Madhya 15.76
sarva-sat-guṇa-māhātmye glorified by all godly attributesSB 1.12.24
sat-kathā-udaye in hearing the transcendental narrationsSB 9.4.18-20
ṣaṭ-aiśvarye with the six opulencesCC Madhya 21.48
sat-kathā-udaye in the arising of transcendental topicsCC Madhya 22.137-139
sat-sańgama-ākhyena known as association with devoteesCC Madhya 24.125
sāta sampradāye in seven groupsCC Madhya 13.48
sāta-sampradāye in the seven groupsCC Antya 10.59
sāta-sampradāye in the seven groupsCC Antya 10.61
vitta-śāṭhyena by means of cheating someone of his wealthSB 5.14.35
satye in the Satyaloka planetSB 2.7.20
satye in truthfulnessSB 10.1.59
satye in the factors that create this material world (namely, the five elementsearth, water, fire, air and ether)
satye whose desire always becomes truthSB 11.15.26
duńhāra satye in the truthfulness of both of youCC Madhya 5.114
satyena with truthSB 1.17.33
satyena unalloyedSB 3.27.6
satyena by the truthSB 6.8.31
saubhāgye in good fortuneCC Adi 4.214
saubhāgyera of the fortuneCC Antya 12.153
saubhāgyera of the fortuneCC Antya 12.153
saukṣmye in the subtleSB 3.11.3
saundarye in beautySB 4.22.61
saundarye in the beautyCC Madhya 4.26
saundarye by the beautyCC Antya 15.56
saurabha-ālaye in the abode of aromaCC Madhya 8.178
sautye regarding a chariot driverSB 1.15.17
sautye of a charioteerSB 5.21.16
sāvarṇye in the Sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.326
dakṣa-sāvarṇye in the Dakṣa-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.326
brahma-sāvarṇye in the Brahma-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.327
dharma-sāvarṇye in the Dharma-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.327
rudra-sāvarṇye in the Rudra-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.327
deva-sāvarṇye in the Deva-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.327
indra-sāvarṇye in the Indra-sāvarṇya-manvantaraCC Madhya 20.328
savya-asavye left and rightSB 10.12.21
savye on the left sideSB 5.23.5
savyena leftSB 3.19.9
savyena to the left sideSB 5.21.8-9
savyena leftSB 10.17.7
vīra-śaye on the battlefieldSB 6.10.33
śaye shall I restSB 6.18.24
śaye I lie downSB 7.13.37
śaye I lie downSB 7.13.40
śaye I have been lyingSB 10.51.32
hṛt-śayena lusty desires within the mind of RāvaṇaSB 9.10.10
sāyujye to become one with the SupremeCC Madhya 6.275
sāyujyera the liberation called sāyujya (oneness with the Supreme)CC Adi 5.38
sei puṇye by those pious activitiesCC Adi 17.111
sei bhaye fearing thatCC Madhya 4.142
sei bhaṭṭācāryera of that BhaṭṭācāryaCC Madhya 6.210
sei rātrye on that nightCC Madhya 16.80
sei mleccha-madhye among those MuslimsCC Madhya 18.185
sei pānī-lakṣye on account of this waterCC Antya 4.203
sei-vākye by those wordsCC Antya 5.146
sei manuṣyere unto that person who brought the messageCC Antya 9.55
sei dravye in such material thingsCC Antya 16.110
śeṣa ye āchila whatever remainedCC Antya 6.98
sevā-madhye in rendering serviceCC Madhya 4.87
rāyera sevaka the servant of Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.11
karaye sevana rendered serviceCC Madhya 16.152
karaye sevana engages in the serviceCC Madhya 19.163
dāsyera sevana the service of the dāsya-rasaCC Madhya 19.222
dāsyera sevana the service of dāsya-rasaCC Madhya 19.226
sevye capable of being servedMM 17
su-sevyena very easy to executeSB 3.33.10
siddhaye for perfectionBG 7.3
siddhaye for the perfectionBG 18.13
siddhaye for the matter ofSB 3.6.33
brahma-siddhaye for perfection in self-realizationSB 3.25.19
siddhaye for perfectionSB 4.24.62
sakala-siddhaye unto the master of all mystic perfectionsSB 6.19.4
siddhaye to Him who can be understood as existent on the basis ofSB 10.16.47
siddhaye for assuring the resultSB 10.22.8
siddhaye for the realizationSB 10.28.12
siddhaye for facilitating the exercise of authoritySB 10.50.56
siddhaye for the achievementSB 11.21.6
siddhaye for the achievementSB 11.27.25-26
siddhaye for the achievement of material perfectionsSB 11.28.41
siddhaye for the achievementMM 34
siddhyet may accomplish itSB 11.29.1
siddhyeta it may he rendered fitSB 3.23.11
śikhāha anyere teach othersCC Madhya 12.117
śikhāyena He teachesCC Madhya 13.187
śikṣā diye I shall give some lessonsCC Antya 19.46
karaye sināne moistenedCC Madhya 11.223
sindhu-pataye unto the king of the province of SindhuSB 5.13.24
sińye sewingCC Adi 17.231
guru-śiṣya-nyāye when there is a logical argument between the spiritual master and the discipleCC Madhya 10.173
śiṣyera śiṣya sama equal to the disciple of the discipleCC Madhya 25.72
śiṣye lay down to sleepSB 10.51.13
śiṣye unto the discipleCC Madhya 17.170
nija śiṣye to his own disciplesCC Antya 13.131
śiṣye the disciplesCC Antya 14.49
śiṣyebhyaḥ to his disciplesSB 12.6.54-56
sva-śiṣyebhyaḥ to his own disciplesSB 12.6.80
śiṣyeṇa discipleBG 1.3
śiṣyeṇa such a discipleSB 12.6.63
śiṣyera of the discipleCC Adi 13.29
śiṣyera of the disciplesCC Adi 16.32
śiṣyera of disciplesCC Adi 16.103
śiṣyera of the discipleCC Madhya 10.173
śiṣyera śiṣya sama equal to the disciple of the discipleCC Madhya 25.72
sa-śiṣyeṣu with their disciplesSB 8.18.23
śiṣyeta remainsSB 11.19.16
śiṣyete amongst My disciplesCC Adi 16.33
saba śiva-ālaye in all the temples of Lord ŚivaCC Madhya 9.76
śloka-dvaye in two versesCC Adi 6.3
karaye smaraṇa remembersCC Madhya 24.60
smayena by such prideSB 11.5.9
smṛti-kṣaye by destruction of remembranceSB 4.22.31
gańgā-snāna pāiye we can take a bath in the GangesCC Madhya 18.150
snapayet should batheSB 8.16.39
snāpayet one should bathe the DeitySB 11.27.30-31
śobhaye becomes beautifulCC Madhya 1.230
śocyeṣu pitiableSB 3.31.34
śocyeṣu who are full of lamentationCC Madhya 22.88-90
śodhayet one should clearSB 3.28.9
śodhayet should purifySB 11.14.32-33
śoṇita-ākhye known as ŚoṇitaSB 10.62.2
śoṣayiṣye shall reduce to the minimumSB 11.23.29
sphuraye antare manifests withinCC Madhya 19.236
kṛṣṇa-sphūrtye by revelation of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 9.105
sphūrtye on the appearanceCC Antya 19.101
śraddhā-bhaktye with faith and devotionCC Madhya 7.121
na śraddhīyeta would not be trustedSB 10.65.11-12
śravaṇa-madhye out of all topics for hearingCC Madhya 8.255
śravaṇa-ādyera of hearing, chanting and so forthCC Madhya 24.62
karaye śravaṇa hearsCC Madhya 25.239
śrāvayet one should reciteSB 4.12.49-50
śrāvayet explainsSB 4.23.31
śrāvayet must induce others to hearSB 4.23.37
śrāvayet and gets others to hearSB 4.24.78
śrāvayet may describeSB 4.29.83
śrāvayet causes others to hearSB 10.66.43
śrāvayet causes others to hearSB 10.85.59
śrāvayet makes others hearSB 12.12.59
śravayeta also allows others to hearSB 3.13.48
śrayeran take shelter ofSB 11.29.3
śrayeta take shelter ofSB 2.7.7
śrayeta the vānaprastha should take shelter ofSB 7.12.20
śrayeta would take shelter ofSB 10.60.42
śreyaḥ-madhye among beneficial activitiesCC Madhya 8.251
śva-śṛgāla-bhakṣye in the body, which is to be eaten by dogs and jackalsCC Madhya 6.235
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
śrī-caitanyera of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Adi 10.74
śrī-rūpa-hṛdaye in the heart of Śrīla Rūpa GosvāmīCC Madhya 19.117
śrī-kṛṣṇa bhajaye become engaged in the service of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 24.202
śrī-yaśodā-stanam-dhaye sucking the breast of mother YaśodāCC Antya 7.86
śrīvāsa-ādye unto Śrīvāsa and his three brothersCC Madhya 11.144
adhigata-śriye under whose control is mother Lakṣmī, the goddess of fortuneSB 8.16.35
śriye whose beautySB 10.14.1
śriye benedictionCC Adi 1.17
śriye the opulence of love and affectionCC Madhya 1.5
śriye benedictionCC Antya 1.7
sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralayera of creation, maintenance and annihilationCC Adi 5.80
caitanyera sṛṣṭi the creation of Lord Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 11.97
sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralayera of the three functions, namely creation, maintenance and dissolutionCC Madhya 20.291
sṛṣṭye in the creationsCC Adi 2.36
kaṣṭe-sṛṣṭye with great difficultyCC Madhya 16.204
kaṣṭe-sṛṣṭye with great difficultyCC Madhya 16.260
kaṣṭe-sṛṣṭye with great difficultyCC Madhya 17.197
śruta-dhāraṇāḥ ye persons advanced in the education of Vedic knowledgeCC Madhya 24.190
śrutaye to hear properlySB 11.2.31
śruti-vākye in the words of the Vedic versionCC Madhya 6.136
stainye engaged in stealingSB 10.26.7
śrī-yaśodā-stanam-dhaye sucking the breast of mother YaśodāCC Antya 7.86
stanye for drinking breast milkSB 9.6.31
stanyena fed by the breast milkSB 4.8.18
karaye stavana offers prayersCC Madhya 7.142
karaye stavana offered their prayersCC Madhya 21.73
steyena by thieverySB 5.26.19
rāyera sthāne from Rāmānanda RāyaCC Antya 5.52
sthaulye in the gross formsSB 3.11.3
sthitaye for its maintenanceSB 5.25.13
tri-loka-sthitaye to maintain the three worlds, the upper, middle and lower planetary systemsSB 10.3.20
sthiti-ādaye for the matter of creation, maintenance and destruction, etc.SB 1.2.23
sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralayera of creation, maintenance and annihilationCC Adi 5.80
sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralayera of the three functions, namely creation, maintenance and dissolutionCC Madhya 20.291
stutaye your prayerSB 8.7.32
su-sevyena very easy to executeSB 3.33.10
subuddhi-rāyere unto Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.189
subuddhi-rāyere Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.190
kariye sūcana I shall presentCC Madhya 4.7
kariye sūcana I introduceCC Antya 15.98
śucaye perfectly cleansedSB 3.32.42
śucaye pureSB 11.29.31
śuddha-sakhye in pure friendshipCC Adi 4.25
śuddha-vātsalye in transcendental paternal loveCC Adi 6.55-56
śuddhaye for the purpose of purificationBG 5.11
śuddhaye for purificationSB 2.7.28
śuddhaye for purificationSB 4.7.17
śuddhaye for purificationSB 10.84.31
śuddhaye for purificationSB 11.27.10
śuddhyeran may be purifiedSB 6.13.8-9
śuddhyet becomes purifiedSB 5.5.1
śuddhyet may be purifiedSB 6.3.32
śudhyeran they become purifiedSB 12.10.25
śudhyet can be purifiedSB 11.14.23
śudhyeta becomes purifiedSB 12.12.65
śūdra-prāyeṣu mostly low-class śūdrasSB 12.2.12-16
sujyeṣṭhaḥ SujyeṣṭhaSB 12.1.15-17
sukha-duḥkha-bāhye outside of happiness and distressSB 3.28.36
sukha-duḥkha-upapattaye for administering happiness and distressSB 8.21.20
nā śuniye I cannot hearCC Madhya 2.90
śuniye I hearCC Madhya 21.18
śūnya-araṇye in the isolated forestSB 5.14.20
śūnya-prāyeṣu devoid of religious lifeSB 12.2.12-16
śūnye emptySB 11.7.69
śūnye emptySB 11.7.70
supuru-hūtaye having varieties of transcendental namesSB 6.9.31
sura-kārye the activities of the demigodsSB 8.6.17
surabhi-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.72
sūrya yena exactly like the sunCC Madhya 20.159
sūrye unto the sunSB 8.16.28
sūrye the sunSB 10.42.32
sūrye the sunSB 10.46.47
sūrye when the sunSB 10.83.25-26
sūrye in the sunSB 11.11.43-45
sūrye in the sunSB 11.27.9
sūrye for the sunSB 11.27.16-17
sūryeṇa by the sun-god within the sun planetSB 5.20.45
sūryera of the sunCC Adi 3.86
sūryera of the sun-godCC Adi 5.34
sūryera of the sunCC Madhya 6.138
sūryera of the sunCC Madhya 13.169
sūryera of the sunCC Madhya 25.117
sūryera prakāśa light of the sunCC Antya 3.180
sūryera udaya sunriseCC Antya 3.183
sūryera gati the movement of the sunCC Antya 20.57
śuṣyet dries upSB 8.19.40
śuṣyeta dry upSB 11.8.6
sūtaye the sourceSB 4.7.40
sūtra-madhyei kahiluń I have already stated within the synopsisCC Madhya 1.9
sūtra-madhye in the form of a synopsisCC Madhya 2.91
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 13.132
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 16.214-215
sūtye when soma-rasa is takenSB 8.21.26
sūtye of extracting the soma juiceSB 10.74.17
rāja-sūye a royal performance of sacrificeSB 1.9.41
rāja-sūyena with a Rājasūya sacrificeSB 3.17.28
sva-bhṛtyeṣu unto one who is subordinate and deserves to be protectedSB 1.18.47
sva-rājye in his own kingdomSB 3.3.16
sva-dhiṣṇyebhyaḥ from their own seatsSB 4.2.6
sva-dhiṣṇyeṣu on the altarSB 4.22.6
sva-vijaye in conquering the worldSB 4.23.4
sva-tanayeṣu his own sonsSB 5.1.29
sva-tanayebhyaḥ unto his own sonsSB 5.7.8
sva-hṛdaye within the core of the heartSB 8.3.18
śva-pataye unto the master of the dogsSB 9.21.9
sva-labdhaye for the sake of self-realizationSB 10.38.15
sva-bhṛtya-mukhyena by the best of His devoteesSB 11.17.8
sva-śiṣyebhyaḥ to his own disciplesSB 12.6.80
sva-mādhurye in His own sweetnessCC Adi 5.215
śva-śṛgāla-bhakṣye in the body, which is to be eaten by dogs and jackalsCC Madhya 6.235
sva-mādhurye His conjugal loveCC Madhya 9.127
sva-hṛdaye upon his heartCC Antya 11.54
sva-mādhurye by His sweetnessCC Antya 15.23
viṣayera svabhāva the potency of material enjoymentCC Antya 6.199
svādhyāye in studying Vedic literatureSB 7.15.1
svapna-aupamyena by the analogy of a dreamSB 9.19.26
svarūpa-buddhye by self-realizationCC Madhya 19.211
svarūpa-śaktye by His personal energyCC Madhya 20.361
svastaye unto the auspiciousSB 4.24.33
sakala-loka-svastaye for the benefit of all the planetary systemsSB 5.20.40
svastaye for the benefitSB 5.22.3
svastaye for the welfareSB 5.25.6
svastaye for the benefit ofSB 7.11.6
svastaye comfortableSB 8.24.22
svastaye and for the welfare in the next lifeSB 10.87.6
svastaye for the benefitSB 11.2.4
svastye in peaceCC Antya 12.151
svīye His personal associateCC Antya 6.327
śyena hawkSB 3.10.25
śyena-ādayaḥ birds such as the big eagleSB 5.23.3
śyena eaglesSB 5.24.6
śyena eaglesSB 6.6.27
śyena-vegam possessing the speed of a hawkSB 7.8.28
śyena on the backs of hawksSB 8.10.10-12
śyena of a hawkSB 10.44.21
syenajit SyenajitSB 9.21.23
śyenam a hawkSB 10.44.36
śyenayoḥ between two hawksSB 10.56.23
ta' ha-iye indeed existedCC Madhya 25.110
karaye tāḍana punishesCC Antya 9.16
tāhā kariye samartha make them soundCC Madhya 24.293
puchaye tāhāre inquires from himCC Madhya 20.127
tāhi madhye during thatCC Adi 17.238
tahiń madhye in that chapterCC Adi 17.316
tāmisra-prāye in that condition, which is almost entirely darkSB 5.26.8
tāmra-maye made of copperSB 5.26.14
tanaye on his sonSB 6.1.27
tanaye for the sonSB 6.14.36
tanaye for the sonSB 10.26.13
tanayebhyaḥ among his sonsSB 4.28.33
sva-tanayebhyaḥ unto his own sonsSB 5.7.8
sva-tanayeṣu his own sonsSB 5.1.29
tanayeṣu unto his sonsSB 9.5.26
tāńhāra śaktye by His graceCC Madhya 15.232
dekhaye tāńhāre sees HimCC Madhya 18.44
puchaye tāńhāre inquires from Haridāsa ṭhākuraCC Antya 3.66
tāńra pāye at his lotus feetCC Madhya 4.9
tāńra bhaye out of fear of JagadānandaCC Madhya 12.171
tāńra madhye among themCC Madhya 13.150
tāńra śaktye by His potencyCC Madhya 13.154
tāńra bhaye being afraid of such a kingCC Madhya 16.158
tāńra bhaye because of fear of himCC Madhya 16.159
tāńra śaktye only by His mercyCC Madhya 20.95-96
tāńra hṛdaye within his heartCC Antya 2.66
tāńra yei ājñā that is His orderCC Antya 19.23
tāńra bhaye because of fear of himCC Antya 19.74
tāńra bhaye because of fear of himCC Antya 19.74
tāńra bhaye because of fear of himCC Antya 20.115
tapye I lamentedSB 4.9.33
tapyeta one should accept as austeritySB 11.18.4
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.48
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.81
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.12
tāra madhye out of those twenty-four yearsCC Adi 13.35
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.38
tāra madhye amongst themCC Madhya 1.11-12
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.19
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.23
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 8.109
tāra madhye within that bookCC Madhya 9.200
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 13.141
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 14.151
tāra madhye in that dealingCC Madhya 14.162
tāra madhye within that pastimeCC Madhya 15.298
tāra madhye within that episodeCC Madhya 16.55
tāra madhye within those episodesCC Madhya 16.83
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 16.214-215
tāra madhye through themCC Madhya 17.26
tāra gāye on his bodyCC Madhya 17.28
tāra śāstra-yuktye on the logic of his scriptureCC Madhya 18.187
tāra madhye among the living entities who are conditioned within the material worldCC Madhya 19.144
tāra madhye among all such living entitiesCC Madhya 19.145
tāra madhye among the small quantity of human beingsCC Madhya 19.145
tāra madhye of them allCC Madhya 22.99
tāra madhye within the creationCC Madhya 25.111
tāra madhye in thatCC Madhya 25.253
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.257
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.258
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.179
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.180
tāra bhaye due to fear of himCC Antya 3.44
tāra madhye of the nine different types of devotional serviceCC Antya 4.71
tāra madhye within these statementsCC Antya 5.160
tāra madhye between the twoCC Antya 8.79
tāra madhye in the midst of thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye along with thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye in that connectionCC Antya 11.91-93
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 13.136-137
tāra madhye within that placeCC Antya 14.62
tāra vākye in their wordsCC Antya 19.53
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.103
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.104
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.105
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.111
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.124
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.125
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 20.127
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.127
dhārṣṭyera tarańga a wave of impudenceCC Antya 1.185
tāratamye by comparisonCC Madhya 22.71
tāratamyena in different degreesSB 5.26.2
tāratamyena comparatively, more or lessSB 7.14.38
tāratamyena in different degreesCC Madhya 6.156
tāratamyena in different degreesCC Madhya 20.115
tāraye saṃsāra can deliver the whole worldCC Madhya 22.65
tārkṣyeṇa by GaruḍaSB 4.7.19
tarpayet gratifiesSB 10.16.62
tarpayiṣye I shall pleaseSB 7.2.7-8
tārtīyena by excessive development of the third mode of material nature, the mode of ignoranceSB 3.6.29
tat antaḥ-hṛdaye in the heartSB 3.8.22
tat-dvīpa-madhye within that islandSB 5.20.30
tat-rājye in his kingdomSB 9.22.11
tat-anvaye in the dynasty of him (Mahābhoja)SB 9.24.9
tat-dravyeṇa with the paraphernalia intended for Indra's sacrificeSB 10.24.32-33
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.243
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.244
yathā-tathyena in truthSB 11.16.2
tattva-madhye in the truthCC Adi 7.16
tayoḥ madhye between themCC Antya 1.161
advaita-ācāryera ṭhāñi to the place of Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.20
ācāryera ṭhāñi to Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 10.90
ācāryera ṭhāñi to Advaita ĀcāryaCC Antya 19.17
ei tina madhye of these threeCC Madhya 1.65
tiraḥ-dhīyeta disappearsSB 2.6.40-41
tīrtha-samaye at the time of bathing in the holy placesSB 7.8.44
tomā-viṣaye about youCC Antya 4.183
tomāke dekhiye I see YouCC Antya 7.8
tomāra hṛdaye into your heartCC Adi 13.85
tomāra bhāgye on account of your good fortuneCC Madhya 1.176
tomāra pāye at your lotus feetCC Madhya 24.254
tomāra ye icchā whatever is Your desireCC Antya 2.135
tomāra hṛdayera of your heartCC Antya 5.134
tomāra jyeṭhā the elder brother of your fatherCC Antya 6.32
tora yadi lāg pāiye if I get the opportunity to meet youCC Antya 19.46
toṣayet should satisfySB 8.16.53
ṭoṭā-madhye within the gardensCC Madhya 11.166
toye in the waterSB 3.8.23
toye in the waterSB 4.23.16
nadī-toye in the water of the riverSB 8.24.13
nadī-toye in the water of the riverSB 9.24.36
toye in the waterSB 10.41.3
toye into the waterSB 10.77.34
toye in waterSB 11.11.43-45
toye in the waterSB 11.12.12
toye in the waterMM 11
toye whose waterMM 13
toyena waterSB 8.24.13
toyena with waterSB 10.88.20
toyeṣu in the waterSB 3.1.18
toyeṣu in bodies of waterSB 10.90.1-7
trai-lokye all over the universeSB 4.22.63
trai-lokye in the three worldsCC Adi 4.216
loka-traye in the three planetary systemsBG 11.43
puruṣa-traye to three personsCC Antya 1.142
trayeṇa by the threeSB 3.5.40
trayeṇa threefoldSB 11.19.9
tri-loka-sthitaye to maintain the three worlds, the upper, middle and lower planetary systemsSB 10.3.20
tri-bhuvana-madhye within the three worldsCC Madhya 8.199
tṛptaye for the satisfactionSB 10.14.31
tṛpyet get full satisfactionSB 1.18.14
tṛpyeta would feel satisfiedSB 3.20.6
tṛpyeta can be satiatedSB 10.16.3
tṛpyeta would become satiatedSB 10.52.20
tṛtīye thirdSB 1.4.14
tṛtīye on the third yearSB 9.7.19
tṛtīye for the third timeSB 10.3.43
tṛtīye in the Third ChapterCC Antya 20.106
tulaye compareSB 4.24.57
tulaye I count as equalSB 5.5.23
ātma-tulyeṣu to persons who are equalsSB 3.29.17
tumi yei kaha whatever you sayCC Madhya 11.112
tumi ye YouCC Madhya 23.121
tuṇḍa-āvalī-labdhaye to achieve many mouthsCC Antya 1.99
tuṇḍa-āvalī-labdhaye to achieve many mouthsCC Antya 1.120
turīya-ākhye known as the fourth, beyond the three modes of material natureSB 11.15.16
turye in the fourth of the lineSB 1.3.9
turye in the transcendental stageSB 7.9.32
turye in the fourth element (beyond wakefulness, dreaming and deep sleep)SB 11.13.28
turye in the fourth element, the LordSB 11.13.29
turyeṇa fourth factorSB 11.28.20
amara-tūryeṣu beating of the drums of the demigodsSB 4.23.24
tūryeṣu the musical instrumentsSB 10.42.36
tūryeṣu as the musical instrumentsSB 10.43.31
tūryeṣu the musical instrumentsSB 10.44.29
tuṣṭaye for the satisfactionCC Madhya 25.282
tuṣṭaye for the satisfactionCC Antya 20.155
tuṣṭye in satisfactionCC Madhya 6.247
tuṣye am pleasedSB 3.29.24
tuṣyet is satisfiedSB 3.7.35
tuṣyet be satisfiedSB 4.7.15
tuṣyet must be pleasedSB 8.20.6
tuṣyet may be pleasedSB 10.58.37
tuṣyet can be satisfiedSB 11.3.22
tuṣyet one should be satisfiedSB 11.18.18
tuṣyeta be pleasedSB 1.5.8
tuṣyeyam can be satisfiedSB 10.80.34
vīrye tvadīye in the daughters begotten by youSB 3.21.29
tvadīye in yourSB 12.2.27-28
tvat anyena besides youBG 11.47
tvat-vīryeṇa by your semenSB 3.21.32
tvat anye other than youSB 4.4.16
tyājayiṣye I will make (you) renounceSB 10.66.20
tyakṣye may relinquishSB 2.8.3
ubhaye both (those who control the senses and those who live in the regions above the heavenly planets)SB 10.87.24
ubhaye hate when both are destroyedSB 11.13.3
ubhayeṣām both for You and for usSB 3.5.49
ubhayeṣām for bothSB 4.22.19
ubhayeṣām of both the demigods and the demonsSB 8.9.20
ubhayeṣām of bothSB 10.72.5
ubhayoḥ madhye in between the twoSB 9.14.43
uda-āśaye in the reservoir of waterSB 10.31.2
kṣīra-udadhi-madhye in part of the ocean known as the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.111
viṣaye udāsa indifferent to material happinessCC Madhya 16.222
karaye udaya awakensCC Madhya 22.107
sūryera udaya sunriseCC Antya 3.183
karaye udaya risesCC Antya 17.5
jñāna-udaye upon the arising of knowledgeSB 4.11.2
udaye at the time of rising in the eveningSB 8.10.16-18
sat-kathā-udaye in hearing the transcendental narrationsSB 9.4.18-20
udaye upon the risingSB 11.24.28
gauḍa-udaye on the eastern horizon of GauḍaCC Adi 1.2
gauḍa-udaye on the eastern horizon of GauḍaCC Adi 1.84
udaye when there is awakeningCC Adi 8.27
candra-udaye such moons having arisenCC Adi 13.4
gauḍa-udaye on the eastern horizon of GauḍaCC Madhya 1.2
sat-kathā-udaye in the arising of transcendental topicsCC Madhya 22.137-139
udayena with the manifestationSB 3.9.2
para-udayena by others' flourishing conditionSB 4.6.47
vayunā udayena by awakening of transcendental knowledge due to good association and study of the Vedic literaturesSB 5.11.15
puṇya-udayena means of pious activitiesCC Antya 1.163
udayeṣu and for creationSB 4.30.23
uddaṇḍa-nṛtye by dancing and jumping highCC Madhya 12.140
uddaṇḍa-nṛtye in the dancing with high jumpsCC Madhya 13.74
uddhariṣye shall deliverSB 3.31.21
uddhariṣye I will upliftSB 11.17.44
udīrayet be announcedSB 1.2.4
udīrayet should chantSB 6.19.10
udīrayet one should chantSB 8.16.26
udīrayet one should speakCC Adi 2.74
udīrayet one should mentionCC Adi 16.58
udvāsayet should be thrown into a sacred placeSB 8.16.43
udvāsayet should send the Deity awaySB 11.27.47
udvejayet should-frighten or disturbSB 11.18.31
bāḍaye ullāsa felt increased jubilationCC Antya 13.105
karaye unmatta makes madCC Adi 6.49-50
unnamayet must be liftedSB 2.2.19
unnayeta should be brought inSB 2.2.21
unninye He has lifted upSB 10.30.30
unninye she raisedSB 10.33.9
unninye vibrated (another gopī)SB 10.33.9
upādhyāyera mana the mind of UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.94
upādhyāyera of Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.100
vakra-vākye kare upahāsa jokes with equivocal wordsCC Madhya 14.148
upajaye developsCC Adi 7.83
upalabdhaye in order to revealSB 3.33.5
kṛṣṇa-upalabdhaye in order to obtain KṛṣṇaSB 10.56.35
upalabhyeta may be experiencedSB 4.29.64
upalabhyeta he may be foundSB 6.16.8
upalabhyeta is experiencedSB 12.4.28
upalakṣaye do I seeSB 10.62.13
upalakṣyeta would appearSB 10.76.23
kāma-upanayena by satisfyingSB 8.20.10
na upanayet does not comeSB 11.8.3
upaninye he gotSB 6.1.66
upapadyeta is to be foundSB 10.81.33
upapattaye for obtainingSB 3.31.1
upapattaye for obtainingSB 4.25.12
upapattaye for the attainmentSB 7.4.25-26
sukha-duḥkha-upapattaye for administering happiness and distressSB 8.21.20
upapattaye in order to obtainSB 10.55.1
priyera upara against her beloved husbandCC Madhya 14.139
uparata-anātmye wherein identification with material things was stoppedSB 5.15.7
upasādhayet he should prepareSB 11.27.20
upaśānta-śaktaye who does not endeavor to achieve anything else, who is free from restlessnessSB 8.5.44
upaśāntaye to counteract all troublesome positionsSB 8.4.15
upasthāsye can pleaseSB 8.16.22
upāsyera objects of worshipCC Madhya 8.256
kemana upāye by what meansCC Madhya 24.254
ei upāye this meansCC Antya 17.55
upayeme marriedSB 1.16.2
upayeme marriedSB 4.1.46-47
upayeme marriedSB 4.10.1
upayeme marriedSB 4.24.11
upayeme marriedSB 4.28.29
upayeme marriedSB 4.28.32
upayeme marriedSB 5.1.24
upayeme marriedSB 5.7.1
upayeme marriedSB 6.6.33-36
upayeme marriedSB 9.15.7
upayeme he marriedSB 9.20.16
upayeme later marriedSB 9.23.38
upayeme marriedSB 10.52.16-17
upayeme He marriedSB 10.52.18
upayeme marriedSB 10.54.53
upayeme marriedSB 10.56.44
upayeme He marriedSB 10.58.29
upayeme marriedSB 10.58.56
upayeme marriedSB 10.59.42
upayeme marriedSB 10.61.24
upayeme marriedSB 10.62.1
upayeme marriedSB 10.83.6-7
upayeme marriedSB 10.86.1
upayeme marriedSB 10.90.36
upayemire marriedSB 4.30.48
upayemire marriedSB 6.4.16
anadhigata-anya-upāyena who is not perceived by other meansSB 5.24.23
upāyena meansSB 7.1.32
upāyena meansSB 12.3.16
upayujyeta deserves to be executedSB 11.11.26-27
ūrmaye the waves of material existenceSB 4.17.29
śakti-ūrmaye the waves of material natureSB 6.16.20
ūtaye unto the Lord, who has created this material world as His pastimeSB 8.5.44
uṭhaye awakensCC Madhya 1.205
rātrye uṭhi' rising at nightCC Madhya 17.5
utpādayet does produceSB 1.2.8
utpādayet awakensCC Antya 5.10
karaye utpāta can create a disturbanceCC Madhya 18.217
utsrakṣye I will throwSB 10.66.8
vadhiṣye I shall killSB 10.77.26
vādye in the matter of playingSB 10.35.14-15
ḍhakkā-vādye with the beating of a kettledrumCC Adi 11.32
vaṃśī-vādye on hearing the sound of the fluteCC Adi 17.237
jala-maṇḍūka-vādye like the croaking sound of frogs in the waterCC Madhya 14.77
vādyena with the playing of musical instrumentsSB 10.62.2
vādyena and instrumental accompanimentSB 10.81.24
vahaye flowCC Antya 14.94
vahni-madhye within the fireSB 11.14.36-42
rāja-vaidyera of the royal physicianCC Madhya 15.124
vaikuṇṭha-ādye in the Vaikuṇṭha planets, etc.CC Adi 4.28
vaikuṇṭha-ādye in the Vaikuṇṭha planetsCC Madhya 19.193
vailakṣaṇyena by the difference of appearanceSB 10.55.29
vailakṣaṇyera of different symptomsCC Madhya 14.186
vainye the son of King VenaSB 4.19.11
vairāgye by the renunciationCC Madhya 20.82
vairāgyeṇa by detachmentBG 6.35
vairāgyeṇa with renunciationSB 3.27.22
vairāgyeṇa by detachmentSB 3.32.34-36
vairāgyeṇa by renunciationSB 3.33.24-25
vairāgyera of the renunciationCC Antya 6.311
vairāgyera nāhi bhāsa there is no trace of renunciationCC Antya 8.16
vaisaye sitsCC Adi 4.92
vaiṣṇavera madhye amongst VaiṣṇavasCC Madhya 9.11
vaivarṇye by fadingCC Antya 14.95
vājapeyena with a vājapeya sacrificeSB 4.3.3
vajra-pāṇaye unto Indra, who carries the thunderboltSB 9.6.19
vāk-maye in its form of language (the Vedas)SB 10.63.34
vakra-vākye kare upahāsa jokes with equivocal wordsCC Madhya 14.148
vakṣye I shall speakSB 1.7.12
vakṣye I shall explainSB 3.28.1
vakṣye I shall explainSB 7.11.5
vakṣye I will speakSB 10.64.11
vakṣye will I saySB 10.76.30
vakṣye I shall speakSB 12.11.4
vakṣye I shall speakSB 12.12.1
ācāryera vākya the words of Śrī Advaita ĀcāryaCC Madhya 3.199
vākye in the speechCC Adi 2.58
vijña-vākye in the wise speechCC Adi 2.86
kāya-manaḥ-vākye by His body, mind and wordsCC Adi 6.92
vākye by wordsCC Adi 6.93
vākye in the words ofCC Adi 7.95-96
vākye in the speechCC Adi 7.107
mahā-vākye in place of the principal mantraCC Adi 7.130
kāya-manaḥ-vākye with heart and soulCC Adi 8.62
bahu-vākye by many versions of many personsCC Adi 16.11
vākye in speakingCC Madhya 2.14
madhura-vākye by the sweet wordsCC Madhya 4.26
ei vākye in this statementCC Madhya 5.76
vākye in the wordCC Madhya 5.93
vākye in the statementsCC Madhya 6.97
vākye by the wordsCC Madhya 6.113
śruti-vākye in the words of the Vedic versionCC Madhya 6.136
purāṇa-vākye by the words of the PurāṇasCC Madhya 6.148
veda-vākye in the Vedic versionCC Madhya 6.179
ei vākye in this statementCC Madhya 9.34
kāya-manaḥ-vākye with My body, mind and wordsCC Madhya 12.50
vākye by wordsCC Madhya 14.146
niṣṭhura-vākye by cruel wordsCC Madhya 14.147
vakra-vākye kare upahāsa jokes with equivocal wordsCC Madhya 14.148
ei vākye because of this statementCC Madhya 15.100
kāya-mano-vākye with body, mind and wordsCC Madhya 16.107
ei vākye this statementCC Madhya 18.97
mūrkhera vākye by the words of some rascals and foolsCC Madhya 18.100
prabhu-vākye on the request of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 19.97
vākye the orderCC Madhya 20.49
vākye the wordsCC Madhya 20.129
vākye by the assuranceCC Madhya 20.130
śāstra-vākye māni one has to accept according to the description of revealed scripturesCC Madhya 20.352
manaḥ-vākye by mind or by wordsCC Madhya 22.120
sa-yuktika vākye by talks full of pleasing logic and argumentsCC Madhya 25.20
vākye in the wordsCC Antya 5.102
sei-vākye by those wordsCC Antya 5.146
kāya-manaḥ-vākye with body, mind and wordsCC Antya 6.173
vākye by wordsCC Antya 6.235
tāra vākye in their wordsCC Antya 19.53
vākyena wordsBG 3.2
guru-vākyena by the order of his spiritual masterSB 9.8.5-6
vākyena through the wordsSB 10.66.19
vākyena by wordsSB 11.26.16
vipra-vākyena by the words of the brāhmaṇaSB 12.5.10
vallabhācāryera of VallabhācāryaCC Adi 15.28
vaṃśī-vādye on hearing the sound of the fluteCC Adi 17.237
vana-madhye in the forestCC Antya 3.99
vāñchaye he desiresCC Madhya 6.268
vandiye I offer prayersCC Adi 12.93
vandiye caraṇa offer respect to the lotus feetCC Antya 19.7
caitanyera vāṇī the words of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.35
vārāṇasī-madhye at VārāṇasīCC Adi 10.152-154
varaye I praySB 7.10.15-17
variṣaye rainsCC Madhya 21.109
varjayet should give upSB 7.11.18-20
varjayet must give upSB 7.12.7
varjayet one should give upSB 8.16.49
varṇa-samāmnāye in the aggregate of all alphabetsSB 7.15.53
parimuṇḍā-nṛtyera varṇana description of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu's dancing in the templeCC Antya 20.118
varṇaye I shall explainSB 3.26.2
varṇaye I regardSB 4.7.2
varṇaye I shall describeSB 4.25.46
varṇaye shall I describeSB 12.8.40
varṇayet can countSB 8.5.6
varṇayet describesSB 10.33.39
varṇayet describesCC Antya 5.48
vartitavye being situated inSB 1.17.33
vārtra-hatye at the time suitable for killing VṛtrāsuraSB 6.12.33
varyeṇa the bestSB 3.1.40
asura-varyeṇa by the most exalted demon (Hiraṇyakaśipu)SB 7.4.3
malla-varyeṣu the best wrestlersSB 10.44.31
vāsiye I feelCC Madhya 2.44
vāsiye I feelCC Antya 16.123
vastu-viṣaye in the matter of the summum bonumCC Madhya 6.89
vāsudeva-ākhye known as Bhagavān VāsudevaSB 5.16.3
vātsalye in affectionSB 4.22.61
śuddha-vātsalye in transcendental paternal loveCC Adi 6.55-56
vātsalye in parental affectionCC Madhya 3.167
vātsalye out of paternal affectionCC Madhya 6.117
vātsalye in affectionCC Madhya 9.297
vātsalye out of great affectionCC Madhya 17.195
vātsalye on the platform of parental loveCC Madhya 19.226
vātsalye in parental affectionCC Madhya 23.56
vātsalye in the transcendental mellow of parental affectionCC Madhya 23.93
vātsalye in parental affectionCC Madhya 24.57
bhakta-vātsalye because of being very affectionate to the devoteesCC Antya 5.142
vātsalyena by His transcendental affectionSB 5.7.9
vātsalyera and of parental affectionCC Madhya 8.86
vātsalyete by parental affectionCC Adi 13.116
vatsara-madhye within a yearCC Madhya 14.118
vatsye can resideSB 1.17.37
vayasi ādye before this lifeSB 1.6.5
vayunā udayena by awakening of transcendental knowledge due to good association and study of the Vedic literaturesSB 5.11.15
veda-mayena under complete Vedic wisdomSB 3.9.43
veda-vākye in the Vedic versionCC Madhya 6.179
veda-niṣṭha-madhye among persons who are followers of the VedasCC Madhya 19.146
śyena-vegam possessing the speed of a hawkSB 7.8.28
manuṣyera veśe in the dress of human beingsCC Antya 9.8
veśyā-gaṇa-madhye among the prostitutesCC Antya 3.106
vibhāvayet one should meditate onSB 11.15.25
vibhūtaye for the expansionSB 3.33.5
vibhūtaye for her mercySB 4.7.34
vibhūtaye unto the different types of opulencesSB 4.24.43
sańkṣipta-ātma-vibhūtaye unto the Lord, who had expanded His personal opulence but had now reduced His size to the Vāmana formSB 8.21.5
sarva-vibhūtaye for all purposesSB 8.23.22-23
sama-vibhūtaye for gaining opulence like HisSB 11.6.10
mahā-vibhūti-pataye the master of all mystic powerSB 6.16.25
vicālayet should try to agitateBG 3.29
kariye vicāra I began to considerCC Adi 5.198
karaye vicāra consideredCC Madhya 18.164
vicāraye considersCC Adi 16.88
vicāriye we considerCC Adi 16.84
vidārita-āsye within the wide-open mouthSB 10.8.37-39
vidāya-samaye at the point of departureCC Madhya 8.235
rāyera vidāya-bhāva feelings of separation from Rāmānanda RāyaCC Madhya 16.155
vidāyera of departureCC Madhya 1.135
vidāyera kāle at the time of departureCC Madhya 8.296
vidhāsye shall makeSB 7.3.11
vidhāsye I will arrangeSB 10.30.22
vidhi-bhaktye by regulative devotional serviceCC Adi 3.15
vidhi-bhaktye by executing regulative devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.87
vidhi-bhaktye by regulative devotional serviceCC Madhya 24.289
vidhīyeta may be executedSB 11.17.7
vidhīyete are establishedSB 11.21.3
vidhīyete are establishedSB 11.21.7
sarva-vidyā-adhipataye the reservoir of all knowledgeSB 8.16.32
vidyā-madhye in the midst of knowledgeCC Madhya 8.245
vidyāra auddhatye because of pride in educationCC Adi 17.6
vidyut-prāyeṣu always manifesting lightningSB 12.2.12-16
na vihanyeta cannot be frustratedSB 11.15.27
vihanyeta may be frustratedSB 11.28.38
vihanyeta is checkedSB 11.28.44
viharaye enjoy walkingCC Madhya 24.222
viharaye enjoys transcendental blissCC Antya 5.90
sva-vijaye in conquering the worldSB 4.23.4
dik-vijaye for the purpose of gaining victory over Bali MahārājaSB 5.24.27
citta-vijaye conquering the mindSB 7.15.30
dik-vijaye for conquering all directionsSB 8.19.5
vijaye while conqueringSB 9.11.12
dik-vijaye to conquer all the worldSB 9.11.25
dik-vijaye while conquering all directionsSB 9.20.30
vijaye in victorySB 9.24.67
dik-vijaye during the conquest of all directionsSB 10.70.24
vijaye in the conquestSB 10.72.12
pāṇḍu-vijayera of the ceremony of Pāṇḍu-vijayaCC Madhya 14.247
lańkā-vijayera dine on the day celebrating the conquering of LańkāCC Madhya 15.32
vijigye could conquerSB 3.1.40
vijña-vākye in the wise speechCC Adi 2.86
vijye without stringsSB 5.2.7
vikalpayet raises the possibility of alternatives (in the jñāna-kāṇḍa)SB 11.21.42
vikalpayet may conjectureCC Madhya 20.147-148
vikriyeta changeSB 2.3.24
vikriyeta changeCC Adi 8.25
vilāpaye He lamentsCC Antya 19.53
vilasaye enjoys pastimesCC Adi 5.23
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
vilīyeta become dissolvedSB 11.25.18
vimāna-agryeṣu in the best of airplanesSB 3.16.34
vimucyet becomes totally liberatedSB 12.13.18
vimucyeta gets freedomSB 1.1.14
vimucyeta one can be releasedSB 3.26.1
vimucyeta he becomes liberatedSB 11.21.18
vimuktaye for liberationSB 4.8.61
vinā-mūlye bilāila I distributed without a priceCC Madhya 25.170
vinā-mūlye without a priceCC Antya 19.98
kariye vinaya humbly requestingCC Antya 13.29
vinaye on the requestCC Madhya 7.50
vinayera khani a mine of humilityCC Antya 5.77
dravya-vinimaye in exchange for goodsSB 5.26.28
vipadyeta separateSB 1.6.24
vipadyeta failsSB 7.6.5
vipadyeta bewilderedSB 7.12.22
na vipadyeta will never fall into the cycle of repeated birth and deathSB 11.7.12
viparyayeṇa by the oppositeSB 10.33.32
viparyayeṇa by reversing the processes, namely recaka, kumbhaka and pūrakaSB 11.14.32-33
viparyeti is changed or brokenSB 10.4.19
vipra-vākyena by the words of the brāhmaṇaSB 12.5.10
dui-vipra-madhye between the two brāhmaṇasCC Madhya 5.16
vīra-śaye on the battlefieldSB 6.10.33
viracita-ańga-kriyeṣu in which the supplementary rites were performedSB 5.7.6
virajyeta could refuseSB 3.13.50
virajyeta is able to give upSB 7.6.11-13
virajyeta may become detachedSB 7.11.33-34
virajyeta can keep himself aloofSB 10.1.4
vīraśaye on the battlefieldSB 3.17.31
virudhyeta can stand againstSB 10.57.14
virudhyeta are contradictedSB 10.77.30
vīrye tvadīye in the daughters begotten by youSB 3.21.29
vīrye in the powerCC Madhya 22.133
vīrye in the powerCC Madhya 24.195
vīryeṇa influenceSB 1.7.24
vīryeṇa by its inherent forceSB 3.10.5
tvat-vīryeṇa by your semenSB 3.21.32
vīryeṇa by the prowess ofSB 4.23.18
ātma-vīryeṇa by his progenySB 4.30.12
vīryeṇa by personal strengthSB 5.1.12
bhavayoḥ vīryeṇa due to the semina and ovum of Lord Śiva and BhavānīSB 5.24.17
yoga-vīryeṇa by practicing haṭha-yoga, prāṇāyāma and so forthSB 7.15.24
alpa-vīryeṇa he is not at all powerful (having no power to fight with you)SB 10.4.36
vīryeṇa whose powerSB 10.73.12-13
vīryera of the semenCC Madhya 20.272
viṣaye in all subjectsSB 1.4.13
viṣaye in the kingdomSB 4.14.22
matiḥ viṣaye great attraction for material thingsSB 9.6.52
viṣaye in the stateSB 10.52.34
akṣa-viṣaye when He was before their eyesSB 10.55.40
mo-viṣaye on the subject of MeCC Adi 4.29
viṣaye material enjoymentCC Adi 13.67
vastu-viṣaye in the matter of the summum bonumCC Madhya 6.89
viṣaye in mundane subject mattersCC Madhya 13.140
mo-viṣaye in relation with MeCC Madhya 13.155
viṣaye udāsa indifferent to material happinessCC Madhya 16.222
viṣaye in the subject matterCC Madhya 25.121
tomā-viṣaye about youCC Antya 4.183
prabhu-viṣaye unto Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 7.89
prabhu-viṣaye in regard to Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 12.56
viṣaye in the matter ofMM 51
viṣayebhyaḥ from sense engagementsSB 2.1.18
viṣayera svabhāva the potency of material enjoymentCC Antya 6.199
viṣayeṣu in the matter of sense gratificationSB 4.23.28
viṣayeṣu in material enjoymentSB 4.24.66
viṣayeṣu to sense objectsSB 4.27.10
viṣayeṣu in material enjoymentsSB 9.2.15
viṣayeṣu in sex life, sense gratificationSB 9.18.39
viṣayeṣu in sense enjoymentSB 9.19.24
viṣayeṣu for sense objectsSB 10.51.49
viṣayeṣu in objects of material perceptionSB 10.84.24-25
viṣayeṣu into contact with material objectsSB 11.7.40
viṣayeṣu in the objects of gratificationSB 11.14.27
viṣayeṣu in material objects of sense gratificationSB 11.21.19
vismaye full of wondersSB 3.13.43
vismṛtaye for forgetfulnessSB 11.29.5
viśuddhaye for clarifyingBG 6.11-12
viśuddhaye for purificationSB 6.9.6
vitariṣye I shall giveSB 3.24.40
vitariṣye I will grantSB 10.41.17
vitta-śāṭhyena by means of cheating someone of his wealthSB 5.14.35
vivarjayet one must give upCC Adi 17.164
prajā-vivṛddhaye for the purpose of increasing the populationSB 6.5.4-5
vivṛddhaye for elevationSB 9.22.11
vivṛddhaye in order to increaseSB 11.13.6
vivṛddhaye for the increaseSB 11.29.39
vivṛttaye for understandingSB 3.6.10
viyujyeta do give upSB 1.13.20
viyujyeta will become deprivedSB 10.17.11
pāti-vratyena because of her strong faith in her husbandSB 9.3.17
vṛddhaye to increaseSB 6.14.55
vṛddhaye for the increaseSB 10.60.46
vṛndā-araṇye in the forest of VṛndāvanaCC Antya 1.146
prema-amṛta-vṛṣṭye by the pouring of the nectar of transcendental love for GodCC Madhya 13.174
vṛttaye affectionSB 1.8.27
vṛttaye in order to impelSB 10.32.20
mukhya-vṛttye by direct understandingCC Adi 7.108
gauṇa-vṛttye by indirect meaningsCC Adi 7.109
rūḍhi-vṛttye by the chief or direct meaningCC Madhya 6.275
rūḍhi-vṛttye by the direct meaningCC Madhya 24.82
vyācakhye I have describedSB 5.25.15
vyāja-āhvayena by the false namesSB 2.7.34-35
vyākaraṇa-madhye among grammarsCC Adi 16.32
karaye vyākhyāna explains the meaningCC Madhya 25.93
vyākhyāsye shall be explainedSB 2.10.47
vyathita-hṛdayena by a disturbed mindSB 5.14.21
vyatiricyeta is separatedSB 5.22.13
vyatiricyeta may reach beyondSB 6.16.56
vyavahṛtaye for the sake of ordinary affairsSB 10.87.36
vyavasāyena by determinationSB 7.3.20
vyavāye in the transformationSB 8.6.11
vyavāyena sex indulgenceSB 2.1.3
vyaye in the expendingSB 11.23.17
vyeńkaṭa-adrye to the holy place Veńkaṭa HillCC Madhya 9.64
vyeńkaṭa bhaṭṭa Veńkaṭa BhaṭṭaCC Madhya 9.82
vyeti declinedSB 3.11.21
vyetu let there beSB 1.17.9
vyetu let it go awaySB 10.26.15
vyetu may it go awaySB 10.63.29
para-vyoma-madhye within the spiritual skyCC Adi 5.26
vyudasyet can be deliveredSB 4.7.44
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
vyutsrakṣye I shall give upSB 4.4.23
tora yadi lāg pāiye if I get the opportunity to meet youCC Antya 19.46
devālaye yāi' going to a templeCC Antya 13.46
yāiye we goCC Madhya 18.145
yāiye we goCC Madhya 18.150
yajñiye appropriate for the sacrificeSB 10.74.6
yakṣye I shall sacrificeBG 16.13-15
yakṣye I wish to worshipSB 10.72.3
yama-ālaye in the province of YamarājaSB 5.26.37
yāńra śaktye by whose potencyCC Madhya 15.233
śrī-yaśodā-stanam-dhaye sucking the breast of mother YaśodāCC Antya 7.86
yāsye I shall goSB 4.12.32
yāsye I shall go downSB 9.9.4
yāsye shall goSB 9.9.5
yāsye I shall goSB 9.18.28
yāsyethe shall both obtainSB 10.3.45
yat-kāye within whose bodySB 11.4.4
yathā-sańkhyena by the same numberSB 5.1.33
yathā-tathyena in truthSB 11.16.2
yathā-artha mūlye for the proper priceCC Antya 9.48
yathā-artha-mūlye at a proper priceCC Antya 9.52
nānā yatna-dainye in this way, by various efforts and by humilityCC Madhya 3.92
yauna-prāyeṣu extending no further than marriageSB 12.2.12-16
yāyena goesCC Madhya 2.8
yāyena dhāñā he went very swiftlyCC Antya 6.172
ekā yāyena goes aloneCC Antya 10.138
yāyena was goingCC Antya 13.83
pari ye caranti who worshipSB 10.87.27
kichu ye whatever littleCC Madhya 2.84
bāhira ye kari take outCC Madhya 4.48
ei ye all thisCC Madhya 21.26
tumi ye YouCC Madhya 23.121
śruta-dhāraṇāḥ ye persons advanced in the education of Vedic knowledgeCC Madhya 24.190
tomāra ye icchā whatever is Your desireCC Antya 2.135
bhikṣā ye karilā accepted prasādamCC Antya 4.116
prabhura ye ājñā whatever was ordered by Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 4.217
śeṣa ye āchila whatever remainedCC Antya 6.98
anyo'nye at one anotherCC Antya 18.85
tumi yei kaha whatever you sayCC Madhya 11.112
mahā-bhāgavata yei one who is a highly elevated devoteeCC Antya 2.96
tāńra yei ājñā that is His orderCC Antya 19.23
nahe yena bādha so that there will not be any difficultiesCC Madhya 11.120-121
kari yena so that I may doCC Madhya 12.3
sūrya yena exactly like the sunCC Madhya 20.159
mahā-yoga-maye having many sages engaged in meditation on the SupremeSB 4.6.33
yoga-vīryeṇa by practicing haṭha-yoga, prāṇāyāma and so forthSB 7.15.24
yoga-aiśvaryeṇa by mystic powerSB 9.8.17
yogi-dhyeya meditated upon by yogīsSB 10.38.6
yojana-lakṣa-dvitaye at a distance of 1,600,000 milesSB 5.22.14
yojayet should engageSB 5.5.15
yojayet one may understandCC Adi 17.308
yonaye sourceSB 3.15.5
yonaye to the sourceSB 10.16.44
na yotsye I shall not fightBG 2.9
na yotsye I shall not fightBG 18.59
na yotsye I will not fightSB 10.50.17
yotsye I will fightSB 10.51.1-6
yotsye I will fightSB 10.72.31
yuga-kṣaye at the end of a yugaSB 8.24.31
yujyeran take placeSB 3.7.2
yujyeta engagedSB 3.7.5
yujyeta he becomes endowedSB 11.25.13
yujyeta one becomes endowedSB 11.25.14
yujyeta one becomes endowedSB 11.25.15
sa-yuktika vākye by talks full of pleasing logic and argumentsCC Madhya 25.20
tāra śāstra-yuktye on the logic of his scriptureCC Madhya 18.187
śāstra-yuktye in argument and logicCC Madhya 22.65
DCS with thanks
Results for ye113 results
yena indeclinable because how where
Frequency rank 3293/72933
agastyeśa noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 41649/72933
agastyeśvara noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 41650/72933
agastyeśvaratīrthamāhātmyavarṇana noun (neuter) name of SkPur, Revākhaṇḍa 64
Frequency rank 41651/72933
ajyeṣṭha adjective not the oldest or best (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31482/72933
ajyeṣṭhavṛtti adjective not behaving as the eldest brother (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41926/72933
adhivye verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to envelop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42508/72933
adhyetṛ noun (masculine) a student (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reader (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17498/72933
adhyeṣaṇā noun (masculine feminine) asking for instruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42557/72933
adhyeṣay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 20513/72933
anabhidhyeya adjective
Frequency rank 42698/72933
anākhyeya adjective not to be told
Frequency rank 42824/72933
anujyeṣṭha adjective next eldest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20571/72933
antyeṣṭi noun (feminine) funeral sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20606/72933
anyedyuṣka adjective occurring on another day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17528/72933
anyedyus indeclinable on the following day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
on the other day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
once (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the other day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11901/72933
aparisaṃkhyeya adjective
Frequency rank 6576/72933
aparisaṃkhyeyatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 43688/72933
aparisaṃkhyeyavidha adjective
Frequency rank 43689/72933
aprasaṃkhyeya adjective
Frequency rank 43978/72933
abhye verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to go near (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3833/72933
aye indeclinable a vocative particle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11916/72933
asaṃkhyeya adjective innumerable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5073/72933
asaṃkhyeyatā noun (feminine) innumerableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23302/72933
ahalyeśvara noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 32937/72933
ādityeśvara noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha; Ravitīrtha
Frequency rank 15514/72933
ādityeśvaratīrthamāhātmyavarṇana noun (neuter) name of SkPur, Revākhaṇḍa 153 name of SkPur, Revākhaṇḍa 60
Frequency rank 33048/72933
ityevamādi indeclinable and so forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27035/72933
upavye verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to put on or invest one's self with the sacred thread (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20959/72933
upādeyetā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 47724/72933
ṛṣyekādaśīvrata noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.135
Frequency rank 47941/72933
kriyendriya noun (neuter) karm
Frequency rank 50375/72933
gobalīvardanyāyena indeclinable an expression to denote when a pleonasm is allowed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51577/72933
japyeśvara noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 52693/72933
jāpyeśvara noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 52909/72933
jyeṣṭha adjective (in math. with pada or mūla) greatest (root [square root] extracted from the quantity operated upon) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eldest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
first (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
greatest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
more excellent than (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
most excellent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pre-eminent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 985/72933
jyeṣṭhā noun (feminine) a small house-lizard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53069/72933
jyeṣṭha noun (masculine) a form of Śiva name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the ascending bucket (in a machine for raising water) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the month Jyaiṣṭha
Frequency rank 7418/72933
jyeṣṭhā noun (feminine) a kind of stringed instrument (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a preferred wife (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Gaṅgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
misfortune (personified as the elder sister of Lakṣmī) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the 16th (or accord. to modern reckoning 18th) lunar mansion (sacred to Indra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the 8th year in the Jupiter cycle of 12 years (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the eldest wife (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 7191/72933
jyeṣṭha noun (neuter) name of a Liṅga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
what is most excellent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] the Jyeṣṭhasāman
Frequency rank 35217/72933
jyeṣṭhabalā noun (feminine) Sida rhomboidea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53070/72933
jyeṣṭhabhāryā noun (feminine) a senior or chief wife (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an elder brother's wife (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53071/72933
jyeṣṭhavṛtti adjective behaving like an eldest brother (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53072/72933
jyeṣṭhasāman noun (neuter) name of a Sāman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12957/72933
jyeṣṭhasthāna noun (neuter) name of a place of pilgrimage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28120/72933
jyeṣṭhānujyeṣṭhatā noun (feminine) regular succession according to seniority (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28121/72933
jyeṣṭhāmālaka noun (masculine) Azadirachta Indica Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 53073/72933
jyeṣṭhāmbu noun (neuter) the scum of boiled rice or water in which grain has been washed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53074/72933
jyeṣṭhāmūla noun (masculine) the month Jyaiṣṭha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53075/72933
jyeṣṭhila noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 53076/72933
jyeṣṭhilā noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35218/72933
toyeśa noun (masculine) Varuṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53853/72933
divyelaka noun (masculine) a kind of serpent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54463/72933
duradhyeya adjective difficult to be studied or learnt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54606/72933
daityendra noun (masculine) name of Pātālaketu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sulfur (cmp. bali!)
Frequency rank 28465/72933
dvyekāntara adjective separated by two or by one (degree) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55272/72933
dhyeyatama adjective
Frequency rank 55535/72933
nirdhyeya adjective
Frequency rank 56232/72933
parivye verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to wrap or tie round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36712/72933
parye verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to circumambulate (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to come back (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to go round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to return (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to roam about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16954/72933
paryeṣaṇa noun (neuter) inquiry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
investigation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
search (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
striving after (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19602/72933
puṇyeyu noun (masculine) name of a son of Dhṛtā and Bhadrāśva
Frequency rank 58157/72933
pratyākhyeyatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 59100/72933
pratye verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to come back (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to return to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15062/72933
pratyeka adjective each one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
each single one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
every one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2747/72933
pratyekabuddha noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 10718/72933
pratyekam indeclinable each singly
Frequency rank 2651/72933
pratyekamarmanirdeśa noun (masculine) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Śār. 6
Frequency rank 59144/72933
pratyekaśaḥ indeclinable
Frequency rank 12136/72933
pratyetṛ adjective a believer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
believing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trusting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59145/72933
pratyenas noun (masculine) a surety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an officer of justice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
punisher of criminals (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the heir nearest of kin who is responsible for the debts of a deceased person (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37285/72933
prāyeṇa indeclinable as a rule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
generally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
likely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
most probably (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mostly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4573/72933
priyetara adjective unpleasant
Frequency rank 59722/72933
matsyendra noun (neuter) a kind of āsana
Frequency rank 37982/72933
matsyendra noun (masculine) name of a teacher of Yoga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24957/72933
madhye indeclinable (ifc.) in (ifc.) into among
Frequency rank 1024/72933
madhyebhakta noun (neuter) [medic.]
Frequency rank 38022/72933
martyendramātṛ noun (feminine) Solanum Jacquini (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61566/72933
mahābhayeru noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 61794/72933
māṇḍavyeśvara noun (neuter) name of a Liṅga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 22022/72933
mārkaṇḍeyeśvara noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 62107/72933
yathātathyena indeclinable in accordance with the truth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
really (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
truly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29782/72933
yathāsaṃkhyena indeclinable according to number
Frequency rank 62902/72933
varyeśvara noun (neuter) name of a forest
Frequency rank 64780/72933
vijayeśāna noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 65503/72933
vidyeśa noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30188/72933
vidyeśvarī noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 65632/72933
vidyeśvara noun (masculine) (with Śaivas) name of a class of emancipated beings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a magician (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9254/72933
vaijayāyenasa noun (masculine) name of a Gotra
Frequency rank 66664/72933
vye verb (class 2 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 66985/72933
vyeñ noun (masculine) [gramm.] the root vye
Frequency rank 66986/72933
śyeta adjective reddish white (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30597/72933
śyena noun (masculine) a hawk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a horse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of array (in battle) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular Ekāha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular part of the sacrificial victim (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any bird of prey (esp. the eagle that brings down Soma to man) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eagle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
falcon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
firewood laid in the shape of an eagle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a ṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Sāman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3490/72933
śyenī noun (feminine) a female hawk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a daughter of Kaśyapa (regarded as the mother of hawks) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river
Frequency rank 11813/72933
śyenaka noun (masculine) [zoo.] śyena
Frequency rank 68136/72933
śyenakapotīya adjective (the story) of the hawk and the pigeon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40177/72933
śyenagāmin noun (masculine) name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68137/72933
śyenaghaṇṭā noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68138/72933
śyenacita noun (masculine) a particular Agni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68139/72933
śyenajit noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68140/72933
satyetara noun (neuter) falsehood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
untruth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68691/72933
satyepu noun (masculine) name of a son of Raudrāśva
Frequency rank 68692/72933
satyeṣu noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 40338/72933
sabhyetara adjective indecorous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
opposite to good manners (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vulgar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68875/72933
samabhye verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to approach to come up to to go near to (acc.)
Frequency rank 14516/72933
savyetara adjective right (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22554/72933
saṃvye verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to disguise to put on to roll or cover up to supply or furnish or provide or equip with to wrap one's self in (acc.)
Frequency rank 4524/72933
sāmānyena indeclinable generally
Frequency rank 12277/72933
surajyeṣṭha noun (masculine) name of Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31067/72933
sūryendusaṃgama noun (masculine) conjunction of sun and moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the night of new moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72058/72933
hayeṣṭa noun (masculine) barley (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72328/72933
hṛdayeśa noun (masculine) a husband (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72651/72933
hṛdayeśaya adjective inward (as anger) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lying or being in the heart (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72652/72933
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
Dr. Potturu with thanks
Purchase Kindle edition
 

abhiṣyanda

conjunctivitis, oozing and enlargement of eyes; 2. any item that increases kapha, that promotes thick secretions blocking the passages. Go to kaphaja abhiṣyanda.

ādāna

to suck or extract; ādānakāla the first half of the year (uttarāyana or northern solstice); it includes śiśira (winter); vasanta (spring) and grīṣma (summer).

adhimantha

painful bloodshot eyes, glaucoma.

aklinnavartma

an eye disease in which eyelids sticking together, dry eyelids.

akṣi

eye.

akṣikūṭa

eye socket.

alaji

1. diabetic boil; 2. lacrimal abscess; stye or hordeolum; 3. inflammatory swelling.

ālocakapitta

observer choler; one of the five variants of pitta/choler; located in eyes

amlādhyuśita

an eye disease; hazy vision

amlavetasa

Plant Himalayan rhubarb; Garcinia pedunculata; Rumex vesicarius; vinegar. Solena amplexicaulis a substitute. Garcinia pedunculata tree is also considered amlavetasa. Rheum emodi is used as another substitute. not yet identified.

āmūṣika

musk rat, Ondatra zibethicus; it reached India from the Americas thousands of years ago.

anantavāta

1. an atypical headache; 2. acute pain in the sterno-mastoid region, back of the neck, eyes, brows and temples.

añjana

eye salves, galena; 1. the act of applying an ointment or pigment; embellishing; black pigment or collyrium applied to the eyelashes or the rim of the eyelid; 2. stibnite (black antimony); 3. fine semisolids of drugs to be applied with an instrument (netra śalāka)

añjananāmika

stye; external hordeolum, an eye disease.

antyeṣṭi

last rite, one of the sixteen samskāra; funeral.

anyatovāta

an eye disease; pain due to eye movements.

anyedyuṣkajvara

fever that appears at any one time in a day.

apāṅga

outer canthus of the eye, lateral canthus.

apariklinnavartma

dry eyelids.

arjuna

1. Plant stem bark of Terminalia arjuna; T. tomentosa; 2. an eye disease on the sclera, subconjuctival heamorrhage.

arma,arman

an eye disease, particularly the diseases that affect sclera; pterygium.

arśovartma

a form of trachoma; an infectious disease caused by the Chlamydia trachomatis, a micro-organism which produces a characteristic roughening of the inner surface of the eyelids. Al called granular conjunctivitis.

āscyotana

type of eye salves; application of eye drops.

avabhāsini

shining down (skin); outermost layer of skin.

āvarta

1. whorl, lock of hair that curls; 2. lethal point above the eye. 3. Plant east Indian screw tree, Helecteres isora.

ayana

path; half of the year.

bahalavartma

multiple chalazion, cysts in eye caused by blocked glands; blepharitis.

balāsaka

yellow spot in the white of the eye.

bhṛū

eyebrow

bhukta

eat; enjoyed.

biḍāla

1. cat, female cat; 2. eye-ball.

bisa

Plant stalk of lotus; bisavartma porous condition of sebaceous gland; xanthelasma; a disease of eye.

caitra

first month of Hindu lunar year (March-April).

cakṣurindriya

eye; organ of vision.

cakṣurvaiśeṣika

observer-choler, kind of ālocakapitta located in the eyes.

candradala

a metal treated with mercury or other metals attains whitenss or yellowness.

candraka

eye in a peacock’s plume; finger-nail; moon, black pepper.

cāngeri

Plant Indian sorrel; wood sorrel; Oxalis corniculata; procumbent yellow sorrel.

darvika

1. ladle; 2. collyrium prepared from curcuma aromatica or xanthorrhiza for eyes.

dhārākadamba

Plant yellow teak, Haldina cordifolia.

dūṣiviṣa

slow acting poison; less potent toxic substances remain in a dormant state within the body for years.

dhyeya

to be pondered or imagined; to be meditated on.

gairika

red ochre; a natural earth pigment containing hydrated iron oxide, which ranges in color from yellow to deep orange or brown.

gaura

white, yellowish, pale red; shining, clean, beautiful.

giriśālmalika

Plant yellow-flowered cotton tree, Cochlospermum religiosum.

hariman

Jaundice, yellowness (quoted in Vedas)

haritāla

yellow orpiment; sulphide of arseni Century

hatādimantha

an eye disease, panophthalmitis; inflammation of all coats of the eye including intraocular structures; atrophic eye.

ikṣu

1. Plant sugar cane; Saccharum officinarum; 2. eyelash.

indragopa

cochineal; a scale insect, from which crimson-coloured dye carmine is derived.

jnānendriya

sensory organ. ex: eye.

jyeṣṭha

a lunar month of Hindu year (may-june); elder sister.

jyeṣṭā

star Antares in the constellation Scorpio.

kalā

1. membrane, sheaths, layers; a liquid layer between the dhātus that is solidified by body temperature, māmsadharā kalā, sukradharā kalā; 2. a measurement of time equal to 2 minutes and 20 seconds

kanīnaka

inner canthus of the eye, medial canthus.

kardamavartma

filthy eyelid; an eye disease, moist or slushy eye; purulent lids of the eye.

kiṇva

yeast, ferment.

kṛṣnamanḍala

black of the eye, cornea and iris.

kṛṣnamusali

Plant golden eye-grass, Curculigo orchioides.

kukūṇaka

ulcerative bhlepharitis, opthalmia neonatorum, eye disease in infants.

kumāra

children in the age-group of one to sixteen years.

kumāraka

1. little boy; 2. a girl from ten to twelve years old; 3. plant Capparis trifoliata; Crataeva religiosa.

kumbhīka

1. Plant wild guava, Careya arborea, 2. swelling of the eyelids, 3. kind of demon; 4. catamite (passive partner in anal intercourse); 5. red papule on penis.

kuranṭaka

Plant yellow amaranth, Barleria longifolia, B. prionitis.

lagana

chalazion; meibomian gland lipogranuloma or a cyst in the eyelid caused by inflammation of a blocked meibomian gland. It differs from stye (hordeola), which is subacute and painless.

lohitā

reddish, second layer of skin, stratum corneum.

lohitākṣa

1. reddish eye; 2. lethal points at axilla and groin; 3. a kind of snake; 4. Indian cuckoo.

lūta

1. spider, 2. ant; 3. kind of skin disease near eye.

mahānetra

large eyes, a characteristic of majjadhātusāra puruṣa, person with predominance of marrow.

māṃsadhara

seventh and innermost layer of skin, hypodermis.

manḍala

1. nonlepromatous lesion, 2. territory, 3. unit of forty days; 4. an area or a sphear in eye; 5. ringworm.

masi,maṣi

1. ink; 2. black powder used to paint the eyes.

mātra

unit of time needed for blinking of eyes; dose of a drug.

muhūrta

1. time measurement equal to 48 minutes or 30th part of the day; 2. a moment of time or blink of an eye.

nāgodara

1. decay of the fetus in the womb; 2. false pregnancy or pseudocyesis. women and men too show symptoms of pregnancy without actual foetus (sympatheric pregnancy).

nakulāndhya

ability to see during the day only, an eye disease.

navaratna

nine precious stones, diamond or adamantine (vajra), pearl (mauktika), ruby (māṇikya), sapphire (nilam), emerald (marakatam), garnet (gomedikam), ruby (padmarāgam), cat’s eye, beryl (vaiḍhūrya), coral (pravāla).

netra

eye; netraadhimāṃsa pterygium, a benign growth of the conjunctiva.

netrabindu

eye-drops prepared by dissolving the specified drugs (sphaṭika, karpūra) in water or decoctions (kaṣāya).

netrabudbuda

eye ball.

netraroga

eye disease.

nīlī

Plant indigo, hornwort plant dye, dried leaf of Indigofera tinctoria.

nimeṣa

1. wink, closing eyelids; 2. involuntary movements of the body, 3. measurement of time equal to one and half second; 4. blepharospasm, abnormal contraction or twitch of the eyelid.

nimi

twinking, closing or winking of eyes.

paralysis,hemiplegia.

eye lashes, paralysis,hemiplegia.kopa trichiasis, inflammation of eyelashes.

pakṣmaśata

eye disease, falling of eye lashes.

pārigarbhika

malnutritive disorder affecting the infants; marasmus (affecting the infants of less than one year age) and kwashirkor (after around 18 months of age), a protein deficiency.

parimlāyi

an eye disease. Vision with yellow streaks, seeing all things with glistening.

paripluta

flooded, immersed, a condition in which vagina becomes swollen and painful with yellow or blue discharge.

pāṣāṇabheda

Plant stone-breaker, rhizome of Bergenia ligulata, B. ciliate; Coleus aromatucus; Aerva lanata; Rotula aquatica. exact identity not yet established.

paṭala

layers/sheaths of the eye.

pāṭalā

Plant rose flower fragrant, trumpet flower tree, yellow snake tree, stembark of Stereospermum suaveolens, syn. Bignonia suaveolens.

pauruṣādini

women whose children die before they attain sixteen years of age.

pinjāri

1. reddish yellow; 2. a metal thrown in another metal, 3. heated and cooled in a liquid with change of colour.

pītika

1. Plant salacia, Salacia reticulata; 2. yellow jasmine; 3. turmeric; 4. saffron.

plīhaghna

destroyer of spleen.

pothaki

trachoma; an infectious disease caused by the bacteria Chlamydia trachoma, which produces a characteristic roughening of the inner surface of the eyelids. Also called granular conjunctivitis.

praklinna

humid, moist, wet, putrefied; praklinnadeha wet body; praklinnavartma moist eyelid or putrefied.

pramīlaka

1. shutting the eyes; 2. visual disturbances.

pratyanjana

pacifying collyrium used in eye diseases.

putraghna

destroyer of male progeny.

pūyālasa

an eye disease with pus and foul smelling, lacrimal abscess, acute dacrocystitis.

rañjana

dyeing, staining.

rasāñjana

vitriol of copper added with turmeric for eyewash; extract of dāruharidra.

rohiṇi

1. sixth layer of skin, dermis; 2. diphtheria, inflammation of throat; 3. women with red face. 4. star Aldebaran in the constellation Taurus.

roṣaṇa

angry, annoyed.

śalāka

science related to dentistry, ear, nose, throat, eye and other diseases of the organs of the supraclavicular region, śalākayantra rodlike forceps

samvatsara

year.

sandhi

joint, articulation; fornices of the eye; sandhimukta dislocation of the joint or bone.

saptāmṛtaloha

herbo-mineral preparation used in eye ailments.

sauvīrāṇjana

a collyrium, kind of antimony or lotion or wash for eyes.

snāvārma

pterygium fibrous, an eye disease.

sthapanī

lethal point (marma) between the eye-brows, splinter entering stapanī can lead to death,

sthauṇeya

Plant Himalayan yew, dried leaf of Taxus buccata.

śukla

1. white of the eye, sclera and conjunctiva; 2. light, pure; 3. Plant common spurge, Euphorbia antiquorum.

śukra,śukla

an eye disease; corneal ulcer and opacity.

sūktika

multiple spots on the sclera of eye resembling oyster shell, xeropthalmia.

svarṇamākṣika

copper pyrites or chalcopyrites; copper iron sulfide, occuring as brass-yellow crystals or masses.

śveta

1. white; 2. third layer of skin, stratum luciderm.

śvetapaṭala

sclera; the white of the eye, is the opaque, fibrous, protective, outer layer of the eye containing collagen and elastic fiber.

śvetapradara

leucorrhoea, thick whitish or yellowish vaginal discharge.

śyāvavartma

dark-brown eyelids.

śyena

female hawk.

tāmra

1. copper; 2. fourth layer of skin, stratum granulosum.

tāraka

lens and pupil of eye; pertaining to star.

tarakṣu

hyena, a carnivore animal.

timira

1. darkness of eyes; 2. myopia; 3. early cataract. 4. Plant Egyptian grass or crowfoot grass, Dactyloctenium aegyptium.

trāṭaka

method of fixing the eye on one object.

ubhayendriya

dual organ, mind (manas) that can act as both sensory and motor organ.

unmeṣa

1. opening eyes, upward movement ofeyelids; 2. involuntary movements of the body.

upanāha

hot poultice, plaster, unguent, stye, inflammation of the ciliary glands in the eye, upanāhasveda perspiration caused by a kind of poultice.

upapluta

whitish and yellowish discharge from vagina and painful, associated with swelling.

upaviṣṭaka

pseudocyesis or false pregnancy.

utsangini

eye disease; pimples in the inner edge of eyelid.

vaiḍhūrya

precious stone, cat’s eye, beryl, (lapis lazuli is also considered by some as vaiḍhūrya)

vaiṣākha,baiṣākha

a lunar month of Hindu year (april-may).

vartma

eye lid, vartmagata roga diseases of eye lids; vartmastambha ptosis, drooping or falling of eyelid.

vedini

fifth layer of skin, one fifth of vrīhi in thickness, reticular layer; visarpa, kuṣṭa are manifested from here.

visarga

second part of the year (seasons incl. varsha ṛtu (monsoon), ṣarad ṛtu (mid Septembermid November) and hemant ṛtu (winter).

yuva

age-group of sixteen to thirtyfour years.

Wordnet Search
"ye" has 101 results.

ye

agrajaḥ, pūrvajaḥ, agriyaḥ, jyeṣṭhaḥ   

jyeṣṭhabhrātā।

śyāmasya agrajaḥ adhyāpakaḥ asti।

ye

agrajā, jyeṣṭha-bhaginī, attikā   

vayasā adhikā bhaginī।

mama agrajā adhyāpikā asti।

ye

saṅghaśaḥ, ekībhūya, saṃbhūya, sambhūya, sākalyena, samūhataḥ   

samūhasya svarūpeṇa।

asyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ padādhikārībhiḥ samūhataḥ tyāgapatraṃ dattam।

ye

amāvasyā, amāvāsyā, darśaḥ, sūryendusaṅgamaḥ   

kṛṣṇapakṣāntatithiḥ, yadā candramāḥ na dṛśyate।

adya amavāsyā asti।

ye

jyeṣṭhaḥ, śukraḥ   

māsabhedaḥ cāndrasaṃvatsare dvādaśamāsāntargatatṛtīyaḥ māsaḥ।

tasya janma jyeṣṭhasya daśamyām abhavat।

ye

prakāśam, prakaṭam, prākaṭyena, vyaktam, suvyaktam, sphuṭam   

sarveṣāṃ purataḥ।

prakāśena tena svasya mataṃ pratipāditam।

ye

bāhyendriyam, bahirindriyam   

tad indriyaṃ yat śarīrasya bahirbhāge vartate।

karṇaḥ bāhyendriyam asti।

ye

godhūlikālaḥ, godhulisamaye, godhūliḥ   

kālaviśeṣaḥ-yasmin kāle gavāṃ kṣurotthitā dhūliḥ dṛśyate।

saḥ godhulikāle gṛhāt nirgataḥ।

ye

varṇanīya, nirdeśya, nirvacanīya, vyākhyeya   

varṇayituṃ yogyaḥ।

adyatanīyā ghaṭanā varṇanīyā asti।

ye

samatsaram, mātsaryeṇa, serṣyam, alūyayā, sāsūyam, sābhyasūyam   

īrṣyāpūrvaka,īrṣyataḥ,dveṣapūrvaka,sāsūya,īrṣyāpūrṇataḥ;

samatsaraṃ kimapi na kartavyam।

ye

brāhmaṇaḥ, dvijaḥ, vipraḥ, dvijottamaḥ, dvijātiḥ, dvijanmā, agrajanmā, bhūdevaḥ, agrajātakaḥ, sūtrakaṇṭhaḥ, jyeṣṭhavarṇaḥ, vaktrajaḥ, maitraḥ, vedavāsaḥ, nayaḥ, ṣaṭkarmā, gurūḥ, brahmā   

hindūdharmaśāstrānusāreṇa cāturvarṇyavyavasthāyāṃ prathamasya brāhmaṇavarṇasya ko'pi pumān yasya śāstre nirūpitāḥ dharmāḥ adhyayanaṃ yajanaṃ dānañca santi।

na krudhyet na prahṛṣyet ca mānito'mānitaśca yaḥ। sarvabhūteṣu abhayadastaṃ devā brāhmaṇaṃ viduḥ॥

ye

gṛhasthaḥ, jyeṣṭhāśramī, gṛhamedhī, snātakaḥ, gṛhī, gṛhapatiḥ, satrī, gṛhayāyyaḥ, gṛhādhipaḥ, kuṭumbī, gṛhāyanikaḥ   

yaḥ gṛheṣu dāreṣu abhiramate।

saḥ gṛhasthaḥ sukhī bhavati yaḥ kuṭumbena saha jīvati।

ye

śukla, dhavala, śveta, sita, śyeta, śubhra, śuci, avadāta, viśada, gaura, dhauta, pāṇḍura, amala, vimala, rajata, karka, kharu, arjuna, śiti, valakṣa, arjunachavi   

varṇaviśeṣaḥ।

saḥ śvetaṃ vastraṃ parigṛhṇāti।

ye

veṣṭ, saṃveṣṭ, pariveṣṭ, pracchad, saṃvṛ, saṃvye, parihṛ, gudh, upastṛ, abhidih, snai   

āvaraṇapūrvakaḥ vyāpāraḥ yasmin kim api vastu kena api veṣṭanena samāsajyate।

miṣṭānnasya kacchapuṭaṃ veṣṭaya।

ye

antyeṣṭiḥ, antyakarma   

caramasaṃskāraḥ।

antyeṣṭiḥ iti dhārmikasaṃskāraḥ।

ye

abhyantare, antaḥ, antarā, madhye   

kasya api nirdhāritasya samayasya athavā sthānasya sīmāyāḥ pūrvaṃ vā।

ahaṃ dvi-ghaṇṭāyāḥ abhyantare eva āgacchāmi।

ye

yuddham, saṃgrāmaḥ, samaraḥ, samaram, āyodhanam, āhavam, raṇyam, anīkaḥ, anīkam, abhisampātaḥ, abhyāmardaḥ, araraḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, yodhanam, jamyam, pradhanam, pravidāraṇam, mṛdham, āskandanam, saṃkhyam, samīkam, sāmyarāyikam, kalahaḥ, vigrahaḥ, saṃprahāraḥ, kaliḥ, saṃsphoṭaḥ, saṃyugaḥ, samāghātaḥ, saṃgrāmaḥ, abhyāgamaḥ, āhavaḥ, samudāyaḥ, saṃyat, samitiḥ, ājiḥ, samit, yut, saṃrāvaḥ, ānāhaḥ, samparāyakaḥ, vidāraḥ, dāraṇam, saṃvit, samparāyaḥ, balajam, ānarttaḥ, abhimaraḥ, samudayaḥ, raṇaḥ, vivāk, vikhādaḥ, nadanuḥ, bharaḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, pṛtanājyam, abhīkam, samīkam, mamasatyam, nemadhitā, saṅkāḥ, samitiḥ, samanam, mīऴ् he, pṛtanāḥ, spṛt, spṛd, mṛt, mṛd, pṛt, pṛd, samatsu, samaryaḥ, samaraṇam, samohaḥ, samithaḥ, saṅkhe, saṅge, saṃyugam, saṅgathaḥ, saṅgame, vṛtratūryam, pṛkṣaḥ, āṇiḥ, śīrasātau, vājasātiḥ, samanīkam, khalaḥ, khajaḥ, pauṃsye, mahādhanaḥ, vājaḥ, ajam, sadma, saṃyat, saṃyad, saṃvataḥ   

śatrutāvaśād anyarājyaiḥ saha saśastrasenābalena dharmalābhārtham arthalābhārthaṃ yaśolābhārthaṃ vā yodhanam।

yatra ayuddhe dhruvaṃ nāśo yuddhe jīvitasaṃśayaḥ taṃ kālam ekaṃ yuddhasya pravadanti manīṣiṇaḥ।

ye

brahmā, ātmabhūḥ, surajyeṣṭhaḥ, parameṣṭhī, pitāmahaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, lokeśaḥ, svayaṃbhūḥ, caturānanaḥ, dhātā, abjayoniḥ, druhiṇaḥ, brahmadevaḥ, viriñciḥ, kamalāsanaḥ, paṅkajāsanaḥ, sraṣṭā, prajāpatiḥ, vedhāḥ, vidhātā, viścasṛṭ, vidhiḥ, nābhijanmā, aṇḍajaḥ, pūrvaḥ, nidhanaḥ, kamalodbhavaḥ, sadānandaḥ, rajomūrtiḥ, satyakaḥ, haṃsavāhanaḥ, hariḥ, pūrṇānandaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ yaḥ sṛṣṭeḥ janakaḥ asti।

nāradaḥ brahmaṇaḥ putraḥ asti।

ye

asaṅkhya, asaṅkhyeya, agaṇanīya, agaṇya, agaṇita, ananta   

na gaṇyam।

adya sabhāyām asaṅkhyāḥ janāḥ santi।

ye

paṭhanīya, supāṭhya, pāṭhya, paṭhya, adhyayanīya, adhyetavya, adhyeya   

paṭhanārthe yogyam।

mānasa iti ekaḥ paṭhanīyaḥ granthaḥ।

ye

brāhmaṇaḥ, dvijaḥ, vipraḥ, dvijottamaḥ, dvijātiḥ, dvijanmā, agrajanmā, bhūdevaḥ, agrajātakaḥ, sūtrakaṇṭhaḥ, jyeṣṭhavarṇaḥ, vaktrajaḥ, maitraḥ, vedavāsaḥ, nayaḥ, ṣaṭkarmā, gurūḥ, brahmā   

hindūdharmaśāstrānusāreṇa cāturvarṇyavyavasthāyāṃ prathamo varṇaḥ yasya śāstranirūpitadharmāḥ adhyayanaṃ yajanaṃ dānañca santi।

brāhmaṇyāṃ brāhmaṇāt jāto brāhmaṇaḥ na saṃśayaḥ। kṣatriyāyāṃ tathaiva vaiśyāyām api caiva hi।

ye

sārathiḥ, sūtaḥ, kṣattā, niyāmaka, niṣaṅgathi, pravetā, rathavāhaka, rathasārathi, saṃgrahītā, saṃgrāhaka, sacakrī, sādi, savyeṣṭhā, sthapati   

yaḥ rathaṃ cālayati।

mahābhārate yuddhe śrīkṛṣṇaḥ arjunasya sārathiḥ āsīt।

ye

pāṭhakaḥ, adhyetā, paṭhakaḥ   

yaḥ adhyayanaṃ karoti।

kuśalaḥ pāṭhakaḥ kasyāpi viṣayasya adhyayanaṃ sūkṣmatayā karoti।

ye

viṣam, garam, garaḥ, garalam, garadam, bhūgaram, jīvanāghātam, jaṅgulam, jāṅgulam, halāgalam, halāhalaḥ, hālāhālam, pālahalam, halahalam, hāhalam, hāhalaḥ, kālakūṭam, kālakūṭaḥ, kalākulam, kākolam, kākolaḥ, saurāṣṭrikam, dāradaḥ, pradīpanaḥ, brahmaputraḥ, śauktikeyaḥ, vatsanābhaḥ, dhūlakam, nidaḥ, kṣyeḍaḥ   

saḥ padārthaḥ yasya prāśanena jīvaḥ vyākulo bhavati mriyate vā।

samudramanthanāt prāptaṃ viṣaṃ śivena pītam।

ye

akāle, asamaye   

anupayuktam avasaram।

akāle āgatāḥ bhavān na kimapi sāhāyyaṃ kartuṃ śaknomi।

ye

patiḥ, bhartā, svāmī, āryaputraḥ, kāntaḥ, prāṇanāthaḥ, ramaṇaḥ, varaḥ, gṛhī, guruḥ, hṛdayeśaḥ, jāmātā, sukhotsavaḥ, narmakīlaḥ, rataguruḥ, dhavaḥ, pariṇetā, īśvaraḥ, īśitā, adhipatiḥ, netā, parivṛḍhaḥ   

striyaḥ pāṇigrahītā।

alakāyāḥ patiḥ adhikārabhraṃśāt svakuṭumbasya pālanaṃ kartum asamarthatvena atīva duḥkhī abhavat।

ye

sarasvatī, prajñā, bhāratī, vāgīśvarī, vāgdevī, vīṇāvādinī, śāradā, haṃsavāhinī, girā, ilā, brāhmī, irā, jñānadā, gīrdevī, īśvarī, vācā, vacasāmīśā, varṇamātṛkā, gauḥ, śrīḥ, vākyeśvarī, antyasandhyeśvarī, sāyaṃsandhyādevatā, gaurī   

vidyāyāḥ vāṇyaḥ ca adhiṣṭhātrī devatā।

sarasvatyāḥ vāhanaṃ haṃsaḥ asti।

ye

dhāneyam, āvalikā, chattradhānyam, tīkṣṇakalkaḥ, dhanikaḥ, dhanikam, dhānam, dhānakam, dhānā, dhāneyakam, dhānyam, dhānyā, dhānyakam, dhānyeyam, dhenikā, dhenukā, bhidā, vaṃśyā, vanajaḥ, vitunnakaḥ, vitunnakam, vedhakam, śākayogyaḥ, sucaritrā, sūkṣmapatram, sauraḥ, saurajaḥ, saurabhaḥ   

laghukṣupaḥ yasya parṇāni sugandhitāni santi।

dhāneyasya tiktikā apūpena saha rucikarā bhavati।

ye

gaṅgā, mandākinī, jāhnavī, puṇyā, alakanandā, viṣṇupadī, jahnutanayā, suranimnagā, bhāgīrathī, tripathagā, tistrotāḥ, bhīṣmasūḥ, arghyatīrtham, tīrtharījaḥ, tridaśadīrghikā, kumārasūḥ, saridvarā, siddhāpagā, svarāpagā, svargyāpagā, khāpagā, ṛṣikulyā, haimavratī, sarvāpī, haraśekharā, surāpagā, dharmadravī, sudhā, jahnukanyā, gāndinī, rudraśekharā, nandinī, sitasindhuḥ, adhvagā, ugraśekharā, siddhasindhuḥ, svargasarīdvarā, samudrasubhagā, svarnadī, suradīrghikā, suranadī, svardhunī, jyeṣṭhā, jahnusutā, bhīṣmajananī, śubhrā, śailendrajā, bhavāyanā, mahānadī, śailaputrī, sitā, bhuvanapāvanī, śailaputrī   

bhāratadeśasthāḥ pradhānā nadī yā hindudharmānusāreṇa mokṣadāyinī asti iti manyante।

dharmagranthāḥ kathayanti rājñā bhagīrathena svargāt gaṅgā ānītā।

ye

vālmīkiḥ, kavijyeṣṭhaḥ, kuśīvaśaḥ, valmīkaḥ   

saḥ muniḥ yena rāmāyaṇaṃ racitam।

tulasīdāsaḥ vālmīkeḥ rūpam asti iti manyante।

ye

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

ye

utkvath, utpac, āśrī, śimiśimāya, niryeṣ, phen, phut kṛ   

dravasya atyuṣṇatayā budbudaiḥ udgamanānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

cullikāsthāpitaṃ jalaṃ utkvathate।

ye

līlā, alāyāsaḥ, nirāyāsaḥ, sukaraḥ, susādhyaḥ, akaṣṭaḥ, sukhasādhyaḥ, sugamaḥ, akaṭhinaḥ, aviṣamaḥ, sulabhaḥ, niḥśalyorthaḥ, akleśaḥ, sukaram, ayatnataḥ, saukaryeṇa, duḥkhaṃ vinā, kleṣaṃ vinā, susahaḥ, helayā   

sukhena yat kartum śakyate।

śrīkṛṣṇena govardhanaparvataḥ līlayā utthāpitaḥ।

ye

tṝ, uttṝ, atitṝ, laṅgh, vilaṅgh, atye, atikram, ākram, kram, viyā, ativṛt, atipṛ   

jalāśayādīnāṃ ekasya tīrasya tyajanānukūlaḥ anyatīrasaṃyogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ gaṅgāṃ tarati।

ye

abhilikh, pustake āropay, pustake samāropay, patre āropay, patre samāropay, patre samarpay, lekhye āropay, lekhye samāropay, lekhye samarpay, lekhyapatre āropay, lekhyapatre samāropay, nyas, lekhyapatre samarpay   

lekhāpañjikādiṣu samāveśasya likhitarūpeṇa āśvastipradānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bhavataḥ dhanasya āharaṇasya tathā ca nikṣepasya vivaraṇam asmin lekhāpustake abhyalikham aham।/bhoḥ bhavataḥ nāma asyāṃ matadātāsūcyāṃ abhilikhāmi aham।

ye

saṃvivṛdh, vivṛdh, pravṛdh, adhyedh, adhivṛdh, abhivṛdh, ṛdh, edh, puṣ, prakḷp, mahīya, ruh, samedh, uttu, udṛ   

pūrvāpekṣayā śreṣṭhatarāvasthāprāpyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ahani ahani tasya karmayogaḥ saṃvivardhate।

ye

adhaḥcaraḥ, apahārakaḥ, apahārikā, apahārakam, avahāraḥ, avāvan, avāvarī, ākhanikaḥ, ākhuḥ, āmoṣī, āmoṣi, kapāṭaghnaḥ, kapāṭaghnā, kapāṭaghnam, kambū, kalamaḥ, kavāṭaghnaḥ, kumbhīrakaḥ, kusumālaḥ, kharparaḥ, coraḥ, cauraḥ, corī, corakaḥ, caurī, caurikā, taḥ, takvān, taskaraḥ, tāyu, tṛpuḥ, dasmaḥ, dasmā, dasraḥ, drāvakaḥ, dhanaharaḥ, dhanahṛt, dhanahṛd, naktacāriḥ, naktacārī, nāgarakaḥ, parāskandī, parāskandi, parimoṣī, parimoṣiḥ, paṭaccaraḥ, pāṭṭacaraḥ, puraṃdaraḥ, pracuraḥ., pracurapuruṣaḥ, pratirodhakaḥ, pratirodhī, bandīkāraḥ, malimluḥ, malimluc, mallīkara, mācalaḥ, mīḍhuṣtamaḥ, mumuṣiṣuḥ, muṣkaḥ, mūṣakaḥ, moṣaḥ, moṣakaḥ, moṣṭā, rajanīcaraḥ, rātricaraḥ, rātryāṭaḥ, rikvān, ritakvān, ribhvān, rihāyaḥ, rerihāṇaḥ, laṭaḥ, luṇṭākaḥ, vaṭaraḥ, vanarguḥ, viloḍakaḥ, viloptā, stenaḥ, stainyaḥ, stāyuḥ, steyakṛt, steyakṛd, steyī, staunaḥ, styenaḥ, styainaḥ, srotasyaḥ, harikaḥ, hartā, hārakaḥ, hārītaḥ   

adatsya paradhanasya apahārakaḥ।

rakṣakaḥ corān daṇḍayati।

ye

prātaḥ, prātaḥkāle, prātaḥsamaye, prabhātam, pratyūṣaḥ, pratyaham, prabhātakāle, prabhāte, prage, prāhṇe, prāhṇam   

āpratyūṣāt madhyāhnaparyantasya samaye।

śvaḥ prātaḥ āgamiṣyatām।

ye

madhye, madhyamasthāne   

madhyamuddiśya।

grāmasya madhye śivasya mandiram asti।

ye

jyeṣṭhatātaḥ   

pituḥ jyeṣṭhaḥ bhrātā।

adya vayaṃ jyeṣṭhatātena saha aṭanārthe gamiṣyāmaḥ।

ye

pratyāgam, pratigam, punar āgam, nivṛt, pratyāvṛt, pratinivṛt, sannivṛt, paryāvṛt, upāvṛt, vyāvṛt, vinivṛt, āvṛt, punar āvṛt, pratiyā, pratyāyā, punar āyā, pratyupayā, pratye, punar e, pratikram, pratipad, punar abhipad, punar upasthā, pratyupasthā, punar āvraj   

anyasmāt sthānāt pūrvasthānasaṃyogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mama pitā hyaḥ eva dehalītaḥ pratyāgacchat।

ye

krameṇa, paryāyeṇa, viparyayeṇa   

kramaśaḥ। śivarātrau ardhahorād anantaraṃ krameṇa ahaṃ śivadarśanārthe avasaraṃ prāptam। /

kālakrameṇa bhāgyakramaḥ

[raghu 3.7]

ye

jyeṣṭhā   

saḥ kālaḥ yadā candramāḥ aśvinyādiṣu saptaviṃśatiṣu nakṣatreṣu aṣṭādaśatame nakṣatre vartate।

saḥ jyeṣṭhāyām ajāyata।

ye

pratyeka   

bahuṣu ekaḥ।

pratyekaḥ puruṣaḥ parīkṣyate।

ye

jyeṣṭha   

vayasā adhikaḥ।

rāmaḥ daśarathasya jyeṣṭhaḥ putraḥ āsīt।

ye

śyenaḥ, kravyādaḥ, krūraḥ, āpatikaḥ, nakhadāraṇaḥ, puṅkhaḥ, prājikaḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, vegī, śaśaghātakaḥ, śaśaghātī, śaśaghnī, sthūlanīlaḥ, patadbhīruḥ   

ekā khagajātiḥ। śyenena jhaṭiti mūṣakaḥ parigṛhītaḥ। /

śyenāḥ praśastāḥ prakṛtasvarāste

[śa.ka]

ye

kvacit, kadācit, karhicit, viralam, vairalyena, yathākathāca   

sā kriyā yā niyamena na bhaviṣyati।

kvacid eva ahaṃ haṭṭaṃ gacchāmi।

ye

pṛcchā, pṛcchanam, marśanam, paripṛcchā, vicikitsā, anvīkṣā, anvīkṣaṇam, anusaṃdhānam, carcā, tarkā, parīṣṭiḥ, paryeṣaṇam, mārgaṇam, sampraśnaḥ, praśnaḥ   

kāṃcit ghaṭanā kaṃcit viṣayaṃ vā jñātuṃ pravartitā pṛcchanakriyā।

etāvatyā pṛcchayā api kaścid lābhaḥ na jātaḥ।

ye

pratyāgam, pratigam, pratiyā, pratyāyā, nivṛt, vinivṛt, pratye, pratyāvṛt, pratinivṛt, sannivṛt, paryāvṛt, upāvṛt, vyāvṛt   

parāvṛtya saṃyogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rāmasya hūtiṃ śrutvā śyāmaḥ pratyāgacchat।

ye

kaphaḥ, śleṣmā, śleṣmakaḥ, kledanaḥ, kledakaḥ, balahā, khaṭaḥ, nidrāsañjananam, syeduḥ   

udkāsanādikāle mukhe āgataḥ upalepaḥ।

yadā saḥ udkāsate tadā tasya mukhāt kaphaḥ āgacchati।

ye

bhūyaśaḥ, bāhulyena, bhūmnā, sāmānyataḥ   

sāmānyasthitau।

bhūyaśaḥ bālakāḥ mugdhāḥ santi।

ye

jyeṣṭhā, śākra, paurandara   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargataaṣṭādaśanakṣatram।

jyeṣṭhā nakṣatraṃ tārakatrayayuktaṃ bhavati।

ye

videśavikrayeka   

yaḥ videśavikreyaṇaṃ karoti।

vastrasya videśavikrayekasya śreṣṭhinaḥ hyaḥ nidhanam abhavat।

ye

madhye sthā, madhye pat, parakāryeṣu vyāpṛ   

parakārye anadhikāritve api madhyastharūpeṇa vyavaharaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pitāputrayoḥ vivāde tvaṃ kimarthaṃ madhye tiṣṭhasi।

ye

udāratayā, muktahastena, akārpaṇyena   

kārpaṇyarahitatvena।

saḥ āplāvapīḍitebhyaḥ udāratayā dānaṃ dattavān।

ye

nirjalaikādaśī, bhīmasenyekādaśī   

jyeṣṭhamāsasya śuklapakṣasya ekādaśī।

nirjalaikādaśyāṃ hindūjanāḥ vratam ācaranti।

ye

jayedrāgaḥ   

ṣāḍavajāteḥ rāgaḥ।

jayedrāgaḥ pūriyā tathā ca kalyāṇasya yogena bhavati।

ye

jayedgaurī   

ekaḥ saṅkaraḥ rāgaḥ।

jayedgaurī jayedrāgasya gaurīrāgasya ca yogena bhavati।

ye

vāmanaikādaśī, parivartinyekādaśī   

bhādrapadamāsasya śuklapakṣasya ekādaśī।

viṣṇuḥ vāmanaikādaśyāṃ kukṣīṃ parivartayati iti manyate।

ye

taṇḍulotthaḥ, taṇḍulodakaḥ, jyeṣṭhāmbuḥ   

yasmin taṇḍulāḥ prakṣālitāḥ।

rādhā taṇḍulottham ālyāṃ kṣipati।

ye

anyedyuḥ, divasāntare, anyasmin ahani, anyadine   

anyasmin dine।

anyedyuḥ kartavyam etad। / anyedyuḥ ātmānucarasya bhāvaṃ jijñāsamānā munihomadhenuḥ। [raghu.2.26]

ye

anveṣita, gaveṣita, anviṣṭa, mārgita, mṛgita, parīṣṭa, paryeṣita   

anveṣaṇaviṣayībhūtaḥ।

rameśaḥ anveṣitānāṃ sāmagrīṇāṃ sūciṃ karoti।

ye

jayetī   

ekā saṃkarā rāgiṇī।

saṅgītajñaḥ jayetīṃ gāyati।

ye

jyeṣṭhā   

sā lakṣmīḥ yā samudramanthane prathamam āgatā।

mātā mārgaśīrṣe jyeṣṭhāṃ pūjayati।

ye

jyeṣṭhatā   

jyeṣṭhasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

jyeṣṭhatāyāḥ kāraṇāt agrajaḥ labdhāvakāśaḥ।

ye

jyeṣṭhatā, jyeṣṭhatvam, jyaiṣṭayam, variṣṭhatā   

padena sammānena vā kenāpi jyeṣṭhasya avasthā kriyā bhāvaḥ vā।

atra jyeṣṭhatāyāḥ ādhāreṇa hi nivāsasthānānāṃ vitaraṇaṃ bhavati।

ye

śyenagāmin   

rākṣasaviśeṣaḥ।

śyenagāminaḥ varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe asti।

ye

sārasaḥ, gonardaḥ, gṛhasārasaḥ, kāmivallabhaḥ, kāmī, nīlakaṇṭhaḥ, puṣkaraḥ, puṣkarākhyaḥ, puṣkarāhvaḥ, puṣkarāhvayaḥ, rasikaḥ, lakṣaṇaḥ, maithunī, lakṣmaṇaḥ, śyenākhyaḥ   

bādāmasya varṇasya ekaḥ bakaḥ।

sārasasya cañcuḥ kṛśaḥ dṛḍhaḥ ca bhavati।

ye

matsyendranāthaḥ   

ekaḥ prasiddhaḥ haṭhayogī mahātmā।

matsyendranāthaḥ gorakhanāthasya guruḥ āsīt।

ye

śyenaḥ, patrī, śaśādaḥ, śaśādanaḥ, kapotāriḥ, kravyādaḥ, krūraḥ, vegī, khagāntakaḥ, karagaḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, raṇapriyaḥ, raṇapakṣī, picchavāṇaḥ, sthūlanīlaḥ, bhayaṅkaraḥ, śaśaghātakaḥ, khagāntakaḥ, ghātipakṣī, nīlapicchaḥ, satkāṇḍaḥ, patadbhīruḥ, grāhakaḥ, mārakaḥ   

pakṣiviśeṣaḥ-yaḥ bhāratadeśe sarvatra dṛśyate।

śyenaḥ kākasadṛśaḥ śvetodaraḥ nīlapṛṣṭhavān asti।

ye

guruḥ, jyeṣṭhaḥ, śreṣṭhaḥ, variṣṭhaḥ   

yaḥ kalāsu guṇeṣu vā kenāpi varataraḥ asti।

saṅgaṇakasya prakhyāpane āśīṣaḥ tava guruḥ eva।

ye

vīyenatiyenanagaram   

lāosadeśasya rājadhānī।

vīyenatiyenanagarasya bahiḥ visphoṭasya vārtā śrūyate।

ye

yerevānanagaram   

ārmīniyādeśasya rājadhānī।

yerevānanagaram ārmīniyādeśasya mukhyaṃ nagaram।

ye

śyenaḥ   

paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

śyenasya varṇanaṃ ṛgvede prāpyate।

ye

mil, samāgam, saṅgam, upāgam, sammil, same, āsad, samāsad, abhiyā, upayā, pratigam, pratyudgam, abhigam, pratyudyā, abhiyā, pratyāyā, ekatra mil, ekatra gam, ekatra āgam, samabhye, samāvṛt, adhigam   

anyakarmakaprāptyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

adya ahaṃ śarmāmahodayānāṃ gṛhe gatavān kintu saḥ na amilat।

ye

naiyāyikaḥ, nyāyavettā, nyāyādhyetā   

yaḥ nyāyaṃ tarkaśāstraṃ vā viśeṣam adhīte।

naiyāyikasya tarkeṇa sarve joṣaṃ sthitāḥ।

ye

avyayetaḥ   

yamakānuprāsasya dvayoḥ bhedayoḥ ekaḥ।

avyayete yamakātmakeṣu akṣareṣu anyad padam akṣaraṃ na vartate।

ye

avyākhyeya, anirvarṇanīya, nirupākhya, anirvacanīya   

yad adhikaṃ varṇayituṃ na śakyate।

asyāḥ kathāyāḥ paṭhanena pāṭhakasya avyākhyeyā cittavṛtiḥ bhavati।

ye

yathā, yatprakāreṇa, yena prakāreṇa   

yena prakāreṇa।

bhavān yathā vakti tad na samyak asti।

ye

tatsamayam eva, tadā eva, tadā, tatsamaye, tatra eva, tatraiva   

tasmin samaye eva।

bhavadbhyaḥ tatsamayam eva atra saṃśuddhiḥ apekṣitā āsīt।

ye

yathā॒ somaṃ॒ daśa॑śipre॒ daśo॑ṇye॒ syūma॑raśmā॒vṛjū॑nasi॥pṛṣadhraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

ṛgvede pṛṣadhraḥ samullikhitaḥ/pṛṣa॑dhre॒ medhye॑ māta॒riśva॒nīndra॑ suvā॒ne ama॑ndathāḥ

ye

vidyendrasarasvatī   

lekhakaviśeṣaḥ ।

vivaraṇapustikāyāṃ vidyendrasarasvatyāḥ varṇanam asti

ye

vidyeśvaraḥ   

indrajālikaviśeṣaḥ ।

daśakumāracarite vidyeśvarasya varṇanaṃ prāpyate

ye

vindhyeśvarīprasādaḥ   

lekhakaviśeṣaḥ ।

vindhyeśvarīprasādasya varṇanaṃ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ye

vijayeśvaraḥ   

pavitrasthānaviśeṣaḥ ।

vijayeśvarasya varṇanaṃ rājataraṅgiṇyāṃ prāpyate

ye

jyeṣṭhaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

jyeṣṭhasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

ye

yathā॒ somaṃ॒ daśa॑śipre॒ daśo॑ṇye॒ syūma॑raśmā॒vṛjū॑nasi॥ pṛṣadhraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

ṛgvede pṛṣadhraḥ samullikhitaḥ/pṛṣa॑dhre॒ medhye॑ māta॒riśva॒nīndra॑ suvā॒ne ama॑ndathāḥ

ye

śyenacitraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śyenacitrasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ye

śyenajit   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śyenajitaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ye

satyeṣṭatīrthaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

satyeṣṭatīrthasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ye

hṛdayeśaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

hṛdayeśasya ullekhaḥ śilālekheṣu vartate

ye

haihayendrakāvyam   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

haihayendrakāvyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ye

cakradantī, dantī, śīghrā, śyenaghaṇṭā, nikumbhī, nāgasphotā, dantinī, upacitrā, bhadrā, rūkṣā, recanī, anukūlā, niḥśalyā, viśalyā, madhupuṣpā, eraṇḍaphalā, taruṇī, eraṇḍapatrikā, aṇurevatī, viśodhanī, kumbhī, uḍumbaradalā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ asyā guṇāḥ kaṭutvam uṣṇatvam śūlāmatvagdoṣārśovraṇāśmarī-śalyaśodhanatvam dīpanatvañca ।

cakradantī kośe varṇitā asti

ye

pāṇḍukasya ullekhaḥ śatruñjayamahātmye asti   

pāṇḍuka ।

ekaṃ vanam

ye

pāṇicandrasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti   

pāṇicandra ।

ekaḥ rājā

ye

jayendrasenā   

ekā strī ।

jayendrasenāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

ye

jyeṣṭhapālaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

jyeṣṭhapālasya ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti

ye

jyeṣṭhapuṣkaraḥ   

ekaṃ prasiddhaṃ tīrthakṣetram ।

jyeṣṭhapuṣkarasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ye

jyeṣṭhasthānam   

ekaṃ tīrthakṣetram ।

jyeṣṭhasthānasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ye

jyeṣṭhilā   

ekā nadī ।

jyeṣṭhilāyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ye

dheyeśvaraḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

dheyeśvarasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

Parse Time: 2.642s Search Word: ye Input Encoding: IAST: ye